As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2013
Registration No. 333-187164


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
_____________________
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
2080
46-1561499
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
(707) 433-9545
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Phillip L. Hurst
President and Chief Executive Officer
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
(707) 433-9545
 
 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
Copies to:
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
James R. Tanenbaum, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10104
Tel: (212) 468-8000
 
Michael A. Hedge, Esq.
Gary J. Kocher, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
925 Fourth Avenue, Suite 2900
Seattle, Washington 98104
Tel: (206) 623-7580

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer     o
Non-accelerated filer     o    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company      x
_____________________
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
2,902,557
$43,538,355.00
$5,939.00
(1) 
This Registration Statement also covers the re-offer and sale of Class A common stock on an ongoing basis after their initial sale in market-making transactions by WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC, an affiliate of the Registrant.  All such market-making transactions with respect to these shares of Class A common stock are being made pursuant to this Registration Statement.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 
 

 
 
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 27, 2013.
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.

2,902,557 Shares of
Class A Common Stock
This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We are selling 2,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling 652,557 shares of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $11.00 and $15.00 per share. Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in Truett-Hurst, Inc. and have approximately 43.9% of the voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. The holders of our Class B common stock will have approximately 52.2% of the voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “THST.”
     
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements after this offering.
  
OpenIPO ®  and Best Efforts Offering : The method of distribution being used by the underwriters in this offering differs somewhat from that traditionally employed in underwritten public offerings. T he public offering price and allocation of shares will be determined primarily by an auction process conducted by the underwriters participating in this offering. In addition, we and the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class A common stock, but the underwriters have agreed to use their best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. There is no minimum amount that must be raised in the IPO in order for the offering to close.
   
The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares.
    
A more detailed description of this process is included in “The OpenIPO Auction Process” beginning on page 25 and in “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 112.
THE OFFERING
PER SHARE
TOTAL
Initial Public Offering Price
$
$
Placement Agents Fee
$
$
Proceeds to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
$
$
Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders
$
$
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock on                        , 2013.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.
 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
Sidoti & Company, LLC CSCA
 
 
The date of this prospectus is                        , 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Prospectus Summary
1
   
Risk Factors
12
   
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
24
   
Industry Data
24
   
The OpenIPO Auction Process
25
   
Use of Proceeds
34
   
Dividend Policy
35
   
Capitalization
36
   
Dilution
38
   
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
48
   
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
49
   
Business
58
   
History and Formation Transactions
77
   
Directors and Executive Officers
82
   
Executive Compensation
86
   
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
89
   
Principal and Selling Stockholders
95
   
Description of Capital Stock
99
   
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
103
   
Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
106
   
Plan of Distribution
110
   
Conflicts of Interest
112
   
Legal Matters
113
   
Experts
113
   
Where You Can Find Additional Information
113
   
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
                                                
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document. Our business and financial condition may have changed since that date.
 
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our Class A common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
 
 
i

 
 
Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to "Truett-Hurst," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer (1) prior to the consummation of the offering transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," to H.D.D. LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the offering transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," to Truett-Hurst, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to the owners of membership interests in H.D.D. LLC prior to the offering transactions, collectively, as our "existing owners."
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you.  Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the notes thereto.
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high-quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model and allows us to potentially expand the brands into the broad market, further building brand equity.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
We have experienced rapid sales growth in the last few years.  Nielsen estimates that 22% of consumer products sold by food and drug retailers in the United States are private label.  However, in the U.S. wine sector, only 3.7% of sales are made through private labels.  Other more mature wine markets, such as the U.K. and Australia, have much higher penetration of private label wine sales (19% and 16%, respectively).  Given the $33 billion market for wine sales in the United States, the private label business represents a market opportunity of many billions of dollars.
 
The California wine industry , which accounts for 89.5% of total U.S. wine production, is dominated by a few producers who make up the vast majority of sales. The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.   Our business approach seeks to disrupt this oligopoly by providing high quality wine at a reasonable cost, in part by avoiding an expensive and competitive distribution system.  Likewise, our large chain partners have turned to private label and custom label as a way to gain margin, customer loyalty and differentiation that allows them to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing market.
 
In addition to our focus on our custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, LLC (“The Wine Spies”), an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Market Opportunity
 
A combination of fundamental market changes in the United States created an opportunity for us, including:
 
 
·
Steady growth in the U.S. wine market:   The U.S. wine market has grown at an average annual rate of 5% over the past decade and is now the largest in the world (although per capita consumption remains relatively low).  In the recent past, growth in wine sales has been focused in domestic brands; from 2007 to 2011, wine imports have only grown by 1.6% per year. According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates Annual Wine Industry Review for the twelve months ended December 2011, two of the three fastest growing price points are the $7-$14 (“Super-premium”) and over-$14 (“Ultra-premium”) segments.  We have focused on the higher end of the Super-premium segment and also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment, which together accounted for 66% of industry-wide revenue in 2011.
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
 
·
Market ripe for disruption:   Food retailers account for roughly 65% of wine sales, with a high concentration of market share among only a handful of major wine producers and distributors.  The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.  In order to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing profit pool, food and grocery retailers have turned to private label programs as a way of gaining margin, customer loyalty, category growth and differentiation.
 
 
·
Retailer focus on innovation:   Increased market competition has heightened for retailers the emphasis on increasing consumer traffic to grow same store sales year over year.  In order to create excitement in their stores, major global retail chains and top wine retailers in the United States have made wine and packaging innovations, including “earth-friendly” elements, a key strategic initiative for 2013 and beyond.   Our core values are aligned with our retail partners’ initiatives and consumer consciousness as we strive to make our products in a way that minimizes waste and fossil fuel usage and increases recyclability.
 
 
·
Private label model remains in its infancy:   Nielsen estimates that, in the United States, only 3.7% of wines, by dollar value, were sold through private labels in the year to date, as of August 2010, which was a 20% increase compared to the prior year.  Other mature wine markets have experienced considerably higher penetration; for example, private label wine sales make up 19% and 16% of total wine sales in the U.K. and Australia, respectively. The U.S. market appears poised for growth in this segment.
 
 
·
Declining brand loyalty:   Along with robust growth, the U.S. wine market has also witnessed a proliferation of new brands.  In 2010 alone, the United States approved 120,000 new wine labels.  Consumers have shown an increasing appetite to sample new labels and varietals, which can be promoted cost-effectively on an in-store basis.  For example, relatively new brands like Cupcake, Ménage à Trois and E.&J. Gallo Winery’s Apothic grew by 55%, 18% and 258%, respectively, in 2011.  Food retailers are well-positioned to manage this promotion as they control the shelf space and brand positioning in their stores.  In an ever more crowded market, this advantage has become increasingly valuable.
 
 
·
Rapid growth of internet retailing: Small but rapidly growing, we expect the internet segment to continue to outpace brick and mortar retailer sales, and we believe it is poised to surpass winery direct sales.
 
 
·
“Premiumization” of the market : Following years of explosive growth in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the U.S. market experienced a supply glut which resulted in severe pricing pressure from so-called “value brands.”  Due to significant consumption growth of California wines and the reduction of imported wines, as well as changes in exchange rates and taste preferences, this trend has reversed in the current cycle, with the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments among those experiencing the highest growth.
 
 
·
Significant direct to consumer sales growth : Tasting room and wine club sales are typically the highest gross margin sales for a winery.  Our direct to consumer net sales increased 54% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the prior fiscal year and 56% for the six months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior-year period, with gross margins   averaging approximately 61%, which we believe is generally consistent with industry averages.
 
 
 
2

 
 

Our Strategy
 
Recognizing the opportunity created by these trends, our founders developed a strategy focused on the following key elements:
 
 
·
Model scalability will drive growth :  We combine the best of deep experience in the wine industry and the speed and agility of a start-up to work with both retailers and distributors to develop and market new brands.  Because we are smaller, more agile and less prone to layers of decision making and because we have a world-class brand development/creative team in house, we are able to launch innovative new brands faster and more cost-effectively.  This allows us and our partners to respond rapidly to market opportunities.
 
 
·
Highly collaborative channel partnerships:   Our management believes that it is critical to support multiple players in the distribution system in order for a young company to defend a sustainable market position.  This includes a strong collaboration with well-known and reputable retailers who are looking for innovative, higher-margin brands to market.  Our reputation has been enhanced by our success with these channel partners, leading to new opportunities in brand development, including selling some of our brands via traditional three-tier distribution at a reduced cost.

Currently, we have a small share of this sizeable market.  For example, for the first six months of fiscal year 2013, our sales to Safeway were less than $2 million, which is less than 1% of Safeway’s 2011 annual wine sales.   Our goal is to expand our sales with our existing retailer partners, including large businesses such as Trader Joe’s, Safeway and Total Wine & More, as well as increase the number of new major retailers that we partner with, including The Kroger Company, Publix and Wal-Mart.
 
 
·
Collaborative and rapid brand development:   Our development process with our partners is highly collaborative and our products are developed based on our partners’ market data and understanding of what their customers want.  Instead of developing a brand and bringing it to market based on consultants’ input and wine maker reputation, we exploit our retail partners’ quantitative data about brands, price points, packaging and varietals that its customers are buying.  When we initiate a partnership, we approach a retailer with numerous concepts; an agreement to move forward typically includes multiple brands, varietals and price points that are launched in tandem.  This allows the retailer to test various concepts, with the expectation that about half of the brands will be successful and further developed, while the other half will be scaled back or discontinued.   Typically, it takes six months from the initial conversations with a retailer until the product is on their shelves.
 
 
·
Quality focused on the robust premium sector: The private label business has historically focused on the generic, Sub-premium category (below $7 per bottle retail price), with wine quality consistent with the price points.  However, recognizing the opportunity for growth, we have positioned ourselves in the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  In order to support our premium strategy, we have identified and contracted premium grape sources from Paso Robles, Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  Our founders’ diverse and extensive experience in the industry allows us to leverage longstanding relationships with California growers, an increasingly important asset as grape supplies tighten globally.  We are also able to source grapes on a priority basis from our founders and members of our management team, who collectively control 500 acres of vineyards in Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  In addition, we have hired a top-quality winemaking staff and invested in state of the art systems and equipment.
 
While we have focused primarily on the higher end of the Super-premium segment, we also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment of the industry.
   
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
·
Innovative packaging and label design:   Given the proliferation of brands and the need to “rise above the noise” in wine displays, innovative labeling and packaging is increasingly important to success in launching new wine brands.  Our founders and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, have world-class experience in this area and are establishing a reputation as market leaders with novel packaging, such as evocative paper-wrapping, unique bottle shapes and the world’s first paper-based bottles.
 
 
o
Evocative wine wraps: We have developed, produced and sold one of the world’s first “wine wrap” packaging concepts to Safeway, one of the country’s largest wine retailers.  We have applied for trademarks on the wine wrap brands and a patent on the unique packaging.
 
 
o
The world’s first paper bottle: I n 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement with the producer of what we believe to be the first ever paper wine bottle.  We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013 and are in discussions with several of the top U.S. retailers and distributors, including Safeway, The Kroger Company, Young’s Market Company and Southern Wines and Spirits, to sell the product.
 
 
o
Proprietary square bottle: We have designed a unique square-shaped glass bottle and created a brand that will “own” this concept.  We have applied for a trademark on the brand and a patent on the design.  Five of the top U.S. wine retailers are vying for the product, and we anticipate establishing a partnership for launch in spring 2013. We have partnered with one of the country’s fastest growing and most important wine retail chains, Total Wine & More, to produce and sell 40,000 cases (generating approximately $3.5 million in sales) in the first 12-month period beginning spring 2013.
 
 
·
Management team and key personnel : The founding team of Phil Hurst and Paul Dolan represents decades of experience in the wine industry and success at building businesses to scale, typically only seen in much larger, global players in the wine and spirits industry.
 
 
o
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer: co-founded and helped build Winery Exchange Inc. into a global private label beer, spirits and wine company with more than $100 million in sales.
 
 
o
Paul E. Dolan, III, Co-Founder: worked at Fetzer Vineyards for 27 years, initially as wine maker and later as President, and scaled the business from 30,000 cases to over 4 million cases sold per year.
 
 
o
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking: experience making wine for such leading producers as De Loach Vineyards, La Follette and Hendry Ranch.
 
 
o
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder, Director of Vineyard Operations: has 16 years of experience in the wine business, including managing cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards.
 
 
o
Kevin Shaw, Independent Contractor/Creative Director: has nearly 20 years of experience as a designer.  As proprietor and founder of Stranger and Stranger design agency, he received the 2012 Harpers Wine & Spirits Magazine Design Award for “Best Design Agency.”  Kevin designs over 100 beverage brands every year in markets all around the world, including Jack Daniels, Avion Tequila, Lillet and The Kraken Spiced Rum.  Collectively, his brands sell over a billion bottles a year.
 
 
o
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer: has more than 30 years of public and private accounting experience.  After gaining public accounting experience with Arthur Young (now Ernst & Young), he has spent the last 25 years working in wine-making operations with such well known firms as Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, Francis Ford Coppola Winery, Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC and Rodney Strong Vineyards.
  
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
o
Daniel A. Carroll, Director: retired partner of TPG Capital, where he was a founder of the firm's Asian operations (formerly Newbridge Capital). Prior to 1995, he spent nine years with Hambrecht & Quist Group.
 
 
o
William R. Hambrecht, Director: after selling Hambrecht & Quist Group in 1998, Bill founded WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC (“WR Hambrecht + Co”) where he is now Chairman and Co-CEO.  He has been actively involved in the wine business for 40 years as an owner and operator of vineyards and wineries.
 
Our Structure
 
The net proceeds from this offering will be used by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to purchase 2,250,000 newly-issued LLC units (“LLC Units”) from H.D.D. LLC (the “LLC”) at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, as described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions." The LLC will use these proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility, for working capital, capital expenditures, hiring additional personnel, and other general corporate purposes, as further described under “Use of Proceeds.” Truett-Hurst, Inc. will also exchange, pursuant to the exchange agreement discussed below, 652,557 LLC Units held by the selling stockholders in this offering for newly-issued Class A common shares.  After the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units, representing a 45.7% equity interest in the LLC.  Truett-Hurst, Inc. will not purchase for cash in this offering any LLC Units held by members of the LLC.
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in the LLC.  Truett-Hurst, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation.  The current board of directors of Truett-Hurst, Inc. is made up of six members of the LLC, as well as two individuals meeting the criteria for independence under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  These LLC members will remain controlling holders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. following the offering.  See “Directors and Executive Officers.”  Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will remain a holding company and its sole asset will be this equity interest in the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC, will operate and control all of its business and affairs and consolidate its financial results. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units and to provide that the conduct, control and management of the LLC shall be vested exclusively in Truett-Hurst, Inc., as sole managing member. The other members of the LLC will not have the right to remove the sole managing member for any reason.
 
We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.  See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Exchange Agreement."
 
In connection with the offering, one share of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be distributed to each existing holder of LLC Units, each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights." Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
 
Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds from this offering, our existing owners will control approximately 56.1% of the combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. Accordingly, our existing owners will have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs.
 
As a result of these transactions:
 
 
·
The investors in this offering will collectively own 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock and Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units;
 
·
Our existing owners will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
The investors in this offering will collectively have approximately 43.9% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.;
 
·
Our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have 52.2% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.; and
 
·
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will own approximately 45.7% of the economic interest in the LLC and will exercise exclusive control over the LLC, as its sole managing member .
 
In addition, James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, holds 42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock  and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, holds 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock.  These shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period.  Mr. Bielenberg and Mr. Shaw are entitled to vote these shares prior to vesting.  In the aggregate, these shares will represent approximately 3.8% of the voting power of the Class A common stock outstanding after the offering.    
  
 
 
5

 
 
 
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:
 
In connection with the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Truett-Hurst, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis r esulting from our exchange of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, and the amount and timing of our income. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
 
Summary of Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary on page 12. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our growth strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
 
 
·
A reduction in the supply of grapes and bulk wine available to us from the independent grape growers and bulk wine suppliers could reduce our annual production of wine.
 
 
·
We face significant competition which could adversely affect our profitability.
 
 
·
Because a significant amount of our business is made through our direct to retailer partnerships, any change in our relationships with them could harm our business.
 
 
·
The loss of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan or other key employees would damage our reputation and business.
 
 
·
A reduction in our access to, or an increase in the cost of, the third-party services we use to produce our wine could harm our business.
 
 
·
Because our existing owners will retain significant control over Truett-Hurst after this offering, new investors will not have as much influence on corporate decisions as they would if control were less concentrated.
 
 
·
Many of our transactions are with related parties, including our founders, executive officers, principal stockholders and other related parties, and present conflicts of interest.
 
 
·
Several of our executive officers and key team members have outside business interests which may create conflicts of interest.
  
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
·
We depend upon our trademarks and proprietary rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property rights or any claims that we are infringing upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.
 
 
·
We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.
 
 
·
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Emerging Growth Company Status
 
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, enacted on April 5, 2012 (“JOBS Act”).  For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding stockholder advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.
 
Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:
 
 
·
the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;
 
 
·
the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;
 
 
·
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and
 
 
·
the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).
 
The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were originally formed as a limited liability company in the State of California in 2007. Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole asset will be its equity interest in the LLC. Our principal executive offices are located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448.  Our telephone number is (707) 433-9545. Our website address is www.truetthurst.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, the information that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.
  
 
 
7

 
 
 
Trade Names
 
We sell our products under a number of trademarks that we own.  As of March 27, 2013, we had 16 registered, 15 published and nine pending material trademarks.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
THE OFFERING
 
Class A common stock offered
by us
2,250,000 shares.
   
Class A common stock
offered by the selling stockholders
652,557 shares.
   
Class A common stock to be
outstanding after the offering
2,902,557 shares (or 6,352,644 shares if all outstanding LLC Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).
   
Class B common stock
outstanding after the offering
Nine shares, or one share for every holder of LLC Units.
   
Price per share
$
   
Use of proceeds
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units from the LLC, and we will cause the LLC to use these proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility and for working capital, capital expenditures, hiring additional personnel and other general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
   
Voting rights
Each share of our Class A common stock, including any share of restricted Class A common stock granted pursuant to the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.
  
After the offering, each existing owner of the LLC will hold one share of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by such holder. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights."
   
Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
   
Exchange rights of holders of
LLC Units
Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners so that they may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.
    
 
 
9

 
 
 
Underwriters
WR Hambrecht + Co
Sidoti & Company, LLC
CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC
   
Risk Factors
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of material risks of investing in our Class A common stock in “Risk factors” beginning on page 12.
   
Conflicts of Interest
William R. Hambrecht and Barrie Graham each serve as an officer, and Mr. Hambrecht serves as a director, of WR Hambrecht + Co, an underwriter in this offering.  Both Mr. Hambrecht and Mr. Graham serve on our board of directors and have the power to influence or cause the direction of our management and policies. Additionally, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., which is approximately 83.7% beneficially owned by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hambrecht and his family members and as to which Mr. Hambrecht is a trustee, owns 12.94% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock prior to this offering and will own 8.53% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock after this offering.  Mr. Hambrecht is deemed to beneficially own all of the equity interest held by Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.  Because of the foregoing, WR Hambrecht + Co is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).  Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. WR Hambrecht + Co will not confirm sales of the shares to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.
   
Nasdaq Symbol
THST
 
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon reflects a 1-for-14 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the offering and does not reflect:
               
 
·
3,450,087 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, and 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, in each case pursuant to the 2012 Plan; these shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period;
 
·
shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan; and
 
·
shares available for grant under the automatic increase provisions of the 2012 Plan (see “Executive Compensation— Employee Benefit and Stock Plans —2012 Stock Incentive Plan”).
   
 
 
10

 
 
 
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following summary historical consolidated financial and other data of the LLC should be read together with “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Financial Statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
 
 
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
          (unaudited)  
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                                 
Net sales
  $ 5,402,045     $ 12,693,395     $
8,378,109
    $
8,570,316
 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065      
6,573,563
     
5,850,463
 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330      
1,804,546
     
2,719,853
 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321      
782,142
     
1,146,316
 
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353      
428,318
     
1,581,239
 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729      
1,210,460
     
2,727,555
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601      
594,086
     
(7,702
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest expense
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )    
(198,618
   
(179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )     -      
(4,000
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )    
(198,618
   
(254,592
Income (loss) before provision for
income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262      
395,468
     
(262,294
Provision for income taxes
    800       800      
800
     
1,600
 
Net income (loss) before
noncontrolling interest
    (820,815 )     26,462      
394,668
     
(263,894
Loss attributable to noncontrolling
interest
    -       -       -      
(47,877
)
Net income (loss) attributable to
H.D.D. LLC members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $
394,668
    $
(216,017
)

             
Consolidated Balance
 
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
Sheet Data:
 
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $
116,472
 
Total assets
    10,099,873       14,082,617      
18,008,377
 
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364      
12,652,532
 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )    
5,355,845
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our Class A common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to our Business and Strategy
 
A reduction in the supply of grapes and bulk wine available to us from the independent grape growers and bulk wine suppliers could reduce our annual production of wine.
 
We rely on annual contracts with over 20 independent growers to purchase substantially all of the grapes used in our wine production.  Our business would be harmed if we are unable to contract for the purchase of grapes at acceptable prices from these or other suppliers in the future. The terms of many of our purchase agreements also constrain our ability to discontinue purchasing grapes in circumstances where we might want to do so.
 
Some of these agreements provide that either party may terminate the agreement prior to the beginning of each harvest year.
 
We depend on bulk wine suppliers for the production of several of our wines, particularly our direct to retailer designated labels.  We have contracts with some wineries to provide us with bulk wine for a four-year term at specified prices and terms. These contracts will provide us with limited growth opportunities for the next two years. Further growth beyond our grape and wine contracts depends on the availability of bulk wine at the right price and quality for our labels.
 
The price, quality and available quantity of bulk wine has fluctuated in the past. It is possible that we will not be able to purchase bulk wine of acceptable quality at acceptable prices and quantities in the future, which could increase the cost or reduce the amount of wine we produce for sale. This could reduce our sales and profits.
 
In fiscal year 2012, E&J Gallo Winery and Robert Hall Winery were our largest suppliers of bulk wine.  It is possible that we will not be able to source wine from these or comparable suppliers in the future, which could reduce our annual production of wine and harm our sales and profits.
 
We face significant competition which could adversely affect our profitability.
 
The wine industry is intensely competitive. Our wines compete in several Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine market segments with many other Super-premium and Ultra-premium domestic and foreign wines, with imported wines coming from the Burgundy and Bordeaux regions of France, as well as Italy, Chile, Argentina, South Africa and Australia. Our wines also compete with popularly-priced generic wines and with other alcoholic and, to a lesser degree, non-alcoholic beverages, for shelf space in retail stores and for marketing focus by our independent distributors, many of which carry extensive brand portfolios. A result of this intense competition has been and may continue to be upward pressure on our selling and promotional expenses. In addition, the wine industry has experienced significant consolidation. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and public relations resources than we do. Our sales may be harmed to the extent we are not able to compete successfully against such wine or alternative beverage producers’ costs. There can be no assurance that in the future we will be able to successfully compete with our current competitors or that we will not face greater competition from other wineries and beverage manufacturers.
 
 
12

 
 
Because a significant amount of our business is made through our direct to retailer partnerships, any change in our relationship with them could harm our business.
 
In fiscal year 2011, approximately 83% of our gross wholesale sales were made through our direct retailer relationships to Trader Joe’s and Total Wine & More.  In fiscal year 2012, 89% was concentrated in these two accounts.  For the first six months of fiscal year 2013, 85% was concentrated in Trader Joe’s, Safeway, Inc. and Total Wine & More .
 
Our agreements with our direct retail partners are informal and therefore subject to change.  If one or more of our direct retail partners chose to purchase fewer of our products, or we were forced to reduce the prices at which we sell our products to these partners, our sales and profits would be reduced and our business would be harmed.
 
The loss of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan or other key employees or personnel would damage our reputation and business.
 
We believe that our success largely depends on the continued employment of a number of our key employees, including Phil Hurst, our Chief Executive Officer, James Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, Virginia Lambrix, our Winemaker, Paul Dolan, one of our co-founders a nd Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director .  Any inability or unwillingness of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan, Mr. Shaw or other key management team members to continue in their present capacities could harm our business and our reputation.
 
A reduction in our access to, or an increase in the cost of, the third-party services we use to produce our wine could harm our business.
 
We utilize several third-party facilities, of which there is a limited supply, for the production of our wines.  Our inability in the future to use these or alternative facilities, at reasonable prices or at all, could increase the cost or reduce the amount of our production, which could reduce our sales and our profits.  We do not have long-term agreements with any of these facilities, and they may provide services to our competitors at a price above what we are willing to pay . The activities conducted at outside facilities include crushing, fermentation, storage, blending and bottling.  Our reliance on these third parties varies according to the type of production activity.  As production increases, we must increasingly rely upon these third-party production facilities.  Reliance on third parties will also vary with annual harvest volumes.
 
In addition, we have limited control over the quality control and quality assurance of these third-party manufacturers.  If our suppliers are not able to deliver products that satisfy our requirements, we may be forced to seek alternative providers for these goods and services, which may not be available at the same price, or at all, which would harm our financial results.
 
Because our existing owners will retain significant control over Truett-Hurst after this offering, new investors will not have as much influence on corporate decisions as they would if control were less concentrated.
 
Following this offering and assuming that all LLC Units held by our existing owners and their respective affiliates, if any, have been converted, our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own 3,424,481 shares of our outstanding Class A common stock, or approximately 51.85% of our outstanding Class A common stock.  Prior to conversion of their LLC Units, each holder of LLC Units will hold a single share of our Class B common stock. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to exercise voting power over Truett-Hurst, Inc., the managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. As a result, our existing owners and their respective affiliates have significant influence in the election of directors and the approval of corporate actions that must be submitted for a vote of stockholders.
 
In addition, certain existing owners, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their control, have entered into guarantee agreements in connection with our credit facility with Bank of the West. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Indebtedness.”
 
The interests of these affiliates may conflict with the interests of other stockholders, and the actions they take or approve may be contrary to those desired by the other stockholders.  This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring an acquisition of Truett-Hurst by a third party.
 
Many of our transactions are with related parties, including our founders, executive officers and other related parties, and present conflicts of interest.
 
We routinely source bulk wine and grapes for our products from vineyards owned by our founders, executive officers, and principal stockholders.  We also engage in other transactions with affiliates.  The interests of these affiliates in such transactions may be contrary to those desired by stockholders.  Although we intend to put in place policies related to mitigating the risk associated with such transactions, stockholders may be harmed by self-dealing with affiliates and our loss of corporate opportunity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
       
In addition, from time to time we enter into transactions for goods and services with entities in which our executive officers, directors and/or affiliates have interests, as further described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”  For example, we lease our VML Winery facility, including all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at VML Winery, from Hambrecht Wine Group, a member of the LLC.

We also enter into grape and bulk wine purchase agreements from time to time with entities in which our executives and/or founders have financial interests.  We have entered into such arrangements with:

 
·
Hambrecht Vineyards, which is owned by the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust (the “Hambrecht Trust”), of which William R. Hambrecht, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., serves as trustee. The manager of Hambrecht Vineyards is Forrester R. Hambrecht, a member of the LLC and the grandson of William R. Hambrecht.
 
·
Ghianda Rose Vineyard, which is owned by Diana Fetzer, wife of Paul E. Dolan , III a member of our board of directors.
 
·
Gobbi Street Vineyards, which is partly owned by Diana Fetzer, and Paul E. Dolan, III’s daughter, Nya Kusakabe.
 
·
Mendo Farming Company, which is managed by Heath E. Dolan and owned by the following members: (i) Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst as trustees of The Hurst Family Revocable Trust Dated August 1, 2004 (the “Hurst Trust”) (33.333% interest); (ii) Paul E. Dolan III, as trustee of The Dolan 2003 Family Trust Dated June 5, 2003 (the “Dolan 2003 Trust”) (30.334% interest); (iii) Peter E. Dolan (17.333% interest); (iv) Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of The Dolan 2005 Family Trust Dated August 24, 2005 (the “Dolan 2005 Trust”) (9.500% interest); and (v) Zachary Y. Schat and Melissa Schat, as trustees of The Zachary Schat Trust U/D/T Dated September 1, 2004 (the “Schat Trust”) (9.500% interest). Peter E. Dolan is the brother of Paul E. Dolan, III.
    
We believe these arrangements reflect substantially the same market terms we would receive in transactions with unaffiliated third parties. However, if we fail to receive market terms for these transactions or other similar transactions in the future, our profits could be reduced.
 
 
13

 
 
The terms of our credit facility with Bank of the West may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
 
Our senior credit facility includes a number of customary restrictive covenants that could impair our financing and operational flexibility and make it difficult for us to react to market conditions and satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements. The credit facility contains usual and customary covenants, including, without limitation:
 
     ·  
limitation on incurring senior indebtedness;
 
     ·  
limitation on making loans and advances;
 
     ·  
limitation on investments, acquisitions and capital expenditures;
 
     ·  
limitation on liens, mergers and sales of assets; and
 
     ·  
limitations on activities of Truett-Hurst.
 
In addition, the credit facility contains negative and financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio (measured quarterly), debt to effective tangible net worth ratio (measured quarterly) and debt service coverage ratio (measured annually).
 
We were not in compliance with the minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio or the debt to effective tangible net worth ratio at December 31, 2012. In March 2013, as a condition of receiving a waiver from Bank of the West, we entered into certain capital improvement transactions as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Indebtedness.”
 
Our ability to comply with the covenants and other terms of our senior credit facility will depend on our future operating performance and, in addition, may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet them. If we fail to comply with such covenants and terms, we would be required to obtain waivers from our lenders or agree with our lenders to an amendment of the facility's terms to maintain compliance under such facility. If we are unable to obtain any necessary waivers and the debt under our senior credit facility is accelerated, it would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and future operating performance.
 
We have identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in our failure to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which in turn could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
 
In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 , our management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
The material weakness pertains to deficiencies in the accounting research and reporting functions and the closing and reporting process due to our lack of accounting documentation and procedures, lack of segregation of duties, potential for management override of controls and lack of current expertise in reporting requirements.
 
Historically, we have functioned as a closely held, principally family-owned enterprise.  In preparation for becoming a public company, we have added an experienced Chief Financial Officer, James D. Bielenberg, and a Controller, and have more recently added accounting personnel to support the accounting function.  In addition, we have implemented policies to document various procedures.  We are in the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing senior management review. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take, and our initiatives may not prove to be successful in remediating the material weakness. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, it may adversely affect the results of our management evaluations and, when required, annual auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, if we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements or we are required to restate our financial results, our stock price may be adversely affected.  For more information, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Controls” in this report.
 
 
14

 
 
Several of our executive officers and key team members have outside business interests that may create conflicts of interest.

Several of our executive officers and affiliates have their own vineyards or wineries. Although these executives and key team members are committed to devoting their attention to our business, they may devote time to outside interests that do not benefit our stockholders.  If our executives and key team members fail to devote sufficient time to the management of our business, our sales and profits could be reduced.
    
We depend upon our trademarks and proprietary rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property rights or any claims that we are infringing upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.
 
Our future success depends significantly on our ability to protect our current and future brands and products and to defend our intellectual property rights. We have staked out a reputation for innovation and we have introduced new product innovations, including, for example, our evocative “wine wraps,” the world’s first paper bottle and our proprietary square bottle. We have been granted numerous trademark registrations covering our brands and products and have filed, and expect to continue to file, trademark applications seeking to protect newly-developed brands and products. We cannot be sure that trademark registrations will be issued with respect to any of our trademark applications. There is also a risk that we could, by omission, fail to timely renew or protect a trademark or that our competitors will challenge, invalidate or circumvent any existing or future trademarks issued to, or licensed by, us.
 
A reduction in consumer demand for premium wines could harm our business.
 
There have been periods in the past in which there were substantial declines in the overall per capita consumption of alcoholic beverages in the United States and other markets in which we participate. A limited or general decline in consumption in one or more of our product categories could occur in the future due to a variety of factors, including a general decline in economic conditions, increased concern about the health consequences of consuming beverage alcohol products and about drinking and driving, a trend toward a healthier diet including lighter, lower calorie beverages such as diet soft drinks, juices and water products, the increased activity of anti-alcohol consumer groups and increased federal, state or foreign excise and other taxes on alcoholic beverage products. The competitive position of our products could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or service levels to customers.
 
Changes in consumer spending could have a negative impact on our financial condition and business results.
 
Wine sales depend upon a number of factors related to the level of consumer spending, including the general state of the economy, federal and state income tax rates, deductibility of business entertainment expenses under federal and state tax laws, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions.  Changes in consumer spending in these and other areas can affect both the quantity and the price of wines that customers are willing to purchase at restaurants or through retail outlets. Reduced consumer confidence and spending may result in reduced demand for our products, limitations on our ability to increase prices and increased levels of selling and promotional expenses. This, in turn, may have a considerable negative impact upon our sales and profit margins.
 
The market price of our stock may fluctuate due to seasonal fluctuations in our wine sales, operating expenses and net income.
 
We experience seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in sales, operating expenses and net income.  Generally, the second and third quarters of our fiscal year have lower sales volumes than the first and fourth quarters.  We have managed, and will continue to manage, our business to achieve long-term objectives.  In doing so, we may make decisions that we believe will enhance our long-term profitability, even if these decisions may reduce quarterly earnings.  These decisions include the timing of the release of our wines for sale, our wines’ competitive positioning and the grape and bulk wine sources we use to produce our wines.
 
Bad weather, plant diseases and other factors could reduce the amount or quality of the grapes available to produce our wines.
 
A shortage in the supply of quality grapes may result from the occurrence of any number of factors which determine the quality and quantity of grape supply, such as weather conditions, pruning methods, the existence of diseases and pests, and the number of vines producing grapes, as well as the level of consumer demand for wine.  Any shortage could cause an increase in the price of some or all of the grape varieties required for our wine production and/or a reduction in the amount of wine we are able to produce, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.  The California wine industry is currently experiencing a shortage of grapes due to the fact that grapes were in oversupply in the early 2000s and the industry is just now starting to replant.
 
Recent examples of events affecting supply include the frost in 2008 that significantly impacted the amount of grapes harvested in Mendocino County and the frost of 2011 that had a significant impact on the crop size in Paso Robles.
 
Factors that reduce the quantity of grapes may also reduce their quality, which in turn could reduce the quality or amount of wine we produce.  Deterioration in the quality of our wines could harm our brand name and a decrease in our production could reduce our sales and profits.
 
 
15

 
 
Although we grow only a small portion of the grapes we use, our business is still subject to numerous agricultural risks.  Over the last 20 years the California winegrowers have experienced crop damage from pest and diseases such as Phylloxera, sharpshooters, grape leaf skeletonizer and vinemeallybug.
 
Adverse public opinion about alcohol may harm our business.
 
While a number of research studies suggest that moderate alcohol consumption may provide various health benefits, other studies conclude or suggest that alcohol consumption has no health benefits and may increase the risk of stroke, cancer and other illnesses.  An unfavorable report on the health effects of alcohol consumption could significantly reduce the demand for wine, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
In recent years, activist groups have used advertising and other methods to inform the public about the societal harms associated with the consumption of alcoholic beverages.  These groups have also sought, and continue to seek, legislation to reduce the availability of alcoholic beverages, to increase the penalties associated with the misuse of alcoholic beverages, or to increase the costs associated with the production of alcoholic beverages.  Over time, these efforts could cause a reduction in the consumption of alcoholic beverages generally, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
Contamination of our wines would harm our business.
 
Because our products are designed for human consumption, our business is subject to hazards and liabilities related to food products, such as contamination.  A discovery of contamination in any of our wines, through tampering or otherwise, could result in a recall of our products.  Any recall would significantly damage our reputation for product quality, which we believe is one of our principal competitive assets, and could seriously harm our business and sales.  Although we maintain insurance to protect against these risks, we may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, and this insurance may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability.
 
Increased regulatory costs or taxes would harm our financial performance.
 
The wine industry is regulated extensively by the Federal Tax and Trade Bureau and state and local liquor authorities and State of California environmental agencies. These regulations and laws dictate various matters, including:
 
 
·
Excise taxes;
 
 
·
Licensing requirements;
 
 
·
Trade and pricing practices;
 
 
·
Permitted distribution channels;
 
 
·
Permitted and required labeling;
 
 
·
Advertising;
 
 
·
Relationships with distributors and retailers; and
 
 
·
Air quality, storm water and irrigation use.
 
Recent and future zoning ordinances, environmental restrictions and other legal requirements may limit our plans to expand production capacity, as well as any future development of new vineyards and wineries.  In addition, federal legislation has been proposed that could significantly increase excise taxes on wine.  Other federal legislation has been proposed which would prevent us from selling wine directly through the mail.  This proposed legislation, or other new regulations, requirements or taxes, could harm our business and operating results.  Future legal or regulatory challenges to the wine industry could also harm our business and impact our operating results.
 
 
16

 
 
Prompted by growing government budget shortfalls and public reaction against alcohol abuse, Congress and many state legislatures are considering various proposals to impose additional excise taxes on the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, including table wines.  Some of the excise tax rates being considered are substantial.  The ultimate effects of such legislation, if passed, cannot be assessed accurately since the proposals are still in the discussion stage.  Any increase in the taxes imposed on table wines can be expected to have a potentially adverse impact on overall sales of such products.  However, the impact may not be proportionate to that experienced by producers of other alcoholic beverages and may not be the same in every state.
 
An increase in the cost of energy or the cost of environmental regulatory compliance could affect our profitability.
 
We have experienced increases in energy costs, and energy costs could continue to rise, which would result in higher transportation, freight   and other operating costs. We may experience significant future increases in the costs associated with environmental regulatory compliance,   including fees, licenses and the cost of capital improvements to our operating facilities in order to meet environmental regulatory requirements. Our   future operating expenses and margins will be dependent on our ability to manage the impact of cost increases. We cannot guarantee that we will be   able to pass along increased energy costs or increased costs associated with environmental regulatory compliance to our customers through   increased prices.
 
In addition, we may be party to various environmental remediation obligations arising in the normal course of our business or in connection   with historical activities of businesses we acquire. Due to regulatory complexities, uncertainties inherent in litigation and the risk of unidentified   contaminants in our current and former properties, the potential exists for remediation, liability and indemnification costs to differ materially from the   costs that we have estimated. We cannot assure you that our costs in relation to these matters will not exceed our projections or otherwise have an adverse effect upon our business reputation, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect our business, operations or financial performance, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact our production costs and capacity.
 
Our business depends upon agricultural activity and natural resources. There has been much public discussion related to concerns that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. Severe weather events and climate change may negatively affect agricultural productivity in the regions from which we presently source our agricultural raw materials such as grapes. Decreased availability of our raw materials may increase the cost of goods for our products. Severe weather events or changes in the frequency or intensity of weather events can also disrupt our supply chain, which may affect production operations, insurance cost and coverage, as well as delivery of our products to wholesalers, retailers and consumers.
 
Water is essential in the production of our products. The quality and quantity of water available for use is important to the supply of grapes and our ability to operate our business. Water is a limited resource in many parts of the world and if climate patterns change and droughts become more severe, there may be a scarcity of water or poor water quality that may affect our production costs or impose capacity constraints. Such events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Natural disasters, including earthquakes or fires, could destroy our facilities or our inventory.
 
We must store our wine in a limited number of locations for a period of time prior to its sale or distribution. Any intervening catastrophes, such as an earthquake or fire, that result in the destruction of all or a portion of our wine would result in a loss of our investment in, and anticipated profits and cash flows from, that wine. Such a loss would seriously harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
 
17

 
 
Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in the LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from the LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our ownership of LLC Units. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by Truett-Hurst, Inc. To the extent that Truett-Hurst, Inc. needs funds, and the LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of its financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect Truett-Hurst, Inc. s liquidity and financial condition.
 
We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.
 
Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our existing owners will own approximately 54.3% of the LLC Units. Because they hold their ownership interest in our business through the LLC, rather than through the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter in to in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate the obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."
 
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our affiliates will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. As a result, we are a “ controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “ controlled company” and need not comply with certain requirements, including the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors and the requirements that our compensation and nominating and governance committees be composed entirely of independent directors. Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions if we continue to qualify as a “ controlled company.” If we utilize these exemptions, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees will not consist entirely of independent directors, and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. See “Directors and Executive Officers— Controlled Company Status.”
 
We will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with this offering and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.
 
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions," we intend to use the proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units.  We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by us to our existing owners of 90% of the benefits, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from our exchanges of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

 
18

 
 
We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to us by the LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after we have paid taxes. For example, we may have an obligation to make tax receivable agreement payments for a certain amount while receiving distributions from the LLC in a lesser amount, which would negatively affect our liquidity. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.
 
We are required to make a good faith effort to ensure that we have sufficient cash available to make any required payments under the tax receivable agreement. The operating agreement of the LLC requires the LLC to make “tax distributions” which, in the ordinary course, will be sufficient to pay our actual tax liability and to fund required payments under the tax receivable agreement. If for any reason the LLC is not able to make a tax distribution in an amount that is sufficient to make any required payment under the tax receivable agreement or we otherwise lack sufficient funds, interest would accrue on any unpaid amounts at LIBOR plus 500 basis points until they are paid.
 
In the event that we and an exchanging LLC Unit holder are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the tax receivable agreement, we are required to appoint either an expert in the relevant field or an arbitrator to make a determination, depending on the matter in dispute, as further described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
 
In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to our existing owners may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.
 
The tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, Truett-Hurst elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, Truett-Hurst’s (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, and this upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control will also result in payments under the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.
 
Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, Truett-Hurst will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that Truett-Hurst actually realizes in respect of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from our exchanges of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
 
19

 
 
Risks Related to the Auction Process for Our Offering
 
Our stock price could decline rapidly and significantly following our initial public offering.
 
Our initial public offering price will be determined by an auction process conducted by us and our underwriters. We believe this auction process will provide information about the market demand for our Class A common stock at the time of our initial public offering. However, this information may have no relation to market demand for our Class A common stock once trading begins. We expect that the bidding process will reveal a clearing price for shares of our Class A common stock offered in the auction. The auction clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors. Although we and our underwriters may elect to set the initial public offering price below the auction clearing price, we may also set an initial public offering price that is equal to the clearing price. If there is little or no demand for our shares at or above the initial public offering price once trading begins, the price of our shares would likely decline following our initial public offering. In addition, the auction process may lead to more stock price volatility or a stock price decline after the initial sales of our stock in the offering, which could lead to class action or securities litigation that would be expensive, time-consuming and distracting to our management team. If your objective is to make a short-term profit by selling the shares you purchase in the offering shortly after trading begins, you should not submit a bid in the auction.
 
The auction process for our public offering may result in a phenomenon known as the “winner’s curse,” and, as a result, investors may experience significant losses.
 
The auction process for our initial public offering may result in a phenomenon known as the “winner’s curse.” At the conclusion of the auction, bidders that receive allocations of shares in this offering (successful bidders) may infer that there is little incremental demand for our shares above or equal to the initial public offering price. As a result, successful bidders may conclude that they paid too much for our shares and could seek to immediately sell their shares to limit their losses should our stock price decline. In this situation, other investors that did not submit successful bids may wait for this selling to be completed, resulting in reduced demand for our Class A common stock in the public market and a significant decline in our stock price. Therefore, we caution investors that submitting successful bids and receiving allocations may be followed by a significant decline in the value of their investment in our Class A common stock shortly after our offering.
 
The auction process for our initial public offering may result in a situation in which less price sensitive investors play a larger role in the determination of our offering price and constitute a larger portion of the investors in our offering, and, therefore, the offering price may not be sustainable once trading of our Class A common stock begins.
 
In a typical initial public offering, a majority of the shares sold to the public are purchased by professional investors that have significant experience in determining valuations for companies in connection with initial public offerings. These professional investors typically have access to, or conduct their own independent research and analysis regarding investments in initial public offerings. Other investors typically have less access to this level of research and analysis, and as a result, may be less sensitive to price when participating in our auction process. Because of our auction process, these less price sensitive investors may have a greater influence in setting our initial public offering price and may have a higher level of participation in our offering than is normal for initial public offerings. This, in turn, could cause our auction process to result in an initial public offering price that is higher than the price professional investors are willing to pay for our shares. As a result, our stock price may decrease once trading of our Class A common stock begins. Also, because professional investors may have a substantial degree of influence on the trading price of our shares over time, the price of our Class A common stock may decline and not recover after our offering. Furthermore, if our initial public offering price is above the level that investors determine is reasonable for our shares, some investors may attempt to short sell the stock after trading begins, which would create additional downward pressure on the trading price of our Class A common stock.
 
 
20

 
 
Successful bidders may receive the full number of shares subject to their bids, so potential investors should not make bids for more shares than they are prepared to purchase.
 
We may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. If we do this, the number of shares represented by successful bids will likely approximate the number of shares offered by this prospectus, and successful bidders may be allocated all or almost all of the shares that they bid for in the auction. Therefore, we caution investors against submitting a bid that does not accurately represent the number of shares of our Class A common stock that they are willing and prepared to purchase.
 
Our initial public offering price may have little or no relationship to the price that would be established using traditional valuation methods, and therefore, the initial public offering price may not be sustainable once trading begins.
 
We may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. The offering price of our shares may have little or no relationship to, and may be significantly higher than, the price that otherwise would be established using traditional indicators of value, such as our future prospects and those of our industry in general; our sales, earnings, and other financial and operating information; multiples of revenue, earnings, cash flows and other operating metrics; market prices of securities and other financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and the views of research analysts. As a result, our initial public offering price may not be sustainable once trading begins, and the price of our Class A common stock may decline.
 
If research analysts publish or establish target prices for our Class A common stock that are below the initial public offering price or the then current trading market price of our shares, the price of our shares of Class A common stock may fall.
 
Although the initial public offering price of our shares may have little or no relationship to the price determined using traditional valuation methods, we believe that research analysts will rely upon these methods to establish target prices for our Class A common stock. If research analysts, including research analysts affiliated with our underwriters, publish target prices for our Class A common stock that are below our initial public offering price or the then-current trading market price of our shares, our stock price may decline.
 
Submitting a bid does not guarantee an allocation of shares of our Class A common stock, even if a bidder submits a bid at or above the initial public offering price.
 
Our underwriters may require that bidders confirm their bids before the auction for our initial public offering closes. If a bidder is requested to confirm a bid and fails to do so within the permitted time period, that bid will be deemed to have been withdrawn and will not receive an allocation of shares even if the bid is at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, the underwriters, in consultation with us, may determine that some bids that are at or above the initial public offering price are manipulative or disruptive to the bidding process, in which case all of the bids submitted by that investor may be rejected.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
The fact that the offering is relatively small in size and involves some novel aspects of distribution could limit the market price, liquidity or trading volume of our stock.
 
We are offering only 2,902,557 shares.  The relatively small size of the offering may prevent us from obtaining as much research coverage from market analysts after the offering as we might obtain for an offering of greater size.  This reduced level of coverage may limit the market price, liquidity or trading volume of our Class A common stock.  In addition, the approach being used by the underwriters for the distribution of the shares differs somewhat from the distribution approach currently used in traditional underwritten offerings of equity securities.  The novel aspects of this distribution approach could affect the pricing of the shares, which could cause greater price volatility than if the distribution were done in the traditional manner.  Also, the underwriters are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of our Class A common stock, but have agreed to use their best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of our Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.
 
 
21

 
 
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
 
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging public companies, which includes, among other things:
 
 
·
exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
 
 
·
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;
 
 
·
exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and
 
 
·
exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
 
We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months.  The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.
 
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to comply, if such accounting standards apply to non-reporting companies.  We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
 
We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
 
 
22

 
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.
 
We have never operated as a public company.  As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, in order to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq.  Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company.  We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage.  As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
 
For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years.  Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues.  Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described above, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.
 
 
23

 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are usually accompanied by words such as "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "plans," "expects" and similar expressions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Investing in our Class A common stock is risky.  You should carefully consider the risks discussed above in “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision.  These risks are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks that generally apply to publicly traded companies and companies in our industry, that we have not yet identified or that we think are immaterial may also impair our business operations.  Our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of the preceding risks. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.  You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes.
 
 
INDUSTRY DATA
 
Market data and other statistical information contained in this registration statement are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms and other published independent sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from other relevant statistical information, as well as the independent sources listed above. 
 

 
24

 
 
THE OpenIPO AUCTION PROCESS
 
The distribution method being used in this offering is known as the OpenIPO auction, which differs from methods traditionally used in public offerings. In particular, as described under the captions “—Determination of Initial Public Offering Price” and “—Allocation of Shares” below, the public offering price and the allocation of shares are determined by an auction conducted by WR Hambrecht + Co and other factors as described below. All qualified individual and institutional investors may place bids in an OpenIPO auction and investors submitting valid bids have an equal opportunity to receive an allocation of shares.
 
The following describes how WR Hambrecht + Co and some selected dealers conduct the auction process and, on behalf of us and the selling stockholders, confirm bids from prospective investors.
 
Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement
 
Before the registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, but after a preliminary prospectus is available, the auction will open and WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will solicit bids from prospective investors through the internet and by telephone and facsimile. The bids specify the number of shares of our Class A common stock the potential investor proposes to purchase and the price the potential investor is willing to pay for the shares. These bids may be above or below the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares. Potential investors may submit multiple bids in the auction at multiple prices. All of an investor’s bids at or above the clearing price will be considered and cumulated at the close of the auction. Each of an investor’s successful bids will be treated separately for purposes of allocation and rounding of shares in the auction, as described in “—Allocation of Shares” below.
 
The shares offered by this prospectus may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement filed with the SEC becomes effective. A bid received by WR Hambrecht + Co or a dealer involves no obligation or commitment of any kind prior to the notice of acceptance being sent, which will occur after effectiveness of the registration statement and closing of the auction. Bids can be modified at any time prior to the closing of the auction.
 
Potential investors may contact WR Hambrecht + Co or dealers through which they submitted their bid to discuss general auction trends or to consult on bidding strategy. The current clearing price is at all times kept confidential and will not be disclosed during the OpenIPO auction to any bidder; however, WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers may discuss general auction trends with potential investors. General auction trends may include a general description of the bidding trends or the anticipated timing of the offering. In all cases, any oral information provided with respect to general auction trends by WR Hambrecht + Co or dealer is subject to change. Any general auction trend information that is provided orally by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer is necessarily accurate only as of the time of inquiry and may change significantly prior to the auction closing. Therefore, bidders should not assume that any particular bid will receive an allocation of shares in the auction based on any auction trend information provided to them orally by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer.
 
Approximately two business days prior to the registration statement being declared effective, prospective investors will receive, by email, telephone or facsimile, a notice indicating the proposed effective date. Potential investors may at any time expressly request that all, or any specific, communications between them and WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers be made by specific means of communication, including email, telephone and facsimile. WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will contact the potential investors in the manner they request.
 
After Effectiveness of the Registration Statement
 
After the registration statement relating to this offering has become effective, potential investors who have submitted bids to WR Hambrecht + Co or a dealer will be contacted by email, telephone or facsimile. Potential investors will receive a notice on the day of effectiveness at least one hour prior to the close of the auction notifying them of the time that the registration statement will be declared effective, that they may withdraw their bids at any time prior to receipt of the notice of acceptance, and that the auction may close, and notices of acceptance may be sent, in as little as one hour following effectiveness. Bids will continue to be accepted in the time period after the registration statement is declared effective but before the auction closes. Bidders may also withdraw their bids in the time period following effectiveness, including after the closing of the auction but before the notice of acceptance of their bid is sent.
 
 
25

 
 
Reconfirmation of Bids
 
WR Hambrecht + Co will require that bidders reconfirm the bids that they have submitted in the offering if any of the following events occur:
 
 
·
more than 15 business days have elapsed since the bidder submitted its bid in the offering;
 
 
·
there is a material change in the prospectus that requires that WR Hambrecht + Co and we convey the material change to bidders in the offering and file an amended registration statement;
 
 
·
there has been a decrease in the price range below the previously disclosed price range or an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range; or
 
 
·
if it is determined, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
If a reconfirmation of bids is required, WR Hambrecht + Co will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that they must reconfirm their bids by contacting WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers with which they have their brokerage accounts. Bidders will have a minimum of four hours to reconfirm their bids from the time they receive the notice requesting reconfirmation. Bidders will have the ability to modify or reconfirm their bids at any time until the auction closes. If bidders do not reconfirm their bids before the auction is closed (which will be no sooner than four hours after the request for reconfirmation is sent), we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co will disregard their bids in the auction, and they will be deemed to have been withdrawn. If appropriate, WR Hambrecht + Co may include the request for reconfirmation in a notice of effectiveness of the registration statement.
 
Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size Before the Auction is Closed
 
We and the selling stockholders are putting up for auction 2,902,557 shares of Class A common stock. We, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co are conducting the auction in order to sell the maximum number of shares being offered using the highest price for which valid bids are received as the clearing price. Based on the auction demand available before the auction is closed, we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co may elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction either before or after the SEC declares the registration statement effective. We will file an amendment to the registration statement to reflect any changes to the price range or a reduction in shares being put up for auction either prior to or after the effectiveness of the registration statement. If we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction after effectiveness of the registration statement, WR Hambrecht + Co will keep the auction open for at least one hour after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. In addition, for any change in price range or reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction, WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers will:
 
 
·
provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co website of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be;
 
 
26

 
 
 
·
if appropriate, issue a press release announcing the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be; and
 
 
·
send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be.
 
In the event of a material change to the price range or any reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction from the previously provided disclosure and prior to and after the SEC declaring the registration statement effective, WR Hambrecht + Co will reconfirm all bids that have been submitted in the auction after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. WR Hambrecht + Co will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size After the Auction is Closed and Pricing Outside the Price Range
 
If we and the selling stockholders determine after the auction is closed that the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction but it is determined, based on the factors described above, that it will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. In this situation, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders.
 
If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. See   “—Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold.” We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which we received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. In this situation, if the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction, but will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders. WR Hambrecht + Co will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
In all cases, if we and the selling stockholders determine, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range, then we will elect one of two alternatives:
 
Under the first alternative, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will convey the final price and offering size to all bidders in the auction, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement with the final price and offering size, and all bids will be reconfirmed and offers accepted after the post-effective amendment has been declared effective by the SEC.
 
Under the second alternative, we and the selling stockholders may re-open the auction pursuant to the following procedures:

 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co will provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co OpenIPO website that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will issue a press release announcing the new auction terms;
 
 
27

 
 
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will reconfirm all bids in the auction; and
 
·
we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement containing the new auction terms and have the post-effective amendment declared effective prior to the acceptance of any offers by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers.
 
The second alternative will also be used in the event that, after the close of an auction, the selling stockholders reject all bids and elect to re-open the auction with a reduced the number of shares being put up for auction. Any post-effective amendment that reflects a new auction will disclose the results of the preceding auction.
 
Closing of the Auction and Pricing
 
The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective at a time agreed to by us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co, which we anticipate will be after the close of trading on Nasdaq on the same day on which the registration statement is declared effective. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. However, the date and time at which the auction will close and a public offering price will be determined cannot currently be predicted and will be determined by us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co based on general market conditions during the period after the registration statement is declared effective. If we and the selling stockholders are unable to close the auction, determine a public offering price and file a final prospectus with the SEC within 15 days after the registration statement is initially declared effective, the rules of the SEC require that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement be filed and declared effective, and all bids more than 15 business days old must be reconfirmed, before the auction may be closed and before any bids may be accepted.
 
Once a potential investor submits a bid, the bid remains valid unless subsequently withdrawn by the potential investor (other than in situations where WR Hambrecht + Co is required to reconfirm bids as described above, in which case if the potential investor does not reconfirm such bid in a timely manner it will be disregarded). Potential investors are able to withdraw their bids at any time before the notice of acceptance is sent by notifying WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer through which they submitted their bids. The auction website will not permit modification or cancellation of bids after the auction closes. Therefore, if a potential investor that bid through the internet wishes to cancel a bid after the auction closes, the investor may have to contact WR Hambrecht + Co through which it submitted its bid (or the participating dealer through which the investor submitted the bid) by telephone, facsimile or email (or as specified by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer through which the bidder submitted the bid).
 
Following the closing of the auction, WR Hambrecht + Co determines the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors. This price, which is called the “clearing price,” is determined based on the results of all valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The clearing price is not necessarily the public offering price, which is set as described in “—Determination of Initial Public Offering Price” below. The public offering price determines the allocation of shares to potential investors, with all valid bids submitted at or above the public offering price receiving a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which valid bids were received) in order to obtain a higher clearing price.
 
 
28

 
 
You will have the ability to withdraw your bid at any time until the notice of acceptance is sent. WR Hambrecht + Co will notify successful bidders that we and the selling stockholders have accepted their bids by sending a notice of acceptance after the auction closes and a public offering price has been determined, and bidders who submitted successful bids will be obligated to purchase the shares allocated to them regardless of (1) whether such bidders are aware that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction has closed or (2) whether they are aware that the notice of acceptance of that bid has been sent. WR Hambrecht + Co will not cancel or reject a valid bid after the notices of acceptance have been sent.
 
Once the auction closes and a clearing price is set as described below, we and the selling stockholders accept the bids that are at or above the public offering price, but may allocate to a prospective investor fewer shares than the number included in the investors bid, as described in “—Allocation of Shares” below.
 
Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold
 
This OpenIPO auction is being conducted as a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold. Accordingly, we and the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class A common stock, but WR Hambrecht + Co has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which valid bids we received) in order to obtain a higher clearance price. However, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, in the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, we and the selling stockholders may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. See “—The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares.”
 
Determination of Initial Public Offering Price
 
The public offering price for this offering is ultimately determined by negotiation between us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co after the auction closes and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to our assets, current earnings or book value or to any other established criteria of value, although these factors are considered in establishing the initial public offering price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factor in establishing the public offering price is the clearing price resulting from the auction, although other factors are considered as described below. The clearing price is used by the us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co as the principal benchmark, among other considerations described below, in determining the public offering price for the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering.
 
The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors, based on the valid bids at the time the auction is closed. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. Depending on the public offering price and the amount of the decrease in the number of shares sold, more dilution to potential investors in this offering could result.
 
Depending on the outcome of negotiations between WR Hambrecht + Co, us and the selling stockholders, the public offering price may be lower, but will not be higher, than the clearing price. The bids received in the auction and the resulting clearing price are the principal factors used to determine the public offering price of the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering. The public offering price may be lower than the clearing price depending on a number of additional factors, including general market trends or conditions, WR Hambrecht + Co’s assessment of our management, operating results, capital structure and business potential and the demand and price of similar securities of comparable companies. WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may also agree to a public offering price that is lower than the clearing price in order to facilitate a wider distribution of the Class A common stock to be sold in this offering. For example, WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may elect to lower the public offering price to include certain institutional or retail bidders in this offering. WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may also lower the public offering price to create a more stable post-offering trading price for our shares.
 
 
29

 
 
The public offering price always determines the allocation of shares to potential investors. Therefore, if the public offering price is below the clearing price, all valid bids that are at or above the public offering price receive a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If sufficient bids are not received, or if we and the selling stockholders do not consider the clearing price to be adequate, or if WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders are not able to reach agreement on the public offering price, then WR Hambrecht + Co, the selling stockholders and we will either postpone or cancel this offering. Alternatively, we may file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to conduct a new auction that may reflect a new price range or a reduced offering size.
 
The following simplified example illustrates how the public offering price is determined through the auction process:
 
We and the selling stockholders offer to sell 1,500 shares in a public offering of shares of Company X through the auction process. WR Hambrecht + Co, on behalf of us and the selling stockholders, receives five bids to purchase, all of which are kept confidential until the auction closes.
 
The first bid is to pay $10.00 per share for 1,000 shares. The second bid is to pay $9.00 per share for 100 shares. The third bid is to pay $8.00 per share for 900 shares. The fourth bid is to pay $7.00 per share for 400 shares. The fifth bid is to pay $6.00 per share for 800 shares.
 
Assuming that none of these bids are withdrawn or modified before the auction closes, and assuming that no additional bids are received, the clearing price used to determine the public offering price would be $8.00 per share, which is the highest price at which all 1,500 shares offered may be sold to potential investors who have submitted valid bids. However, the shares may be sold at a price below $8.00 per share based on negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co.
 
If the public offering price is the same as the $8.00 per share clearing price, we and the selling stockholders would accept bids at or above $8.00 per share. Because 2,000 shares were bid for at or above the clearing price, each of the three potential investors who bid $8.00 per share or more would receive approximately 75% (1,500 divided by 2,000) of the shares for which bids were made. The two potential investors whose bids were below $8.00 per share would not receive any shares in this example.

If the public offering price is $7.00 per share, we and the selling stockholders would accept bids that were made at or above $7.00 per share. No bids made at a price of less than $7.00 per share would be accepted. The four potential investors with the highest bids would receive a pro rata portion of the 1,500 shares offered, based on the 2,400 shares they requested, or 62.5% (1,500 divided by 2,400) of the shares for which bids were made. The potential investor with the lowest bid would not receive any shares in this example.
 
As described in “— Allocation of Shares” below, because bids that are reduced on a pro rata basis may be rounded down to round lots, a potential investor may be allocated less than the pro rata percentage of the shares bid for. Thus, if the pro rata percentage was 75%, the potential investor who bids for 200 shares may receive a pro rata allocation of 100 shares (50% of the shares bid for), rather than receiving a pro rata allocation of 150 shares (75% of the shares bid for).
 
The following table illustrates the example described above, after rounding down any bids to the nearest round lot in accordance with the allocation rules described below and assuming that the initial public offering price is set at $8.00 per share. The table also assumes that these bids are the final bids, and that they reflect any modifications that have been made to reflect any prior changes to the offering range, and to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.
 
 
30

 
 
 
Bid Information
Initial Public Offering of Company X
   
Auction Results
 
 
Shares
Requested
 
Cumulative
Shares
Requested
   
Bid
Price
   
Shares
Allocated
   
Approximate
Allocated
Requested
Shares
   
Clearing
Price
   
Amount
Raised
 
 
1,000
   
1,000
   
$
10.00
     
700
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
5,600
 
 
100
   
1,100
   
$
9.00
     
100
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
800
 
Clearing Price
900
   
2,000
   
$
8.00
     
700
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
5,600
 
 
400
   
2,400
   
$
7.00
     
0
     
0
%
   
     
 
 
800
   
3,200
   
$
6.00
     
0
     
0
%
   
     
 
Total
                     
1,500
                   
$
12,000
 
 
Allocation of Shares
 
Bidders receiving a pro rata portion of the shares they bid for generally receive an allocation of shares on a round-lot basis, rounded to multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, depending on the size of the bid. No bids are rounded to a round lot higher than the original bid size. Because bids may be rounded down to round lots in multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a greater percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. Thus, for example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 200 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of 100 shares (a 50% decrease from 200 shares) rather than receiving an allocation of 140 shares (a 30% decrease from 200 shares). In addition, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a lesser percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. For example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 100 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of all 100 shares to avoid having the bid rounded down to zero.
 
Generally the allocation of shares in this offering will be determined in the following manner, continuing the first example above:
 
 
·
Any bid with a price below the public offering price is allocated no shares.
 
 
·
The pro rata percentage is determined by dividing the number of shares offered by the total number of shares bid at or above the public offering price. In our example, if there are 2,000 shares bid for at or above the public offering price, and 1,500 shares offered in the offering, then the pro rata percentage is 75%.
 
 
·
All of the successful bids are then multiplied by the pro rata percentage to determine the allocations before rounding. For example, the three winning bids for 1,000 shares (Bid 1), 100 shares (Bid 2) and 900 shares (Bid 3) would initially be allocated 750 shares, 75 shares and 675 shares, respectively, based on the pro rata percentage.
 
 
·
The bids are then rounded down to the nearest 100 share round lot, so the bids would be rounded to 700, 0 and 600 shares respectively. This creates a stub of 200 unallocated shares.
 
 
·
The 200 stub shares are then allocated to the bids. Continuing the example above, because Bid 2 for 100 shares was rounded down to 0 shares, 100 of the stub shares would be allocated to Bid 2. If there were not sufficient stub shares to allocate at least 100 shares to Bid 2, Bid 2 would not receive any shares in the offering. After allocation of these shares, 100 unallocated stub shares would remain.
 
 
·
Because Bid 3 for 900 shares was reduced, as a result of rounding, by more total shares than Bid 1 for 1,000 shares, Bid 3 would then be allocated the remaining 100 stub shares up to the nearest 100 round lot (from 600 shares to 700 shares).
 
If there are not sufficient remaining stub shares to enable a bid to be rounded up to a round lot of 100 shares the remaining unallocated stub shares would be allocated to smaller orders that are below their bid amounts. The table below illustrates the allocations in the example above.
 
 
31

 
 
   
Initial
Bid
   
Pro-Rata
Allocation (75%
of Initial Bid)
   
Initial
Rounding
   
Allocation
of
Stub
Shares
   
Final
Allocation
 
Bid 1
   
1,000
     
750
     
700
     
0
     
700
 
Bid 2
   
100
     
75
     
0
     
100
     
100
 
Bid 3
   
900
     
675
     
600
     
100
     
700
 
Total
   
2,000
     
1,500
     
1,300
     
200
     
1,500
 
 
Requirements for Valid Bids
 
In order to participate in an OpenIPO offering, all bidders must have an account with WR Hambrecht + Co or one of the participating dealers. Valid bids are those that meet the requirements, including eligibility, account status and size, established by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers. In order to open a brokerage account with WR Hambrecht + Co, a potential investor must deposit $2,000 in its account. This brokerage account will be a general account subject to WR Hambrecht + Co’s customary rules, and will not be limited to this offering. Bidders will be required to have sufficient funds in their accounts to pay for the shares they are allocated in the auction at the closing of the offering, which is generally on the third business day following the pricing of the offering. WR Hambrecht + Co reserves the right, in its sole discretion and on our and the selling stockholders’ behalf, to reject or reduce any bids that they deem manipulative or disruptive or not creditworthy in order to facilitate the orderly completion of the offering. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, WR Hambrecht + Co has rejected or reduced bids when, in its sole discretion, it deems the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer. WR Hambrecht + Co has also rejected or reduced bids in past OpenIPO offerings that it deemed, in its sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Suitability and eligibility standards of participating dealers may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may have its bid rejected by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.  Any funds in a bidder’s brokerage account will remain in the bidder’s control and will be subject to withdrawal by the bidder without restriction at all times before an offer is accepted.
 
The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares
 
The auction will close on a date and at a time estimated and publicly disclosed in advance by WR Hambrecht + Co at www.wrhambrecht.com and www.openipo.com . The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. Up to 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be sold to investors who have submitted valid bids at or higher than the public offering price through WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers.
 
WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer will notify successful bidders that we and the selling stockholders have accepted their bid by sending a notice of acceptance by email, telephone, facsimile or mail (according to any preference indicated by a bidder) informing bidders that the auction has closed and that their bids have been accepted. The notice will indicate the price and number of shares that have been allocated to the successful bidder. Other bidders will be notified that their bids have not been accepted.
 
Each participating dealer has agreed with WR Hambrecht + Co to conduct its solicitation efforts in accordance with the auction process described above, unless WR Hambrecht + Co otherwise consents. WR Hambrecht + Co does not intend to consent to the sale of any shares in this offering outside of the auction process. WR Hambrecht + Co reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject or reduce any bids that it deems manipulative or disruptive in order to facilitate the orderly completion of this offering, and it reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances, to alter this method of allocation as it deems necessary to ensure a fair and orderly distribution of the shares of our Class A common stock. For example, large orders may be reduced to ensure a public distribution and bids may be rejected or reduced based on eligibility or creditworthiness criteria. Once WR Hambrecht + Co has closed the auction and we and the selling stockholders have accepted a bid, the allocation of shares sold in this offering will be made according to the process described in “— Allocation of Shares” above, and no shares sold in this offering will be allocated on a preferential basis or outside of the allocation rules to any institutional or retail bidders. In addition, WR Hambrecht + Co or the participating dealers may reject or reduce a bid by a prospective investor who has engaged in practices that could have a manipulative, disruptive or otherwise adverse effect on this offering.
 
 
32

 
 
Investors who receive notice of acceptance of their bids must make payment for the applicable number of shares by the close of business on the third business day (the “closing date”) following notice of acceptance of their bids, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 15c6-1. In the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, we and the selling stockholders may reoffer those shares to other bidders in the auction that indicated a willingness to purchase additional shares at or above the clearing price, or they may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. The clearing price will be based upon the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders in the auction and will not be adjusted to reflect a reduction in the shares actually sold due to any failure of investors to fund purchases. In addition, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, the closing date of the offering is not required to be postponed if any investor were to default on its contractual obligation to pay for its allocation of shares. We and The selling stockholders may pursue a breach of contract claim with respect to investors that fail to pay for shares purchased in the auction.
 
WR Hambrecht + Co and dealers participating in the selling group may submit firm bids that reflect indications of interest from their customers that they have received at prices within the initial public offering price range. Some participating dealers or WR Hambrecht + Co may also manage bids on behalf of their bidding customers. In these cases, the dealer submitting the bid is treated as the bidder for the purposes of determining the clearing price and allocation of shares.
 
Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class A common stock may result from the somewhat unique nature of the proposed plan of distribution. Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class A common stock after the completion of this offering may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
 
 
33

 

USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be $26.5 million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $2.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $1.2 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus. There is no minimum amount that must be raised in the IPO in order for the offering to close.
   
The net proceeds from this offering will be used by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC, as described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions."  In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, we intend to cause the LLC to use 11% to 19% of the proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.” We also intend to cause the LLC to use the remaining proceeds as follows: 40% to 55% for working capital, 5% to 7% for capital expenditures, 5% to 7% for hiring additional personnel, establishment of a 401(k) plan and related programs to ensure competitiveness in the marketplace, and the remainder for general corporate purposes. We may also identify and pursue opportunistic acquisitions of labels or vineyards.  We currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of $900,000 to $1,900,000 during the years ending June 30, 2013 and 2014, and we currently expect the largest portions of these anticipated capital expenditures will be allocated for production equipment.  
 
We will have broad discretion in the way that we allocate the net proceeds of this offering among the purposes described above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of our future revenues, our future expenses, the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and any potential acquisitions . We expect that our current resources, together with the proceeds from this offering and future operating revenue, will be sufficient to fund operations, including the expenditures described above, for at least the next two years.
 
Pending any use, as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short- and long-term interest-bearing investments, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, certificates of deposit and money market funds. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return for us.
 
Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, increase our visibility in the marketplace and provide liquidity to existing stockholders. Creating a public market for our Class A common stock will facilitate our ability to raise additional equity in the future and to use our Class A common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
 
34

 

DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Following the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LLC Units in the LLC.  We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If the LLC makes such distributions to Truett-Hurst, Inc., the other holders of LLC Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35

 

CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2012:
 
• on a historical basis for the LLC; and
• on an as adjusted basis for Truett-Hurst, Inc. giving effect to the transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions," including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."
 
You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including "History and Formation Transactions," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
Actual
   
As Adjusted (2)
 
   
(unaudited)
 
   
(in thousands, except share data)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
117
   
$
26,593  
Capital leases, including current portion
   
-
      -  
Total debt, including current portion
   
12,652
      17,076  
                 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
               
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 7,000,000 shares authorized on an as adjusted basis; 2,902,557 shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis
   
-
      3  
Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized on an as adjusted basis; 9 shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis
   
-
      -  
                 
Additional paid-in capital (1)  
   
8,166
      17,754  
                 
Accumulated deficit
   
(3,087
)     (3,087 )
                 
Total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company
   
5,079
      14,670  
Non-controlling interest
   
277
      17,412  
Total Equity
   
5,356
      32,082  
Total capitalization
 
$
18,008
   
$
49,158  

 
36

 

(1)
Includes redeemable contributed capital, which will be treated as equity for all financial statements effective as of December 31, 2012.
(2)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, t otal members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to us, total equity and total capitalization by $2.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated placement agents’ fees and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, t otal members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to us, total equity and total capitalization by $1.2 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated placement agents’ fees and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37

 

DILUTION
 
If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.
 
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $4.476 million, or $1.09 per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Recapitalization described under “History and Formation Transactions” and assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the Offering Transactions, including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds," our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been $31.202 million, or $4.91 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.82 per share of Class A common stock to our existing owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $8.09 per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock
        $ 13.00  
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012,
before giving effect to this offering
  $ 1.09          
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to
investors purchasing shares in this offering
  $ 3.82          
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
          $ 4.91  
                 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors
purchasing shares in this offering
          $ 8.09  

A $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.33 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $2,092,500, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.33 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $2,092,500, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $2.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.66 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $4,185,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $2.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.66 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $4,185,000, assuming that the number shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

 
38

 
 
The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of December 31, 2012, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
 
   
Shares Purchased
   
Total Consideration
   
Average Price
 
   
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
    Per Share  
Existing stockholders
    3,450,087       54.3 %   $ 3,763,956       9.0 %   $ 1.09  
New investors
    2,902,557       45.7       37,733,241       91.0     $ 13.00  
                                         
     Total
    6,352,644       100.0 %   $ 41,497,197       100.0 %   $ 6.53  
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $2.90 million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by approximately 7.7%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of LLC Units held by our existing owners by 652,557, or approximately 15.9% of the total number of LLC Units outstanding prior to this offering, and will increase the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering by 652,557, or approximately 22.5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock to be offered in this offering.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the amounts set forth above reflect a 1-for-14 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the offering and do not reflect:
 
 
·
42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, and 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, in each case pursuant to the 2012 Plan; these shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period;
 
·
shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan; and
 
·
shares available for grant under the automatic increase provisions of the 2012 Plan (see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan”).
 
 
39

 
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 and for the six month period ended December 31, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," as if such transactions occurred on July 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," as if such transaction occurred on December 31, 2012.  The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the LLC.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Truett-Hurst, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under  "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds" occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.  
 
The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:
 
· 
the purchase by Truett-Hurst, Inc. of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering calculated at the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the related effects of the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”; and

· 
in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. at a statutory rate of 39.8%, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory California rate.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes that the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $13.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Dilution” to see how certain aspects of the Offering Transactions would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.
 
 
40

 
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Sales
  $ 13,148,953     $     $ 13,148,953  
Less excise taxes
    (455,558 )           (455,558 )
Net Sales
    12,693,395             12,693,395  
Cost of Sales
    9,618,065             9,618,065  
Gross Profit
    3,075,330             3,075,330  
Operating Expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    1,387,321             1,387,321  
General and administrative
    1,194,353             1,194,353  
Gain on sale of assets
    (6,945 )           (6,945 )
Total operating expenses
    2,574,729             2,574,729  
Income (loss) from operations
    500,601             500,601  
Other expenses:
                       
Interest expense
    (463,339 )           (463,339 )
Warrant re-valuation
    (10,000 )           (10,000 )
Total other expense
    (473,339 )           (473,339 )
Income (loss) before income taxes
    27,262             27,262  
Income tax expense
    800       4,959 (1)     5,759  
                         
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
    26,462       (4,959 )     21,503  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
          14,803 (2)     14,803  
Net income (loss) attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
  $ 26,462       (19,762 )     6,700  
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock
outstanding (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                  2,902,557  
Diluted
                  2,902,557  
Net income available to Class A common stock per share (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                $ .00  
Diluted
                $ .00  
Pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share
                       
Basic
                  $ .00  
Diluted
                  $ .00  
_______________________
 
(1)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect a statutory rate of 39.8%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and California statutory rates.

(2)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be 54.3%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% ($14,803) of income before income taxes ($27,262).
 
 
41

 
 
(3)
The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

(4)
The assumed exchange of 3,450,087 LLC Units for Class A common stock is expected to have an anti-dilutive effect as a result of the allocation of income associated with the exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock, and, accordingly, the effect of such exchange has been excluded from pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

         
Pro forma income before income taxes
 
$
27,262
 
Adjusted pro forma income taxes
   
10,850
(a)
Adjusted pro forma net income
 
$
16,412
(b)
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding
(assuming the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock)
   
6,352,644
 
Adjusted pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share
 
$
0.00
 
_______________________
(a) Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming full exchange using the same methodology applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.
(b)   Assumes elimination of the non-controlling interest.
 
 
 
 
 
42

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Sales
  $ 8,820,255     $     $ 8,820,255  
Less excise taxes
    (249,939 )           (249,939 )
Net Sales
    8,570,316             8,570,316  
Cost of Sales
    5,850,463             5,850,463  
Gross Profit
    2,719,853             2,719,853  
Operating Expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    1,146,316             1,146,316  
General and administrative
    1,581,239             1,581,239  
Gain on sale of assets
                 
Total operating expenses
    2,727,555             2,727,555  
Income (loss) from operations
    (7,702 )           (7,702 )
Other expenses:
                       
Interest expense
    (179,762           (179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    (4,000           (4,000
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    (70,830           (70,830
Total other expense
    (254,592           (254,592
Loss before income taxes
    (262,294 )           (262,294 )
Income tax expense
    1,600       (38,999 ) (1)     (37,399 )
Net loss before noncontrolling interest
    (263,894 )     38,999       (224,895 )
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (47,877 )     (116,428 ) (2)     (164,305 )
Net loss attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
  $ (216,017 )     155,427       (60,590 )
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock
outstanding (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                  2,902,557  
Diluted
                  2,902,557  
Net loss available to Class A common stock per share (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                $ (0.02
Diluted
                $ (0.02
Pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share
                       
Basic
                  $ (0.02
Diluted
                  $ (0.02 )
_______________________
 
(1)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect a statutory rate of 39.8 %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and California statutory income tax rates.

(2)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be 54.3%. Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% ($116,428) of loss before income taxes ($262,294), less beginning non-controlling interest ($47,877).
 
 
43

 
 
(3)
The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

(4)
The assumed exchange of 3,450,087 LLC Units for Class A common stock is expected to have an anti-dilutive effect as a result of the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock, and, accordingly, the effect of such exchange has been excluded from pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

         
Pro forma income before income taxes, less beginning noncontrolling interest
 
$
(214,417)
 
Adjusted pro forma income tax benefit
   
85,338
(a)
Adjusted pro forma net income
 
$
(129,079)
(b)
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock)
   
6,394,644
(c)
Adjusted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share
 
$
(0.02)
 
_______________________
(a) Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming full exchange using the same methodology applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.
(b)   Assumes elimination of the non-controlling interest.
(c) Assumes conversion of 3,450,087 LLC Units and 42,000 shares of restricted stock granted to our Chief Financial Officer on December 28, 2012.
 
 
 

 
 
44

 
  
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
ASSETS
               
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 116,472       26,476,361   (1)   $ 26,592,833  
Accounts receivable
    1,041,354             1,041,354  
Inventories
    10,275,867             10,275,867  
IPO costs and fees
    40,831       (40,831 ) (1)      
Other current assets
    18,265             18,265  
Total Current Assets
    11,492,789       26,435,530       37,928,319  
Property and equipment, net
    5,509,504             5,509,504  
Goodwill
    134,327             134,327  
Intangible assets, net
    745,639             745,639  
Deferred Tax Asset
          4,713,716   (2)     4,713,716  
Other assets, net
    126,118             126,118  
Total Assets
  $ 18,008,377     31,149,246     49,157,623  
LIABILITIES,
CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL
AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
                   
Current liabilities:
                   
Line of credit
  $ 5,713,205           $ 5,713,205  
Accounts payable
    1,456,269             1,456,269  
Accrued expenses
    297,211             297,211  
Grapes payable
    253,362             253,362  
Due to related parties
    905,646             905,646  
Current maturities of related party notes
    68,656             68,656  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    235,901             235,901  
Warrant obligation
    210,000             210,000  
Interest rate swap
    70,830             70,830  
Total current liabilities
    9,211,080             9,211,080  
Deferred rent liability
    55,696             55,696  
Related party notes, net of current maturities
    102,696             102,696  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    3,283,060             3,283,060  
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement
          4,423,643   (2)     4,423,643  
Total Liabilities
    12,652,532       4,423,643       17,076,175  
Commitments and contingencies
                   
                     
Members’ equity (deficit):
                   
Contributed capital
     8,165,550   (4)           (8,165,550 ) (6)      —  
Accumulated deficit
     (3,086,787 )      -          (3,086,787 )
Class A authorized to issue 7,000,000 shares, par value $0.001 per
share; 2,902,557 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
     —        2,903   (6)     2,903  
Class B authorized to issue 1,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share;
9 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
         
 —
     
 —
 
Preferred stock authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares, par value $0.001
per share; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
         
 —
     
 —
 
Additional paid in capital
       —      
17,753,818
  (6)    
17,753,818
 
Total members’ / stockholder's equity (deficit) attributable to the
Company
    5,078,763       9,591,171      
14,669,934
 
Non-controlling interest
    277,082      
17,134,432
  (3)    
17,411,514
 
Total equity
    5,355,845      
      26,725,603
  (5)    
32,081,448
 
Total liabilities, contributed capital and equity
  $
18,008,377
    $
      31,149,246
    $
49,157,623
 
 
 
45

 
_______________________
 
(1) 
Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of offering proceeds of $26.5 million described in "History and Formation Transactions," and the uses of proceeds described in "Use of Proceeds" at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated placement agents’ fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the initial public offering price is $11.00 per share which is the low end of the range the offering proceeds will be $22,250,530.

(2)
Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement") based on the following assumptions:

•   
we will record an increase of $4,915,159 in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on a statutory income tax rate of 39.8% (which includes a provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes);

•   
we will record $4,423,643, representing 90% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement;

•   
we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital of $491,516, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement;
 
•   
we will record deferred taxes relating the newly-issued LLC Units for their share of the existing deferred tax items of the LLC.  We will record a reduction to deferred tax assets of $201,443 and a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $201,443; and

•   
there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.
   
 
46

 
 
(3)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially have a less than 100% economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC and will record non-controlling interest on our balance sheet. Immediately following the Offering Transactions, the non-controlling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma financial information, will be $17,134,432.   Pro forma non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% of the pro forma equity of the LLC of $31,555,124, which differs from the pro forma equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. as the former is not affected by the adjustments relating to the tax receivable agreement described above in note (2).

(4)
Represents the investment of the existing holders of LLC Units. See the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the LLC as of December 31, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

5)
Represents an adjustment to stockholders' equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $26,476,361 of additional paid-in capital as a result of estimated net proceeds from this offering (iii) a decrease of $17,134,432 to allocate a portion of Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s equity to the non-controlling interest and (iv) the elimination of members' capital of $8,165,550 upon consolidation.

(6)
Represents the following adjustments to additional paid-in capital:

•   
an increase of $17,753,818, which consists of an increase of $26,476,361 from the estimated net proceeds from the Offering Transactions, less the par value of the shares Class A common stock sold in the Offering Transactions of $2,903, less the portion of the equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. allocated to the non-controlling interest of $17,134,432, and the elimination of members' capital of $8,165,550 upon consolidation, each as described under footnote 5 above;

•    
an increase of $491,516 due to the tax receivable agreement, as described under footnote 2 above; and

•    
a decrease of $201,443 due to the establishment of deferred tax liabilities relating to newly issued LLC Units as described under footnote 2 above.
 
•   
a decrease of $40,831 in the current asset IPO costs and fees.
 
 
 
47

 
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     December 31,  
          (unaudited)  
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
Net sales
  $ 5,402,045     $ 12,693,395     $
8,378,109
    $
8,570,316
 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065      
6,573,563
     
5,850,463
 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330      
1,804,546
     
2,719,853
 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321      
782,142
     
1,146,316
 
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )    
-
     
-
 
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353      
428,318
     
1,581,239
 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729      
1,210,460
     
2,727,555
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601      
594,086
     
(7,702
)
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest expense
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )    
(198,618
   
(179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )    
-
     
(4,000
)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )    
(198,618
   
(254,592
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262      
395,468
     
(262,294
)
Provision for income taxes
    800       800      
800
     
1,600
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
    (820,815 )     26,462      
394,668
     
(263,894
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       -      
-
     
(47,877
)
Net income (loss) attributable to H.D.D. LLC members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $
394,668
    $
(216,017
)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
 
 
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $
116,472
 
Total assets
    10,099,873       14,082,617      
18,008,377
 
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364      
12,652,532
 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )    
5,355,845
 
 
 
48

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
In addition to our focus on our unique custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
 
Our net sales are affected by advertising, discounts and promotions, merchandising, packaging and the availability of wall display space at our retailer customers, all of which have a significant impact on consumers' buying decisions. Continued growth of our net sales and profits will depend substantially on the continued popularity of our new and existing brands, our ability to effectively manage our sales and distribution networks and our ability to maintain sufficient product supply to meet expected growth in demand.
 
Our cost of sales includes wine-related inputs, such as grapes and semi-finished bulk wine, bottling materials, such as bottles, caps, corks and labeling materials, labor and overhead expenses, including inbound and outbound freight, and barrel depreciation.  Increases in the costs of freight due to higher fuel costs would increase our cost of sales.
 
Our sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses include all warehouse and transportation and distribution expenses, selling, marketing, finance, information technology, depreciation, amortization of intangibles, professional fees and administrative expenses. We expect that our sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses will increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales, in the future as we continue to grow and incur additional expenses associated with becoming a public company, such as additional accounting expenses and costs associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, once required to do so, and salary and benefit expenses associated with additional employees.
 
Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012).
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales increased $192,207, or 2%, to $8,570,316 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $8,378,109 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net sales was attributable to a $536,550 increase in the direct to consumer sales channel resulting from increased wine club membership and visitor traffic sales, a $590,622 increase from the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies offset by a $934,965 decrease in the three-tier channel.
 
The gross three-tier channel decrease resulted from:
 
 
·
the one-time sale of wines totaling $397,000 (4,623 cases) contributed by a member as their capital contribution;
 
 
·
the discontinuance of certain of our brands by Trader Joe’s (The County Fair and TJ Grand Reserve) and Total Wine & More (Simply Pure) totaling $2,262,000 (27,292 cases);
 
 
·
the phased reduction or repositioning of our Stonegate brand totaling $826,000 (12,714 cases); and
 
 
·
offset by an increase in existing brand sales in the three-tier channel of $668,000 and the introduction of new wine brands launched in our first quarter fiscal year 2013 to:
 
 
·
Safeway (Bewitched, Curious Beasts, Fuchsia, Schuck’s and Candell’s) of $1,446,000 (17,762 cases);
 
 
·
Total Wine & More (Eden Ridge and The Fugitive) of $272,000 (3,090 cases); and
 
 
·
the Cliffside brand, which we produce but is owned by a third party, of $97,000 (2,307 cases).
 
 
49

 
 
Cost of Sales
 
Cost of sales decreased $723,100, or 11%, to $5,850,463 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $6,573,563 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in cost of sales is associated with the brand and volume changes discussed above in “ Net Sales. ”  The new brands we introduced have higher margins than those that we discontinued, and than the margins associated with the one-time sales.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $364,174, or 47%, to $1,146,316 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $782,142 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expense is due primarily to the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies ($128,783), expenses related to increased reliance on the direct-to-consumer sales channel ($107,260) and costs associated with launching new brands and opening new markets in the three-tier channel.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense increased $1,152,921, or 269%, to $1,581,239 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $428,318 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expense is due primarily to the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies ($141,990), professional fees pertaining to this offering and not qualifying for netting against proceeds from this offering ($445,069), and increased technology costs, operating expenses and personnel additions related to becoming a public company.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense decreased $18,856, or 9%, to $179,762 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $198,618 for the six months ended December 31, 2011.  Although our line of credit and term borrowings are up $2,735,895 from June 30, 2012, the change in our banking relationship has resulted in a lower average interest rate.
 
Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011).
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales increased $7,291,000, or 135%, to $12,693,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $5,402,000 for fiscal year 2011. Sales in the three-tier channel increased 162%, or $6,563,000, while the direct to consumer and retail channels increased 54%, or $728,000, attributable to increased wine club memberships and increased visitor traffic.   The increase in net sales is also attributable to the introduction of three new brands (Dearly Beloved, introduced in our first quarter fiscal year 2012, TJ Grand Reserve, introduced in our second quarter fiscal year 2012, and The Fugitive, introduced in our fourth quarter fiscal year 2012) in the three-tier channel. We also began production of the Cliffside brand in our fourth quarter fiscal year 2012, which we produce but is owned by a third party. The increase in net sales was offset by the discontinuation of the Canard and Varietals brands.
 
The gross three-tier channel increase is a combination of:
 
 
·
the one-time sale of C. Donatiello brand wines totaling $397,000 (4,623 cases) contributed by a member as their capital contribution;
 
 
·
year-over-year existing brand sales growth of $4,586,000, or 137% (74,000 cases or 121%);
 
 
·
the introduction of three new brands: Dearly Beloved ($1,456,000 or 27,757 cases), TJ Grand Reserve ($1,051,000 or 9,569 cases) and The Fugitive ($42,000 or 350 cases);
 
 
·
sales of Cliffside brand wines totaling $37,632 (896 cases); and
 
 
·
offset by the discontinuance of the two brands: Canard ($439,000 or 5,445 cases) and Varietals ($226,000 or 2,830 cases).
 
Cost of Sales
  
Cost of sales increased $5,717,000, or 147%, to $9,618,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $3,901,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in cost of sales is due primarily to increased sales volumes and a shift towards higher quality brands with higher associated costs.  Margins were depressed by 1% from the sale of C. Donatiello wines (10% margin) and from the sale of some Harbor Front branded wines at a loss.  We have subsequently arranged for Harbor Front branded wines to be produced by a third party to increase profitability.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $792,000, or 133%, to $1,387,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $595,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in sales and marketing expense is due primarily to a full year of operation of a second tasting room and expenses associated with the increase in revenue from the three-tier channel.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense decreased $242,000, or 17%, to $1,194,000 for fiscal year 2012 from $1,436,000 for fiscal year 2011. Fiscal year 2011 included a one-time charge totaling $321,000, representing the buy-out of a covenant not to compete from a related party. Excluding this one-time charge, general and administrative expense increased $79,000, or 7%, for fiscal year 2012 and is due to the growth of our business.
 
Gain on Sale of Assets
 
Gain on sale of assets was $7,000 for fiscal year 2012, compared to $111,000 for fiscal year 2011, which was attributable to a one-time sale of a trademark.  We do not expect the sale of assets to be a significant financial contributor to our future business.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense increased $62,000, or 16%, to $463,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $401,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in interest expense is due primarily to increased borrowings used to finance increases in working capital, production, operations, sales, marketing and general and administrative expenses, and capital expenditures associated with sales growth.
 
 
50

 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of cash are existing cash, cash flow from operations, borrowings from members, the revolving loan portion of our credit facility and equity contributions from members. From time to time we may also enter into factoring agreements. Our primary cash needs are to fund working capital requirements and capital expenditures for barrels and other equipment to facilitate increased production, and to repay our indebtedness (interest and principal payments).
 
   
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 116,472  
Revolving loan availability
  $ 1,046     $ 236,046     $ 2,020,848  
 
Borrowings under our revolving loan facility are at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a credit spread. The availability is subject to our compliance with certain contractual financial and non-financial covenants.  Based upon qualifying collateral and having obtained a waiver for non-compliance with certain covenants at December 31, 2012, we had revolving loan availability of $2,020,848 as of December 31, 2012.
 
We currently do not have any material commitments for capital expenditures.  We have experienced no material trends or changes in the type or cost of our capital resources.  We expect to finance the purchase of barrels and other equipment through the revolving loan portion of our credit facility and from the proceeds of this offering.  We do not currently plan on entering into any lease arrangements for barrels or other equipment.
 
Our current business plan anticipates receipt of the proceeds from this offering and the uses of those proceeds described in this prospectus.  In the event that we do not complete this offering, we expect to scale back our business plan and seek to terminate certain of our supply agreements, including those with affiliates.
 
Cash Flows
 
A summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated are shown in the following table:
 
   
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash flow summary
                 
Used in operating activities
  $ (1,740,521   $ (2,310,848 )   $ (2,673,812
Used in investing activities
    (278,956 )     (300,901 )     (892,003 )
Provided by financing activities
    2,243,024       2,504,636       3,514,978  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 223,547     $ (107,113 )   $ (50,837 )
 
Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012).
 
Cash flows used in operating activities increased $2,977,620, or 980%, to $(2,673,812) for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $303,810 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows used in operating activities is due primarily to a $658,562 decrease in income (detailed above in “—Results of Operations—Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012)”), a $2,695,633 increase in inventories, which was intended to meet actual and projected increases in sales, a $1,037,791 decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses (advances on the line of credit utilized to pay vendors), offset by decreases in accounts receivable of $1,103,114 (attributable to the decrease in three-tier channel sales detailed in “—Results of Operations—Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012)—Net Sales”), and wine deposits of $332,623 (product received and converted to inventory).
 
Cash flows used in investing activities increased $405,424, or 83%, to $892,003 for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $486,579 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities is due primarily to a $275,000 investment in The Wine Spies and a net $130,424 increase in the acquisition of property and equipment and intangibles.

Cash flows provided by financing activities increased $2,962,320, or 536%, to $3,514,978 for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $552,656 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows provided by financing activities is due primarily to $3,949,251 in net proceeds from the line of credit, a net $683,523 increase in related party advances and payments and a net $1,731,137 cash used in payments to a factor.
 
Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011).
 
Cash flows used in operating activities increased $570,327, or 33%, to $(2,310,848) for fiscal year 2012, from $(1,740,521) for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows used in operating activities is due primarily to a $1,562,302 increase in inventories (required to meet the demand of actual and projected sales increases), a $332,623 increase in bulk wine deposits (associated with inventory requirement demands), a $300,000 note payable for reimbursement of a right to market expense (detailed above in —Results of Operations—Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011) —General and Administrative Expense ), offset by increases in net income of $847,277 (detailed above in “—Results of Operations—Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011)”), accounts receivable of $518,695 (attributable to the timing of sales and collections on account), the $104,205 gain on sale of assets (detailed in the following paragraph) and $200,000 contributed rent (in lieu of a capital contribution).
 
Cash flows used in investing activities increased $21,945, or 8%, to $(300,901) for fiscal year 2012, from $(278,956) for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities is due primarily to a reduction of $104,205 in proceeds from asset sales, offset by a net $82,260 decrease in the acquisition of property and equipment and intangible assets.

Cash flows provided by financing activities increased $261,612, or 12%, to $2,504,636 for fiscal year 2012, from $2,243,024 for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows provided by financing activities is due primarily to a $1,625,399 increase in net member contributions, $869,400 in net factor proceeds, and a $1,170,037 net decrease in long-term debt payments, offset by a net $2,134,224 increase in related party payments and a $1,269,000 net repayment on our credit facility.
 
Indebtedness
 
Our primary sources of indebtedness are the Bank of the West Loan (as defined below) and notes payable to members.  From time to time we may also enter into factoring agreements.
 
Bank of the West Loan.  On July 16, 2012, we entered into five loan agreement s with Bank of the West (collectively, the “Bank of the West Loan”):
   
 
·
$9,000,000 Line of Credit Note : We received a line of credit from Bank of the West in the principal amount of up to $9,000,000 due on or before May 31, 2014.  The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 1.75% above LIBOR .
 
 
51

 
 
 
·
$3,381,000 Term Note : We received a term note from Bank of the West in the principal amount of $3,381,000 due on or before May 31, 2022.  The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 2.25% above the One-Month LIBOR Rate or 2.25% above LIBOR.  Effective October 31, 2012, we entered into a swap arrangement with Bank of the West fixing the interest rate at 4.00% for the term of the note.
 
 
·
$357,000 Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note : We received an equipment purchase line of credit note in the principal amount of $300,000 from Bank of the West due on or before May 31, 2013. The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 2.25% above the One-Month LIBOR Rate. The equipment purchase line of credit was increased to $357,000 pursuant to a modification agreement we entered into as of October 3, 2012 with Bank of the West and funded on January 28, 2013.  The aggregate principal outstanding bears 3.75% fixed interest and will be repaid in 60 monthly payments. The first monthly payment was made on February 15, 2013.
 
 
·
$143,684 Master Equipment Financing Agreement : We entered into an agreement with Bank of the West to finance the purchase of certain equipment on October 2, 2012 in the amount of $143,684.  The aggregate principal outstanding bears 3.75% fixed interest and will be repaid in 36 monthly payments.  The first monthly payment was made on November 1, 2012.
 
 
·
$100,000 Foreign Exchange Note : We received a foreign exchange note in the principal amount of $100,000 from Bank of the West due on or before May 31, 2014 that carries a 10% credit percentage and permits us to enter into any spot or forward transaction to purchase from or sell to Bank of the West a foreign currency of an agreed amount.
 
The Bank of the West Loan contains usual and customary covenants, including, without limitation:
 
 
·
limitation on incurring senior indebtedness;
 
 
·
limitation on making loans and advances;
 
 
·
limitation on investments, acquisitions, and capital expenditures;
 
 
·
limitation on liens, mergers and sales of assets; and
 
 
·
limitations on activities of Truett-Hurst.
 
In addition, the Bank of the West Loan contains negative and financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio (measured quarterly), debt to effective tangible net worth ratio (measured quarterly) and debt service coverage ratio (measured annually).
 
Covenant Breach.  We were not in compliance with the minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio at September 30 ,2012 and December 31, 2012 or the debt to effective tangible net worth ratio at December 31, 2012. In March 2013, as a condition of receiving a waiver from Bank of the West, the following transactions took place:

 
·
The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust D ated April 15, 1996 (the “Carroll-Obremskey Trust”) exercised a warrant to purchase a 3% interest in the LLC for $500,000. See “History and Formation Transactions;”
 
·
$650,000 in payments due on grape supply contracts to farms controlled by certain of our affiliates was subordinated to Bank of the West;
 
·
we executed convertible subordinated notes payable to Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as trustees of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as trustees of the Hurst Trust, Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Paul E. Dolan, III, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, in exchange for their contributions of $150,000, $150,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively, bearing interest at 10% per annum with interest and principal due on the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the completion of this offering; should the offering not be completed by March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interests computed by dividing each note balance by $16,666,667; and
 
·
the LLC agreed to raise $2 million of equity by May 1, 2013, if this offering is not successful, in order to be in compliance with applicable covenants at March 31, 2013 (measured at May 15, 2013).
  
Security Agreements.   In connection with the Bank of the West Loan, we entered into security agreements pursuant to which we granted to Bank of the West a security interest in all of our personal and real property and our "Truett Hurst" registered mark as collateral for all loans and obligations owing to Bank of the West, including the Bank of the West Loan.
 
In addition, certain of our existing owners, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their respective control, entered into guarantee agreements in connection with the Bank of the West Loan.  See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
Factoring Agreements.    In November 2011, January 2012 and April 2012, we entered into three agreements with a factor borrowing a total of $2,579,400 in order to finance three transactions with a vendor. We agreed to assign and sell receivables related to these transactions to the factor at a rate of 100% of each receivable plus 1.25% per month of the unpaid principal amount of the loan. We were fully and unconditionally liable for the principal and interest on the loan; therefore, we accounted for the transfer of receivables as a secured financing. Interest expense includes finance costs associated with factoring activities. The November 2011 and January 2012 agreements were paid in full during fiscal year 2012. The April 2012 agreement for the amount due of $869,400 as of June 30, 2012 was paid subsequent to year end. Interest of $74,737 was paid under these agreements for the year ended June 30, 2012.
 
Other Notes Payable.   In connection with our purchase of a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, we executed a note payable in the amount of $50,000, which matures on March 1, 2013 and carries no interest.  See “Business—Sales and Marketing—The Wine Spies, LLC.”
 
We executed a $210,000 secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere in connection with our repurchase of his Put Interest.  The note bears interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.  See “History and Formation Transactions.”
 
52

 
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table reflects our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:
 
   
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Less than
1 year
   
1-3 Years
   
3-5 Years
   
More than
 5 years
 
       
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 3,690,313     $ 304,557     $ 466,826     $ 270,480     $ 2,648,450  
Interest payments on long-term debt obligations( 1 )
    2,123,878       141,270       251,837       223,146       1,507,625  
Supply agreements
    16,491,984       6,844,653       9,284,259       363,072       -  
Operating lease obligations
    888,196       271,518       567,718       48,960       -  
Deferred compensation
    103,000       34,333       68,667       -       -  
Total
  $ 23,297,371     $ 7,596,331     $ 10,639,307     $ 905,658     $ 4,156,075  
 
(1) Reflects fixed rate interest on swap executed in October 2012.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Accounting
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). As of and for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, we have consolidated the operations of our 50% owned subsidiary from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and our non-controlling interest has been appropriately disclosed on all of the related statements.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade receivables from customers. We review accounts receivable regularly and make estimates for allowance for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of individual balances. In evaluating the collectibility of individual receivable balances, we consider many factors, including the age of the balance, the customer’s historical payment history, its current credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Bad debts are written off after all collection efforts have ceased. We generally do not require collateral from our customers. We do not accrue interest on past-due amounts. No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, or December 31, 2012 as bad debts have historically been negligible.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories consist primarily of bulk and bottled wine, capitalized cultural costs, merchandise and purchased grapes valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out or specific identification method. In accordance with general wine industry practice, bulk and bottled wine inventories are included in current assets, although a portion of such inventories may be aged for a period longer than one year.

Costs related to growing grapes on our vineyard are reflected in inventories as capitalized cultural costs. Upon completion of the harvest, these costs are included in bulk wine. Costs associated with winemaking and the production of wine are reflected in inventories as bulk wine until the wine has been bottled and is available for sale.
 
 
53

 
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the asset, principally 20 to 40 years for building and improvements, five years for machinery and equipment, seven to 15 years for vineyard development,10 to 20 years for vineyard equipment, five to 10 years for furniture and fixtures, five years for leasehold improvements and five years for vehicles. Costs incurred in developing vineyards are capitalized and depreciation commences when the related vineyard becomes commercially productive.
 
Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Gains and losses from disposition of property and equipment are included as a component of operating income.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets
 
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. There were no events occurring as of June 30, 2011 or 2012 or for the six months ended December 31, 2012 that required an assessment of impairment.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually for impairment, or sooner, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We use April 1 as our annual impairment test measurement date. As of December 31, 2012, we have goodwill from the purchase of The Wine Spies in August 2012 (see Note 15 to the financial statements included in this prospectus). Similar to our indefinite lived intangibles, goodwill will be tested at least annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Indefinite lived intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks. Intangible assets determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally four years for customer lists, five years for proprietary technology, ten years for non-compete agreement. Patents will be amortized over their estimated legal lives.
 
There was no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Additionally, there were no events occurring as of or for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 or for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 that required an assessment of impairment in addition to the annual assessment.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally five years for label design costs, 10 years for loan fees, 10 years for lease costs – related party and five years for website design costs.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize wine sales when the product is shipped and title passes to the customer. Our standard terms are ‘FOB’ shipping point, with no customer acceptance provisions. The cost of price promotions and discounts are treated as reductions of sales. No products are sold on consignment. Credit sales are recorded as trade accounts receivable and no collateral is required. Net sales from items sold through our retail locations are recognized at the time of sale.

Sales Discounts and Depletion Allowances
 
We record sales discounts and depletion allowances as a reduction of sales. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, sales discounts and depletion allowances totaled $803,747, $953,712, $422,684, and $616,292, respectively.
 
 
54

 

Cost of Sales
 
Costs of sales includes costs associated with grape growing, external grape, bulk wine and finished goods purchases, packaging materials, winemaking and production costs, vineyard and production administrative support and overhead costs, purchasing and receiving costs and warehousing costs. No further costs are allocated to inventory once the product is bottled and available for sale.

Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of non-manufacturing personnel, advertising and other marketing promotions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, advertising expense totaled $21,632, $50,003, $18,847 and $20,123, respectively.
 
General and Administrative Expenses
 
General and administrative expenses include the costs associated with our administrative staff and other expenses related to our non-manufacturing functions.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
 
We report the amounts billed to our customers for shipping and handling as sales, and we report the costs we incur for shipping and handling as a sales and marketing expense. Our gross margins may not be comparable to other companies in the same industry as other companies may include shipping and handling costs as a cost of sales. Shipping costs were $40,417, $136,366, $263,635, and $266,930 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The LLC is treated as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) .  The members separately account for their pro-rata share of income, deductions, losses, and credits. Therefore, no provision is made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for liabilities for federal, state, or local income taxes since such liabilities are the responsibility of the individual members.

State entity taxes of $800 were recorded for each of the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the six months ended December 31, 2011.   State entity taxes of $1,600 were recorded for the six months ended December 31, 2012.
 
We do not have any entity level uncertain tax positions. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

Concentrations
 
Cash: We maintain cash that may, at times, exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. Customers: The following tables set forth concentrations of sales and accounts receivable as a percent of each total:
 
 
Net Sales
for the Years
Ended June 30
 
Accounts
Receivable
as of June 30,
 
Net Sales
for the Six Months
Ended December 31,
 
Accounts Receivable as of December 31,
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2012
                 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
Customer A
23%
 
33%
 
28%
 
-
 
39%
 
21%
 
4%
Customer B
20%
 
18%
 
-
 
48%
 
19%
 
10%
 
-
Customer C
14%
 
10%
 
22%
 
11%
 
10%
 
8%
 
12%
Customer D
10%
 
6%
 
10%
 
6%
 
4%
 
9%
 
21%
Customer E
-
 
1%
 
-
 
4%
 
5%
 
12%
 
9%
Customer F
5%
 
6%
 
6%
 
-
 
4%
 
7%
 
3%
Customer G
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
2%
 
15%
 
 
55

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that either have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . This guidance contains certain updates   to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change   in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including   enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity   of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between   those unobservable inputs, if any. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-04 as of July 1, 2012.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment . This ASU allows for the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-08 as of July 1, 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12. The amendments in this Update supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , to effectively defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-12 as of July 1, 2012. There are no items of comprehensive income (loss) in our statements of operations.

In July, 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The adoption of this standard provides for the option to   assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it   is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired. If we conclude that it is not more likely   than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not   necessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2012-01 as of July 1, 2012.

Internal Controls
 
In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 , our management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
The material weakness pertains to deficiencies in our accounting research and reporting functions and the closing and reporting process due to our lack of accounting documentation and procedures, lack of segregation of duties, potential for management override of controls and lack of current expertise in reporting requirements.

 
56

 

With the oversight of senior management, we have begun taking steps and plan to take additional measures to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness, primarily through the development and implementation of formal policies, improved processes and documented procedures, as well as the hiring of additional finance personnel. In addition to these efforts, we are in the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting in order to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls as of June 30, 2013.  In particular, in July 2012 we hired a new Chief Financial Officer and in October 2012 we hired a Controller.  However, we can provide no assurance at this time that management will be able to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of June 30, 2013.
 
Notwithstanding the identified material weakness, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus fairly represent in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows at and for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Our contracts for the purchase of grapes are typically long term, which insulates us from the effects of inflation.  However, because we purchase bulk wine at spot prices, the rate of inflation may affect our cost of sales for products for which bulk wine is a significant input.
 
 

 
57

 

BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our unique “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
We have experienced rapid sales growth in the last few years.  Nielsen estimates that 22% of consumer products sold by food and drug retailers in the United States are private label.  However, in the U.S. wine sector, only 3.7% of sales are made through private labels.  Other more mature wine markets, such as the U.K. and Australia, have much higher penetration of private label wine sales (19% and 16%, respectively).  Given the $33 billion market for wine sales in the United States, the private label business represents a market opportunity of many billions of dollars.
 
The California wine industry , which accounts for 89.5% of total U.S. wine production, is dominated by a few producers who make up the vast majority of sales: The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.   Our business approach seeks to disrupt this oligopoly by providing high quality wine at a reasonable cost, in part by avoiding an expensive and competitive distribution system.  Likewise, our grocery partners have turned to private label and custom label as a way to gain margin, customer loyalty and differentiation that allows them to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing market.
 
In addition to our focus on our custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Established in 2007 by Paul and Heath Dolan and Phil and Sylvia Hurst, Truett-Hurst has brought together two families with a deep understanding of the wine industry.   Paul Dolan is a fourth generation master winemaker and a leader of the organic and biodynamic farming movement, and Phil Hurst is an experienced operator, wine entrepreneur and sales executive.  Having worked together at Fetzer Vineyards from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s, Paul and Phil shared a passion for winemaking and business entrepreneurship and came together to build a creative, innovative and fun wine company.
 
What began as a small estate winery has developed into a growing and innovative wine company.  In fiscal year 2008, our first year of operations, we sold 2,616 cases, generating $466,000 net sales.  In fiscal year 2012, we sold over 160,000 cases of wine, generating $12.69 million net sales.
 
We believe there are distinct market opportunities within the wine industry as a result of the fragmented nature of the industry and challenges related to distribution channels.  Furthermore, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on these market opportunities due to our high quality wines and our distinct approach to production and distribution.

 
58

 

Market Opportunity
 
A combination of fundamental market changes in the United States created this opportunity for us, including:
 
 
·
Steady growth in the U.S. wine market:   The U.S. wine market has grown at an average annual rate of 5% over the past decade and is now the largest in the world (although per capita consumption remains relatively low).   In the recent past, growth in wine sales has been focused in domestic brands; from 2007 to 2011, wine imports have only grown by 1.6% per year. According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates Annual Wine Industry Review for the twelve months ended December 2011, two of the three fastest growing price points are the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  We have focused on the higher end of the Super-premium segment and also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment, which together accounted for 66% of industry-wide revenue in 2011.
 
 
·
Market ripe for disruption: Food retailers account for roughly 65% of wine sales, with a high concentration of market share among only a handful of major wine producers and distributors.  The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.  In order to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing profit pool, food and grocery retailers have turned to private label programs as a way of gaining margin, customer loyalty, category growth and differentiation.
 
 
·
Retailer focus on innovation:   Increased market competition has heightened for retailers the emphasis on increasing consumer traffic to grow same store sales year over year.  In order to create excitement in their stores, major global retail chains and top wine retailers in the United States have made wine and packaging innovations, including “earth-friendly” elements, a key strategic initiative for 2013 and beyond.   Our core values are aligned with our retail partners’ initiatives and consumer consciousness as we strive to make our products in a way that minimizes waste and fossil fuel usage and increases recyclability.

 
·
Private label model remains in its infancy:   Nielsen estimates that, in the United States, only 3.7% of wines, by dollar value, were sold through private labels in the year to date, as of August 2010, which was a 20% increase compared to the prior year.  Other mature wine markets have experienced considerably higher penetration; for example, private label wine sales make up 19% and 16% of total wine sales in the U.K. and Australia, respectively. The U.S. market appears poised for growth in this segment.
 
 
·
Declining brand loyalty :  Along with robust growth, the U.S. wine market has also witnessed a proliferation of new brands.  In 2010 alone, the United States approved 120,000 new wine labels.   Consumers have shown an increasing appetite to sample new labels and varietals, which can be promoted cost-effectively on an in-store basis.  For example, relatively new brands like Cupcake, Ménage à Trois and E.&J. Gallo Winery’s Apothic grew by 55%, 18% and 258%, respectively, in 2011.  Food retailers are well-positioned to manage this promotion as they control the shelf space and brand positioning in their stores.  In an ever more crowded market, this advantage has become increasingly valuable.
 
 
·
Rapid growth of internet retailing: Small but rapidly growing, we expect the internet segment to continue to outpace brick and mortar retailer sales, and we believe it is poised to surpass winery direct sales.
 
 
·
“Premiumization” of the market : Following years of explosive growth in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the U.S. market experienced a supply glut which resulted in severe pricing pressure from so-called “value brands.”  Due to significant consumption growth of California wines and the reduction of imported wines, as well as changes in exchange rates and taste preferences, this trend has reversed in the current cycle, with the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments among those experiencing the highest growth.

 
59

 
 
 
·
Significant direct to consumer sales growth : Tasting room and wine club sales are typically the highest gross margin sales for a winery.  Our direct to consumer net sales increased 54% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the prior fiscal year and 56% for the six months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior-year period, with gross margins   averaging approximately 61%, which we believe is generally consistent with industry averages.
 
Our Strategy
 
Recognizing the opportunity created by these trends, Truett-Hurst’s founders developed a strategy focused on the following key elements:
 
 
·
Model scalability will drive growth :  We combine the best of deep experience in the wine industry and the speed and agility of a start-up to work with both retailers and distributors to develop and market new brands.  Because we are smaller, more agile and less prone to layers of decision making and because we have a world-class brand development/creative team in house, we are able to launch innovative new brands faster and more cost-effectively.  This allows us and our partners to respond rapidly to market opportunities.
 
 
·
Highly collaborative channel partnerships:   Our management believes that it is critical to support multiple players in the distribution system in order for a young company to defend a sustainable market position.  This includes a strong collaboration with well-known and reputable retailers who are looking for innovative, higher-margin brands to market.  Our reputation has been enhanced by our success with these channel partners, leading to new opportunities in brand development, including selling some of our brands via traditional three-tier distribution at a reduced cost.
 
Currently, we have a small share of this sizeable market. For example, for the first six months of fiscal year 2013, our sales to Safeway were less than $2 million, which is less than 1% of Safeway’s 2012 annual wine sales. Our goal is to expand our sales with existing retailer partnerships, including large businesses such as Trader Joe’s, Safeway and Total Wine & More, as well as increase the number of new major retailers that we partner with, including The Kroger Company, Publix and Wal-Mart.
 
 
 
60

 
 
 
·
Collaborative and rapid brand development.   Our development process with our partners is highly collaborative and our products are developed based on our partners’ market data and understanding of what their customers want.  Instead of developing a brand and bringing it to market based on consultants’ input and wine maker reputation, we exploit our retail partners’ quantitative data about brands, price points, packaging and varietals that their customers are buying.  When we initiate a partnership, we approach a retailer with numerous concepts; an agreement to move forward typically includes multiple brands, varietals and price points that are launched in tandem.  This allows the retailer to test various concepts, with the expectation that about half of the brands will be successful and further developed, while the other half will be scaled back or discontinued.   Typically, it takes six months from the initial conversations with a retailer until the product is on the retailer’s shelves.
 
 
·
Quality focused on the robust premium sector: The private label business has historically focused on the generic, Sub-premium category (below $7 per bottle retail price), with wine quality consistent with the price points.  Recognizing growth in this sector, we have positioned ourselves in the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  In order to support our premium strategy, we have identified and contracted premium grape sources from Paso Robles, Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  Our founders’ diverse and extensive experience in the industry allows us to leverage longstanding relationships with California growers, an increasingly important asset as grape supplies tighten globally.  We are also able to source grapes on a priority basis from our founders and members of our management team, who collectively control 500 acres of vineyards in Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  In addition, we have hired a top-quality winemaking staff and invested in state of the art systems and equipment.
 
While we have focused primarily on the higher end of the Super-premium segment, we also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment of the industry.
 
 
·
Innovative, world-class packaging and label design:   Given the proliferation of brands and the need to “rise above the noise” in wine displays, innovative labeling and packaging is increasingly important to success in launching new wine brands.  Our founders and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, have world-class experience in this area and are establishing a reputation as market leaders with novel packaging, such as evocative paper-wrapping, unique bottle shapes and the world’s first paper-based bottles.
 
 
o
Evocative wine wraps: We have developed, produced and sold one of the world’s first “wine wrap” packaging concepts to Safeway, one of the country’s largest wine retailers.  We have applied for trademarks on the wine wrap brands and a patent on the unique packaging.
 
 
 
o
The world’s first paper bottle : In February 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement with the producer of what we believe to be the first ever paper wine bottle.  We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013 and are in discussions with several of the top U.S. retailers and distributors, including Safeway, The Kroger Company, Young’s Market Company and Southern Wines and Spirits, to sell the product.
 
 
61

 
 
 
 
o
Proprietary square bottle:   We have designed a unique square-shaped glass bottle and created a brand that will “own” this concept.  We have applied for a trademark on the brand and a patent on the design.  We have partnered with one of the country’s fastest growing and most important wine retail chains, Total Wine & More, to produce and sell 40,000 cases (generating approximately $3.5 million in sales) in the first 12-month period beginning spring 2013.
 
 
 
·
Management team : The founding team of Phil Hurst and Paul Dolan represents decades of experience in the wine industry and success at building businesses to scale, typically only seen in much larger, global players in the wine and spirits industry.
 
 
o
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer: co-founded and helped build Winery Exchange Inc. into a global private label beer, spirits and wine company with more than $100 million in sales.
 
 
o
Paul E. Dolan, III, Co-Founder: worked at Fetzer Vineyards for 27 years, initially as wine maker and later as President, and scaled the business from 30,000 cases to over 4 million cases sold per year.
 
 
62

 
 
 
o
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking: experience making wine for such leading producers as De Loach Vineyards, La Follette and Hendry Ranch.
 
 
o
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder, Director of Vineyard Operations: has 16 years of experience in the wine business, including managing cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards.
 
 
o
Kevin Shaw, Independent Contractor/Creative Director: has nearly 20 years of experience as a designer.  As proprietor and founder of Stranger and Stranger design agency, he received the 2012 Harpers Wine & Spirits Magazine Design Award for “Best Design Agency.”  Kevin designs over 100 beverage brands every year in markets all around the world, including Jack Daniels, Avion Tequila, Lillet and The Kraken Spiced Rum.  Collectively, his brands sell over a billion bottles a year.
 
 
o
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer: has more than 30 years of public and private accounting experience.  After gaining public accounting experience with Arthur Young (now Ernst & Young), he has spent the last 25 years working in wine-making operations with such well known firms as Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, Francis Ford Coppola Winery, Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC and Rodney Strong Vineyards.
 
 
o
Daniel A. Carroll, Director: retired partner of TPG Capital, where he was a founder of the firm's Asian operations (formerly Newbridge Capital). Prior to 1995, he spent nine years with Hambrecht & Quist Group.
 
 
o
William R. Hambrecht, Director: after selling Hambrecht & Quist Group in 1998, Bill founded WR Hambrecht + Co where he is now Chairman and Co-CEO.  He has been actively involved in the wine business for 40 years as an owner and operator of vineyards and wineries.
 
 
·
Presence in internet channel: We recently acquired a 50% controlling stake in The Wine Spies. The Wine Spies offers daily sales of premium wines that are sourced directly from wine producer/wineries.  This relationship allows us to participate in the emerging internet channel.
 
 
 
·
International Expansion:  We have partnered with Trialto, Canada’s premium wine agency specializing in wines of People, Place and Time, and Vittoria Coffee, Australia’s most popular coffee blend and suppliers of food products to over 5,000 individual customers.  In addition, we are launching the Bradford Mountain brand in China where there are currently only two major California Zinfandel brands in existence, Seghesio and Ridge Vineyards.
 
Industry Overview
 
According to International Wine and Spirit Research, the global wine industry generates $180 billion in sales per year, producing approximately seven billion gallons of wine.  The top ten wine producing countries produce over 80% of the world’s supply, with the top four accounting for approximately 55% of all wine in the world.  France and Italy are market leaders, each providing over 16% of worldwide production, followed by Spain at 13% and the United States at 10%, according to The Wine Institute.  The global wine market is characterized by a handful of large producers (producing over one million cases per year), but generally is highly fragmented, comprised of thousands of small producers (producing less than 25,000 cases per year).
 
 
63

 
 
Within the global landscape, the U.S. wine market is one of the fastest growing markets in the world, in both production and consumption.  It has expanded rapidly over the past few years, driven by increased consumption, government support, online wine purchasing and a growing young population.  According to the Beverage Information Group, wine consumption has grown in the United States for 18 consecutive years, with total wine consumption rising to more than 312.4 million cases in calendar year 2011, representing a gain of over 70 million cases in the past decade.  In fact, according to the Wine Institute, the United States now ranks first in wine consumption in the world.  In 2010, approximately 784 million gallons of wine were consumed in the United States.  Of the 784 million gallons, 677.5 million were produced in the United States, and 606.5 million, or 90%, of these were produced in California.  U.S. consumers bought an estimated $32.5 billion of wine in 2011.
 
Source:  The Wine Institute
 
Looking forward, the U.S. wine market is expected to achieve a value of approximately $33.5 billion, with 871 million gallons of wine sold by 2013, according to the RNCOS US Wine Market Forecast 2012. The economic recession, while highly impactful on other industries, has had little overall effect on the U.S. wine industry as consumers have moved to enjoying lower-priced bottles and wines by the glass.
 
In terms of the competitive landscape in the United States, the market has several major wineries but is otherwise highly fragmented.  According to a Silicon Valley Bank research report, there are approximately 7,500 wineries in the United States and approximately 150,000 labels available every year.  Growth has been robust over the last decade, as shown in the chart above.  The Wine Institute reports that California has 3,540 bonded wineries that produced $19.9 billion in estimated retail value in 2011, and exported $1.4 billion to foreign markets.
 
On the supply side, overall wine production has contracted over the last several years on both an international and domestic basis.  As the chart below illustrates, bulk wine supply has declined over the last six years in California, the leading region in production for the United States.
 
 
64

 
 
Source: www.winesandvines.com
 
In response to this shortage in supply, many wine producers sought to lock up bulk supplies, driving up the price of grapes in the region.  Despite the better than expected harvest for 2012 and the expected ramp up of grape production over the short to medium term, longer term supply shortages are still a concern.  Recognizing the trend of tightening grape supply, we negotiated favorable long term contracts with our suppliers ranging from one to four years in duration.
 
Overall, the wine market is growing steadily in both developed and emerging economies.  Increasing disposable incomes, rising awareness about the medical benefits of wine, and the consumer shift toward consumption of premium alcoholic beverages are driving impressive growth in the wine industry.  Wine consumption has surged particularly in developed nations such as the United States, Canada, Australia and Chile.  In 2000, the United States consumed 568 million gallons of wine; in 2010, consumption was 784 million gallons, an annualized increase of 3.3% per year, and an overall increase of 38.0%, according to The Wine Institute and Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates.  Pricing too has generally risen, particularly in the Ultra-premium brand category of $14.00 per bottle and above.  Between 2010 and 2011, this category saw significant price growth, and Silicon Valley Bank expects to see 2012 sales growth rates of 7 to 11%.
 
In light of increasing global demand, our advantageous supply contracts, management expertise, and strong brand development capabilities, we believe we are well positioned to successfully navigate the industry landscape.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We believe that we can benefit from this market opportunity and continue to grow our business aggressively relying on our competitive strengths: access to vineyards owned and managed by our founders and investors; our experienced and knowledgeable team; our extraordinary relationships with the world’s top wine retailers; and our innovative approach to distribution and brand development.
 
We intend to grow by:
 
 
·
Continuing to develop innovative products that meet the needs of wine retailers.    We have developed a reputation for developing innovative new brands and working closely with our retail partners to develop brands that cater to customer demands and that permit our retail partners to increase their consumer traffic and grow their same store sales.  We intend to continue to develop brands with our retail partners by relying on our branding expertise.  We also intend to continue our innovations, such as our evocative “wine wraps,” the paper bottle, and the square bottle, and exploit these in order to build our brands and market share with wine retailers.
 
 
65

 
 
 
·
Growing our retailer base to include the top ten U.S. and global retail chains.   We intend to pursue relationships with the largest retail chains in the United States and around the world.  This will allow us to become less dependent on our existing retail relationships and reduce the risk associated with losing any particular retailer relationship. 
 
 
·
Expanding our direct to consumer business.  We intend to build our wine clubs via targeted public relations and advertising, expand our tasting rooms and create exciting new events at our wineries.  The direct to consumer distribution channel allows us to respond rapidly to consumers and anticipate and establish new market trends.  The direct to consumer business generates attractive margins, so we intend to expand this distribution channel in order to achieve our growth objectives.
 
 
·
Building our internet customer base. We intend to build our internet presence.  We recently acquired a controlling interest in The Wine Spies, and we intend to develop The Wine Spies distribution channel.  With strong margins and a solid business platform, we believe our internet e-tailer is poised for strong growth.
 
 
·
Expanding into key international markets.   With our recent launch of our wrapped bottle project, we are beginning to experience demand in Canada, Europe and Australia.  In late 2012, our distributor in Canada, Trialto, met with all of the large regional Liquor Control Boards and obtained listings for our brand Dearly Beloved, some of our wrapped wines, including Curious Beasts, and commitments for both the paper bottle and square bottle projects to be launched in spring 2013.  Several retailers in the United Kingdom are requesting information and gathering samples.  In Australia, the nation’s largest coffee company and “total café solution,” Vittoria Coffee, has decided to enter the wine distribution market after spotting our Dearly Beloved on a research trip the United States.  Samples have been sent, pricing has been agreed and we anticipate our first orders in the late 2013.  In addition, Vittoria is also interested in launching our wrapped wines in mid-2013.
 
 
·
Continuing to develop new ways to engage customers and to distribute our products. By aggressively tackling the market in nontraditional ways — direct to the trade and consumer, rather than through layers of sales entities and employees — we can respond quickly to the needs of consumers, retailers and restaurateurs.  We also are able to anticipate and even establish new trends. We are constantly challenging the status quo and always on the lookout for new innovations and approaches to the market. Simply said, we are discovery-oriented in our approach. This is somewhat counterintuitive especially when you consider that wine has been with us for about 7,000 years.  We believe that tradition, to some degree, has stymied creativity.
 
 
·
Building our national brands.  We have built strong “traditional three-tier” brands, including Truett-Hurst, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain.  We plan to continue to market and promote these products with our partners.
 
 
66

 
 
 
Our Products
 
Our labels
 
We produce a wide spectrum of varietals, including Pinot Noir, Chardonnay, Sauvignon Blanc, Merlot, Cabernet Sauvignon and Zinfandel, across a number of premium price points from $7.00 to $50.00 for three distinct channels of distribution:  direct to consumer, three-tier and private label.
 
Our private label business accounts for more than 70% of our annual revenues; however, our three-tier and direct to consumer business contribute significantly to our gross margins.
 
Product
Price Range
Key Varietals
Distribution Chanel
Gross Margin Benefit
Truett Hurst
$20-$50
Zinfandel
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
High
         
VML
$20-$50
Pinot
Noir/Chardonnay
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
High
         
Bradford Mountain
$20-$40
Zinfandel/Syrah
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
Medium/High
         
Healdsburg Ranches
$10-$20
Chardonnay/Pinot
Noir/Zinfandel
Three-Tier
Medium
         
Evocative Wraps
$12-$50
Various
Private Label
Medium
         
         
The Fugitive
$25
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Dearly Beloved
$8
Red Blend
Private Label
Low
         
Sauvignon Republic
$8
Sauvignon Blanc
Private Label
Low
         
Harbor Front
$10-$15
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Pinot Noir
Private Label
Low
         
Kiarna
$10-$20
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Private Label
Low
         
Hobson Estate
$10-$20
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Private Label
Low
         
Bewitched
$20-$40
Chardonnay/Pinot Noir
Private Label
High
         
Curious Beasts
$15
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Fuchsia
$13
Rose/White Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Schuck’s
$14
Sauvignon Blanc/Chardonnay/Pinot Noir
Private Label
Medium
         
Candell’s
$50-$60
Sparkling
Private Label
High
         
Eden Ridge
$11
Chardonnay
Private Label
Low
         
Chateau Crisp
$12-$15
Sauvignon Blanc
Private Label
Medium
         
The Supper Club
$13-$14
Chardonnay/Cabernet Sauvignon
Private Label
Medium
         
The Wine with No Name
$15
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
The Criminal
$20
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
 
 
67

 
 
We also sell Balance by Heath Dolan through both the Truett-Hurst tasting room and into the three-tier system.  Balance by Heath Dolan is a biodynamically farmed red wine blend, sourced from the Dark Horse vineyards located in Mendocino County, California.  It is sold and marketed exclusively through our tasting room and through the Total Wine & More retail stores located throughout the United States, with 87 stores located in 14 states and growing, according to Total Wine & More s website.
 
Our wineries
 
The first winery we established in 2007 was Truett-Hurst in the Dry Creek Valley appellation of Sonoma County.  Truett-Hurst is located approximately six miles west of downtown Healdsburg.  Truett-Hurst is a Super-premium winery that focuses primarily on red varietals with the “indigenous” Dry Creek variety Zinfandel as the lead product.  The wine prices range from $20 to $50.  Additionally, the winery makes a range of other varietals that are sold exclusively from our tasting room, including Chardonnay, Sauvignon Blanc, Pinot Noir, Petite Syrah and other red blends.
 
Our second winery operation and brand, VML, was established in 2011.  The winery is located in the Russian River appellation, approximately five miles southwest of the town of Healdsburg, California.  VML are the initials of our winemaker Virginia Marie Lambrix who has long had a passion for Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.  The VML winery, leased from the Hambrecht family, produces Super-premium wines from grapes purchased from local growers, including from our founders and members of our management team.  VML produces Ultra-premium wines made from the traditional varietals made in Burgundy, France, Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.  Virginia Lambrix has identified and contracted unique vineyard lots from highly sought after, cool climate, Russian River vineyards in order to craft award-winning wines.  The wines are sold primarily through our direct to consumer channel and range in price from $30 for the Russian River Chardonnay and Pinot Noir to $75 for the top end vineyard designated Pinot Noirs.  Additional varietals, including Sauvignon Blanc, Gewurztraminer and Rosé , are included in our tasting room offerings.
 
The Bradford Mountain brand, a historic and award winning brand was acquired from the Hambrecht family in 2011, is also sold in the VML tasting room and through our three-tiered distribution model.  Bradford Mountain wines are made exclusively from grapes grown in Dry Creek Valley and highlight wine from the Hambrecht-owned Grist Vineyard, a 1,200 foot elevation vineyard located in the western foothills of the Dry Creek appellation.  This mountain range has a southern exposure, due to elevation and proximity to the Pacific Ocean that provides conditions ideal for ripening grapes.
 
 
68

 

VML Winery, Russian River Valley
 
 
Our Retail Exclusive Brand Labels
 
We also develop exclusive brands designed for our retail partners.  Unlike other “private label” wineries, we own these brands.  With their long history in the private label business, our management team has relationships with some of the world’s top retailers, including Safeway, Costco, Trader Joe’s, The Kroger Company, Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club, Tesco UK, Fresh and Easy, Whole Foods and Total Wine & More.  The brands we develop for retailers are created specifically to address the needs and requests of our retail partners.  Our portfolio of wine brands in this segment include, among others:
 
 
·
Sauvignon Republic
 
 
·
Dearly Beloved
 
 
·
The Fugitive
 
 
·
Harbor Front
 
 
·
Eden Ridge
 
 
·
Bewitched
 
 
·
Fuchsia
 
 
·
Chateau Crisp
 
 
·
The Supper Club
 
 
·
The Wine with No Name
 
 
·
Curious Beasts
 
 
·
Candell’s
 
 
·
Schuck’s
 
 
·
The Criminal
 
 
·
Hobson Estate
 
 
·
Kiarna
 
We have devoted a great deal of our resources to developing and building this segment of our business.  The retail exclusive brands represent more than 70% of our current wholesale revenue and is our fastest growing segment.
 
Wine Supply and Wine Production
 
Due to increasing consumption and strengthening economies around the world in 2011 and 2012, global wine and grape supplies have dramatically tightened creating a worldwide shortage and increasing prices for premium wines.  We recognized this trend early and began aggressively targeting new sourcing opportunities at pre-market high prices.  At this point in the supply and demand cycle, sourcing high quality grapes from noted regions around the world is a key element of our long term strategic plan.  Our grape and wine sourcing plan is made up of a combination of long term contracts with sizeable partner-owned and managed vineyards (approximately 500 acres or 175,000 case equivalents), and multi-year contracts (one to four years) for grapes, bulk wine and bottled goods.  Currently our total commitments account for approximately 300,000 cases annually or approximately 80% of our total sourcing needs for fiscal year 2013.
 
 
69

 
 
Wine Contracts
 
While taking advantage of a wine glut in California in 2008-2011, we accurately identified the wine shortage that has dramatically affected California wine supplies in 2012.  In response to this analysis, we aggressively sought out wine and grape supply contracts resulting in one to four year agreements accounting for more than 60% of our production.  In addition, because we were able to act before the shortage we were able to lock in significantly below market prices.  We regularly enter into both short- and long-term contracts to purchase grapes.  Typically, we enter into an agreement with a term of one to four years, that requires us to pay an agreed upon price per ton that varies according to the type of grape, and in certain cases, the vineyard block in which the grapes are grown.  The contracts are typically terminable after the specified number of harvests, unless earlier mutually agreed to by the parties.
 
Our team is also very adept at buying opportunistically on the bulk wine markets as way to provide flexibility in our sourcing strategy, take advantage of high quality spot market wines and balance our overall inventory position through an outsourcing business model.  While these purchases are generally small they represent the agility that is built into our company.
 
Partner Owned Vineyards
 
In addition to our 15 acres of company-owned vineyards, our founders, executive officers, and principal stockholders also own and operate vineyards. The majority of the grapes produced from these vineyards are sold to us at market prices or slightly below market prices, with the balances sold to other wineries. The vineyards include:
 
 
·
Ghianda Rose Vineyards, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 40 acres of Mendocino County Chardonnay, organic and biodynamic certified.
 
 
·
Gobbi Vineyards, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 40 acres of Mendocino Country Chardonnay, organic certified.
 
 
·
Lovers Lane Vineyard, owned by Phil Hurst and the Dolan family, approximately 140 acres of Zinfandel, Cabernet Sauvignon and Petite Syrah.
 
 
·
Floodgate Vineyard, owned by the Hambrecht family, approximately 100 acres of Russian River Valley Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.
 
 
·
Grist Vineyards, owned by the Hambrecht family, approximately 100 acres of organically farmed Dry Creek Valley Zinfandel, Petite Syrah and Syrah on the historic Bradford Mountain.
 
 
·
Dark Horse Vineyard, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 120 acres of biodynamically farmed Zinfandel, Cabernet Sauvignon, Syrah and Petite Syrah located in Mendocino County.
 
 
70

 
 
Truett-Hurst Vineyard, Dry Creek Valley
 
 
 
Wine Production
 
Our winemaking strategy is designed to emphasize wine quality at every price point.  Our higher priced Russian River Valley and Dry Creek Valley wines are crafted in the state of the art VML winery located in the Russian River Valley.  The VML winery currently can crush, ferment and oak barrel age approximately 500 tons (35,000 cases) of Ultra-premium grapes annually, with capacity to increase to 2,000 tons with additional capital improvements. We also outsource wine production to the Sonoma County winery Owl Ridge, the Mendocino outsourcing specialist winery Rack and Riddle and state of the art Paso Robles winery Robert Hall.  Internationally we partner with Wairau Vineyards in New Zealand to produce our 90 point Wine Spectator- rated Sauvignon Republic Malrborough Sauvignon Blanc.
 
Under the watchful eyes of our award winning and highly experienced winemaking team, headed by partner and lead winemaker Virginia Lambrix, every ton of grapes or gallon of wine is meticulously managed to produce the finest wine possible.  For us, however, wine quality starts in the vineyard so our winemaking team works extremely closely with each and every one of our more than 25 growers around the state.  Our goal is to farm as much of our fruit as possible sustainably, organically or biodynamically and our growers regularly taste their wines with Virginia Lambrix to understand our quality expectations and opportunities to improve.  Our Truett-Hurst Estate vineyard is farmed according to biodynamic standards and most of our purchased grapes come from organic, biodynamic or sustainably farmed vineyards.  For example, Grist Vineyard is organic certified and Dark Horse Vineyard and Ghianda Rose Vineyards are biodynamically certified.  Additionally, Gobbi Vineyards is farmed organically.  Some of our purchased fruit which comes from Swicegood, Ivywood, Aldine, Knowlton, Floodgate and Reuling are farmed organically but not certified. Virginia Lambrix and her team track the growing season from the moment we hit “bud break” to the final harvest.
 
Our wines have consistently scored in the mid-80s to low-90s out of 100 in The Wine Enthusiast and The Wine Spectator , the two periodicals that we feel most accurately review wines.  We also enter a few select wine competitions where we have regularly received Gold and Silver medals.
       
Our Team and Culture
 
While we consider ourselves a young company, our team possesses a skill set unmatched by any wine company in the United States.  From grape growing to winemaking to sales and marketing, we have strived to attract the “best of the best” the industry has to offer.  Our seasoned team members have worked their way up through the industry often achieving senior level positions in noted wine companies, such as Diagio, Constellation Brands, Inc., the Brown-Forman Corporation, Fetzer Vineyards, Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, DeLoach, Rodney Strong, and Mark West Springs.  We have sought to foster a dynamic and energetic culture where teamwork prevails but individuals have the leeway to make timely decisions that have an impact on the business.  We share an entrepreneurial spirit and believe we can build a fast growing and successful business that can change the way consumers purchase and enjoy wine in the world.
 
 
71

 
 
In addition to building a world class team and shaping our culture, an important part of our strategy is to find and partner with the best organizations and individuals we can in the business in order to leverage our core competencies in the most efficient, cost effective and profitable manner we can.  We are proud of our corporate partners throughout our sales channels – large retailers, three-tier distributors and others.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing is one of our particular strengths and sets us apart from our competition.  Our CEO, Phil Hurst, has several decades of experience in the wine industry, and as co-founder and SVP of Sales and Marketing of Winery Exchange Inc., built one of the most innovative and successful private label manufacturers in the world.  Phil brings not only this experience in operations and building organizations, but also his unparalleled retailer contacts and relationships.
 
Phil is joined by Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. Kevin has over 20 years of experience creating and building brands with the world’s largest drinks suppliers and was responsible for developing and introducing the acclaimed evocative wine wrap.
 
We call directly on the world's largest retail chains and partner with brokers Trinity Wines and Spirits and Trialto of Canada to support our three-tier brands.  Our national sales manager oversees these activities and the company is looking to expand resources in this area.
 
We focus on highly targeted, direct marketing activities, such as public relations, wine periodicals, social media, and regional advertising for our three-tier brands.  For our private label brands we rely on our agreements with our retailer partners to regularly support our products with significant advertising and display activities.
 
Most wine producers focus their business on one or two of the three primary distribution channels.  By contrast, we rely on four principal channels for our products:  direct to consumer, traditional three-tiered distribution, direct to retailer and internet e-tailing.  We believe that we have a distinct strategic approach to distributing through each of these channels, which further distinguishes us from our competitors and avoids concentration risk.
 
 
·
Direct to consumer:   in the direct to consumer channel, we rely on our tasting room sales and wine clubs.  We view our tasting rooms as excellent venues in which to build a strong brand and generate customer loyalty.  While the tasting rooms at Truett-Hurst and VML initially have represented mostly brand and customer loyalty building tools, and as fun ways for us and our friends and fans to enjoy some excellent wines, they are now significant revenue and profit centers representing our highest gross margin business and provide important credibility with our private label customers further differentiating us from our competitors.  We have also discovered that there is no stronger way to build relationships with a consumer than the experience of visiting the winery.  Our fast growing wine clubs further build and maintain this bond, along with the many winery hosted events, bringing the customer back, time and time again.
 
In this channel, we ship via UPS directly to our customers around the country that live in states that permit direct shipping.  We have negotiated favorable shipping rates based on the volume of wines selling from our two tasting rooms and our partnership with internet retailer The Wine Spies.
 
Our tasting rooms and wine clubs produced revenues of $1,503,449 in the first six months of fiscal year 2013 and $966,899 in the first six months of fiscal year 2012, showing a significant increase of 55%.
 
 
·
Traditional three-tiered distribution:   we sell our brands through traditional distributor channels.  Currently, we produce and sell wine under four fully owned labels:  Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain.  We plan to develop or purchase other labels over time to add to this channel.  We sell our wine directly to California distributors that operate state-wide or regionally. In this channel we sell wine to the distributor at a wholesale price, and the distributor marks it up and sells it on to various wine stores and restaurants that ultimately sell to retail customers.
 
 
72

 
 
We utilize many of the country’s largest and most successful wine and spirits distributors to hold inventory and stock our retailer partners.  By leveraging our private label business with our traditional branded business we are able to negotiate below market rates and garner a disproportionate amount of senior management attention and salesperson effort.  Our most important distributors are:
 
 
o
Young’s Market Company – California, Washington, Oregon
 
 
o
Republic National Distributing Company – Texas, Midwest region
 
 
o
Wirtz – Illinois
 
 
o
Winebow – Eastern region
 
 
·
Private label/direct to retailer:   W e create and sell brands to the nation’s largest wine retailers, such as Trader Joe’s, Total Wine & More and Safeway that work with us directly to promote and advertise our wines.  While many other wine makers sell into this channel, we have sought to bring our novel approach to the direct to retail channel.  Whereas most wine makers assign the trademarks to the retailers when they either  create private label  wines or develop brands for them, we will custom-develop brands for a retailer and retain ownership of the brand.  This gives us the ability to move our private label brands into broad market distribution after the exclusivity period or if a brand becomes very successful, further building brand equity.
 
We acknowledge that the retailer has a unique relationship with its customer.  We also recognize that the retailer has developed a particular position or standing in the minds and heart of its consumers.  We want to honor that relationship by developing and providing products that support and reinforce that dynamic.  We also recognize that it is ever-changing and developing, and we are prepared to adapt to their needs.  Therefore, we work hand in hand with the retail buyers to create and design products and packaging that meets retailer needs.
 
Many retailers have established distributor relationships across the country that allow them to leverage their regular branded business and their private label business.  In most of these cases they have negotiated below market rates in order to achieve higher margins and provide better value to their customers.  In cases where retailers have not established such distribution relationships, we employ our regular three-tier distributors.
 
Retailers to whom we sell through this channel include:
 
 
o
Trader Joe’s
 
 
o
Total Wine & More
 
 
o
BevMo!
 
 
o
Safeway
 
 
o
Costco
 
 
73

 
 
Consistent with industry practices, we do not have formal contracts or written agreements in place with our distributors.  Most states allow suppliers to move freely between distributors, while some states require a formal release from a distributor if the brand owner wants to make a change.  For most of our private label brands, we have agreements with the distributors organized by the retailers (Trader Joe’s and Total Wine & More specifically) that allow us to move our brands should we decide to terminate them with the retailers.
 
The Wine Spies, LLC
 
Pursuant to the membership interest purchase agreement dated August 1, 2012, we purchased 50% of the outstanding membership interests in The Wine Spies.  The operating agreement of The Wine Spies, also dated August 1, 2012, entitles us to a 50% allocation of gains and losses from The Wine Spies.  The remaining 50% membership interest is held by Jason Seeber, a founder of The Wine Spies and currently its chief executive officer.  Additionally, we were granted all right, title and interest in “The Wine Spies” trademark.  The Wine Spies is managed by a board of four managers.  We have the right to name three managers, and Jason Seeber has the right to name one manager.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We sell our products under a number of trademarks that we own.  As of March 27, 2013, we had 16 registered, 15 published and nine pending material trademarks.  They are:
 
Registered
Published
Pending
Bewitched
Candells
California Square
Bradford Mountain
Cense
Curious Beasts
By Locals. For Locals
Center Street
Fuchsia
Dearly Beloved
Chateau Crisp
Juice Brothers
Dearly Beloved Forever Red
Eden Ridge
Paso Ranches
Fugitive
Inconspicuous
Sweet Evil
Harbor Front
Mad Duck
The Criminal
Healdsburg Ranches
Nature’s Gate
Unique Style, Unique Flavor, Anything But Square
One Man Band
Paper Boy
West Coast Original
Sauvignon Republic
Pinot Republic
 
Simply Pure
Shuck’s
 
Stonegate
Sonoma Ranches
 
The County Fair
Sustainable Farm
 
Truett Hurst
Svengali
 
Va·ri’e·tals
Wonderland
 
VML
   
     
 
In August 2012, we entered into  an agreement with West Coast Paper Company (“WCP”) pursuant to which we were assigned all rights to a series of “wine wraps” jointly developed by us and WCP in consideration for our granting certain exclusive manufacturing rights to WCP.  This assignment is perpetual and fully transferable.  The exclusive manufacturing rights granted to WCP are for a term of three years.  We have applied for a U.S. patent for the wine wraps, which is pending.
 
In February 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement for the use of a paper bottle in connection with sales of wine and still alcoholic beverages in the United States and Canada. During this term, the price of the empty paper bottles can only be increased to account for increases in manufacturing costs of greater than 3%. We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013.
 
Upon developing our final design for our square bottle concept, we will apply for a design patent with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.  Once granted, this patent will protect our proprietary wine bottle design from duplication by our competitors.
 
 
74

 
 
Competition
 
We operate in a highly fragmented market that is nevertheless dominated in the United States by a handful of extremely large volume producers.  According to data from the United States Tax and Trade Bureau and the Wine Institute, in 2010 more than 7,600 wineries operated in the United States, with over 3,300 in California, which grows 90% of wine grapes and produces 90% of wine exports.  According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson Report, “Five large producers made up 84% of 2011 packaged export volume,” with the top three – E.&J. Gallo Winery, The Wine Group and Constellation Brands, Inc. – representing 64% of California shipments in cases.
 
We compete specifically with these large producers and other wineries for “shelf space” at retailers and at restaurants, especially within the $15 to 50 per bottle range.  Within this range, we believe that the principal competitive factors are product quality, price, label recognition, and product supply, and we believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.
 
In the private label market, we believe our chief competitors are Winery Exchange Inc., the company co-founded by Phil Hurst, Vintage Wine Estates, Delicato Family Vineyards, Bronco Wines, E.&J. Gallo Winery, Constellation Brands, Inc. and other California and international wine producers.  While they operate strong businesses run by executives we respect, we believe the private label market is growing and has room for many players.  We also believe our business model differentiates us and represents a new approach that provides us with a strong platform on which to build a thriving business.
 
There are relatively few publicly traded beverage companies with significant wine operations.  Two of the largest, Constellation Brands, Inc. – owner of brands such as Robert Mondavi, Clos du Bois and Kim Crawford – and Diageo plc – which owns Rosenblum, Chalone, Sterling and others – also have beer and spirits divisions, and Concha y Toro S.A. is a Chilean-based and traded manufacturer.
 
As with other large producers, we compete with certain brands from Constellation Brands, Inc. and Diageo plc for traditional distribution “shelf space,” but do not see them or the other names listed as direct competitors for our primary private label market.
 
Regulatory Environment
 
The wine industry is part of the highly regulated U.S. liquor industry.  While there have been significant relaxations over time, such as those arising following the Granholm v. Heald U.S. Supreme Court decision in 2005, the U.S. wine industry still operates within the confines of an outdated, arcane set of laws.  For example, we are able to ship wine directly now to consumers and businesses in 39 states, but must still work through traditional “three-tier” distributors in the remaining 11 states.
 
The production and sale of wine is subject to extensive regulation by the United States Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau and the California Liquor Control Commission.  We are licensed by and meet the bonding requirements of each of these governmental agencies.  Sale of our wines is subject to federal alcohol tax, payable at the time wine is removed from the bonded area of the winery for shipment to customers or for sale in our tasting rooms.  The current federal alcohol tax rate is $1.07 per gallon for wines with alcohol content at or below 14.0% and $1.57 per gallon for wines with alcohol content above 14.0% but less than 21%; however, wineries that produce not more than 250,000 gallons during the calendar year are allowed a graduated tax credit of up to $0.90 per gallon on the first 100,000 gallons of wine (other than sparkling wines) removed from the bonded area during that year.
 
We also pay the state of California an excise tax of $0.20 per gallon for all wine sold in California.  In addition, all states in which our wines are sold impose varying excise taxes on the sale of alcoholic beverages.  These are the responsibility of the supplier or distributor depending upon the channel in which the wine is sold.
 
Internet and consumer direct sales are also subject to state regulation which governs the quantity, manner in which product can be shipped, delivered and excise taxes collected.
 
 
75

 
 
As an agricultural processor, we are also regulated by Sonoma County and, as a producer of wastewater, by the state of California.  We have secured all necessary permits to operate our business.
 
Prompted by growing government budget shortfalls and public reaction against alcohol abuse, Congress and many state legislatures are considering various proposals to impose additional excise taxes on the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, including table wines.  Some of the excise tax rates being considered are substantial.  The ultimate effects of such legislation, if passed, cannot be assessed accurately since the proposals are still in the discussion stage.  Any increase in the taxes imposed on table wines can be expected to have a potentially adverse impact on overall sales of such products.  However, the impact may not be proportionate to that experienced by producers of other alcoholic beverages and may not be the same in every state.
 
Management is strongly focused on environmental stewardship and maintains a variety of policies and processes designed to protect the environment, the public and consumers of its wine.  Many of our expenses for protecting the environment are voluntary, however we are regulated by various local, state and federal agencies regarding environmental laws where these costs and processes are effectively integrated into our regular operations and do not cause significant alternative processes or costs.
 
Employees
 
Including LLC members, we currently have twenty-four full-time employees and we hire seasonal, part-time labor and consultants as necessary.  Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit.  We believe our relations with our employees are good.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Paul Dolan, a former employee of Mendocino Wine Group (“MWG”), left MWG in January 2012, after eight years of service. MWG offered to buy the outstanding ownership interest in MWG held by Dolan, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, at a price that Dolan rejected.  Dolan, a former member of MWG, filed a complaint on March 9, 2012 against MWG, Thomas A. Thornhill, Jr., Thomas A. Thornhill, III, Timothy L. Thornhill and Melissa Thornhill seeking declaratory relief to establish and obtain a fair value for the Dolan 2003 Trust’s interest.  MWG and the individual defendants filed a cross-complaint seeking declaratory relief and unspecified damages against the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan individually, alleging that Mr. Dolan had breached his duty to, and competed with, MWG, and shared confidential MWG information with others, including people at the Company. The suit is currently pending in Mendocino County Superior Court.
 
We have no relationship with MWG , and we are not a party to these proceedings .
 
Facilities
 
We own a 25-acre facility located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California, of which approximately 14 acres is used for growing grapes.  The remainder of the facility is used for a tasting room, retail sales space, and office space for support staff.  Although we have the infrastructure, such as electricity and access to water, necessary to operate a winery at this facility, we have not made the requisite capital expenditures for grape-crushing equipment.  We believe that the facility can be used to expand our wine-making operations in the future.
 
We also lease an approximately three-acre winery located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California.  The term of the lease is five years commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, with a tenant option to extend for an additional five-year period. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tasting Room and Winery Lease.”  Our wine production operations and corporate offices are located at this facility.
 
We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

 
76

 

HISTORY AND FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
Truett-Hurst represents the bringing together of two families with a deep understanding of the wine industry:  Paul Dolan, fourth generation master winemaker and a leader of the organic and biodynamic farming movement, and Phil Hurst, an experienced operator, wine entrepreneur and sales executive. The company was founded by Phil and Sylvia Hurst and Paul and Heath Dolan in 2007. Having worked together at Fetzer Vineyards from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s, Phil and Paul shared a passion for winemaking and business entrepreneurship. After going off on their own different adventures and having stayed in touch they finally found the right time to develop their dream together, building a creative, innovative and fun wine company.  The initial purchase was a 25-acre property in Dry Creek Valley.  The founders’ vision was the merging of two wine families leaving a legacy for future generations. The property was in significant disrepair and at the time was the home of the Martin Family wines. The new partnership quickly designed a plan to replant the vineyards, 14 acres of Zinfandel and Petite Syrah, using biodynamic farming as their guide and remodeling an old home into a beautiful tasting room, garden and visitor center.
 
Initial capital contributions in the LLC were made by: the Hurst Trust of approximately $1.6 million; the Dolan 2003 Trust of approximately $800,000; the Dolan 2005 Trust of approximately $800,000; and Mark De Meulenaere of approximately $170,000.  Upon the granting of the Class B Profits Interest (as defined below), the membership interests of the Hurst Trust, the Dolan 2003 Trust, the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Mr. De Meulenaere were classified as Class A Membership Interests.
 
In 2010, Virginia Lambrix was granted a 5% profits interest (the “Class B Profits Interest”) as a Class B member of the LLC.
 
In 2011, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Hambrecht Wine Group”), purchased a 27.23% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $2,800,000.  Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2011 by and between the LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group, Hambrecht Wine Group's payment of such purchase price included transfer to the LLC of certain bulk wine and case goods and assignment to the LLC of the Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain trademarks.  Hambrecht Wine Group subsequently sold a 1.95% Class A Membership Interest to Forrester R. Hambrecht in May 2011.
 
On February 8, 2011, Barrie Graham was assigned Class A Membership Interests in the following  amounts: 0.75% by the Dolan 2003 Trust; 0.75% by the Dolan 2005 Trust; 2% by Hambrecht Wine Group; 1.5% by the Hurst Trust.  Anna Schweizer was also assigned a 1% Class A Membership Interest by Hambrecht Wine Group.
 
In 2012, Mr. De Meulenaere exercised his right to sell his Class A Membership Interest back to the LLC, as provided for in that certain Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement dated as of June 4, 2008, as amended on January 26, 2010 and last amended on May 3, 2012.  The repurchase price for Mr. Meulenaere’s interest was $360,000.  The LLC delivered $150,000 in cash, and $210,000 in a secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere, bearing interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.
 
Also in 2012, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust purchased a 13.51% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for a purchase price of $2,500,000. Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2012 by and between the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and the LLC, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust upon the conversion of the LLC from a partnership to a corporation. Subsequently, we decided not to convert the LLC to a corporation.  On March 1, 2013, we and the Carroll-Obremskey Trust agreed to amend the warrant to provide the Carroll-Obremskey Trust with the right to purchase a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for $500,000.  The warrant was exercised on March 1, 2013.  The Carroll-Obremskey Trust, pursuant to an agreement dated March 26, 2013, has the right to elect one director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. This right will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
 
In December 2012, the Carroll-Obremsky Trust agreed to purchase a 3.00% interest in the LLC from Hambrecht Wine Group for a purchase price of $500,000, pursuant to the terms of an Interest Purchase Agreement.
 
 
77

 
 
Organizational Structure
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in the LLC.  Truett-Hurst, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation.  The current board of directors of Truett-Hurst, Inc. is made up of six members of the LLC, as well as two individuals meeting the criteria for independence under the rules of Nasdaq and the Exchange Act.  These LLC members will remain controlling holders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. following the offering.  See “Directors and Executive Officers.”
 
Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will remain a holding company and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of the LLC. Prior to the closing of the offering, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units. We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.
 
 
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:
 
 
Recapitalization
 
Immediately prior to the offering, LLC Units will be allocated among our existing owners pursuant to the distribution provisions of the former limited liability company agreement of the LLC based upon the liquidation value of the LLC, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering. Immediately prior to the offering, there will be 4,102,644 LLC Units issued and outstanding.
 
We refer to the foregoing transactions as the "Recapitalization."
 
Incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Truett-Hurst Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 10, 2012. Truett-Hurst, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in "Description of Capital Stock."
 
 
78

 
 
Following the offering, one share of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be distributed to each existing holder of LLC Units, each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights." Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
 
We and the holders of LLC Units will enter into an exchange agreement under which, subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement."
 
Offering Transactions
 
At the time of this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. intends to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering.  The LLC will bear or reimburse Truett-Hurst, Inc. for all of the expenses of this offering, including the placement agents’ fees .
 
As described above, we intend to use the proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Units. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, or for cash, at our election. As a result of both the purchase of LLC Units and exchanges, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC. In addition, the exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Truett-Hurst, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Truett-Hurst, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of Truett-Hurst, Inc. and not of the LLC. We estimate that the tax basis of the assets of the LLC at the time of this offering will be approximately $1.178 million.  45.7% of such tax basis will be attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. and 54.3% of which will be attributable to our existing owners. We expect that amortization with respect to all of the intangible assets, including goodwill, of the LLC at the time of this offering will be deductible for tax purposes. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions —Tax Receivable Agreement."
 
In connection with its acquisition of LLC Units, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC and, through the LLC, operate our business. Accordingly, although Truett-Hurst Inc. will initially have a minority economic interest in the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC.
 
We refer to the foregoing transactions as the "Offering Transactions."
 
 
79

 
 
As a result of the Offering Transactions described above:
 
 
·
the investors in this offering will collectively own 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock and Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units;
 
·
our existing owners will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
the investors in this offering will collectively have 43.9% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.; and
 
·
our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have 52.2% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
In addition, James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, holds 42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock  and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, holds 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock.  These shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period.  Mr. Bielenberg and Mr. Shaw are entitled to vote these shares prior to vesting.  In the aggregate, these shares represent approximately 3.8% of the voting power of the Class A common stock.
 
Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in the LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of LLC Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our existing owners generally will find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. Our existing owners, like Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC.
 
As noted above, prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners that entitles them to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments, or for cash, at our election. The exchange agreement will provide, however, that such exchanges must be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or all of the vested LLC Units held by such existing owner. The exchange agreement will also provide that an existing owner will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Truett-Hurst, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Truett-Hurst, Inc. to which the existing owner may be subject. The exchange agreement will also provide that Truett-Hurst, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that the LLC is not treated as a "publicly traded partnership" for United States federal income tax purposes.
 
Our existing owners will also hold shares of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to exercise voting power over Truett-Hurst, Inc., the managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc., each holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holders. Accordingly, as our existing owners sell LLC Units to us as part of the Offering Transactions or subsequently exchange LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.
 
Holding Company Structure
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in the LLC. As the sole managing member of the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC, conduct our business.
 
 
80

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of the LLC, and the ownership interest of the other members of the LLC will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s consolidated financial statements.
 
Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of the LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If Truett-Hurst, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of the LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.
 
The holders of limited liability company interests in the LLC, including Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to its members (including Truett-Hurst, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement will provide for cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the LLC if Truett-Hurst, Inc. determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we intend to cause the LLC to make cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the LLC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of the LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to such holder of limited liability company interests multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Healdsburg, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income).
 
See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement .”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors as of March 27, 2013:
 
Name
 
Age
 
Principal Position
Phillip L. Hurst
 
49
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
39
 
Director of Winemaking
Heath E. Dolan
 
39
 
Director of Vineyard Operations and Director
James D. Bielenberg
 
54
 
Chief Financial Officer
Paul E. Dolan, III
 
62
 
Director
Barrie Graham
 
65
 
Director
William R. Hambrecht
 
77
 
Director
Daniel A. Carroll
 
52
 
Director
John D. Fruth  
  69  
Director
James F. Verhey
  66  
Director

 
Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers.
 
Phillip L. Hurst, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director .   With a winemaking degree from University of California-Davis, Phil Hurst began his career in the wine industry in 1985 at Fetzer Vineyards when he was hired by Paul Dolan to help make premium wines and build the brand.  Fetzer Vineyards was sold to the Brown-Forman Corporation in 1992, and Phil left in 1998 to run International Sales and Marketing for Golden State Vintners, Inc. which needed to bolster the senior management team for the launch of its initial public offering.  During his time at Golden State Vintners, Inc. (1998-1999), Phil met his future partners in what was to become one of the world’s largest private label beer, wine and spirits companies, Winery Exchange Inc.  As co-founder and Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from 1999 to 2007, Phil helped grow the company to over $100 million in sales in less than 10 years.  Phil sold his stake in the company to partner with his longtime friend and mentor, Paul Dolan, to follow their dream of buying and building Super-premium wineries and vineyards in California’s premier appellations. Phil has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a managing member of the LLC since 2007 and as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.   We selected Phil Hurst to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our operations, competitive challenges and opportunities gained through his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer as well as his extensive experience and education in winemaking.  Phil Hurst also serves on our nominating and governance committee.
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Director . Paul Dolan has been involved in the wine business since 1975 and is considered the founding father of organics and biodynamics in the California wine industry. He is proud to say he is a fourth generation winemaker but even prouder to say his children have joined him. He started his winemaking career with what was then a small winery in Mendocino, Fetzer Vineyards, in 1977 and then helped the Fetzer family grow to one of the premier California wineries, selling over three million cases. Paul managed the company as President for the new owners, the Brown-Forman Corporation, from 1992 to 2002. He has served as Chairman of the Wine Institute (1990-2012) and became the first Chairman of the Sustainable Winegrowers Alliance (2002-2003). He holds a Bachelor of Arts in Finance from the University of Santa Clara and a Master of Science in Enology from the University of California-Fresno. He is also author of True to Your Roots: Fermenting a Business Revolution. Paul has served as a managing member of the LLC since 2010 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.  We selected Paul Dolan to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our business, which he gained as one of our founders, as well as his experience in building wine companies and leadership in developing and promoting sustainable farming techniques.  Paul Dolan also serves on our compensation committee.
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking .   While on vacation seven years ago in South Africa, Virginia Lambrix tasted her first “serious wine.”  At that time, she was working for the Max Planck Institute for Chemical Ecology and realized it was time to learn about the art of viticulture.  Within a year, Virginia was studying horticulture and agronomy in the master’s program at the University of California–Davis, with an emphasis on viticulture and enology.  Before joining La Follette Winegrowing (2008), she worked for Hendry Ranch in Napa (2002-2003), for Concha y Toro S.A. in Chile (2004), and for Lynmar Winery (2004) and De Loach Vineyards (2005-2008), both in the Russian River Valley of Sonoma County.  At De Loach Vineyards, she learned about biodynamic farming, and worked closely with her growers to move their estates to organic and biodynamic farming practices to improve quality and moderate farming costs.  Virginia’s role at Truett-Hurst is vast. She is an equity partner in the business and manages all of the vineyard and winemaking activities for the fast growing company.  Whether in New Zealand, Paso Robles, the Russian River Valley, Napa Valley, the Dry Creek Valley or Mendocino, Virginia makes premium wines that range in price from $10 to $50 per bottle.  Virginia oversees production of nearly 3,000 tons of grapes with a special emphasis on 400 tons of Russian River and Dry Creek grapes processed at the state of the art facility VML Winery (Virginia Marie Lambrix), located in the heart of the Russian River Valley.  Virginia’s wines have achieved 90 points and above in The Wine Spectator and The Wine Enthusiast . She has served as Director of Winemaking for the LLC since 2008 and for Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
 
 
82

 
 
Heath E. Dolan, Director of Vineyard Operations and Director . Heath Dolan has 16 years of experience in the wine business. In his past employment he managed the cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards (1996-2002), with 12 million gallons of wine storage and 4 million cases of bottling. Heath developed, implemented and manages a wine storage partnership, Premium Wine Storage, in Santa Rosa, California (2001-Present). Heath is also a partner and manager of 210 acres of premium wine grapes in Mendocino (2000-Present). Heath has a Bachelor of Science in enology from the University of California-Fresno. He has served as a managing member of the LLC since 2010 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.  We selected Heath Dolan to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our business gained as one of our founders, his experience in growing grapes and wine storage techniques, and his educational background in enology.
   
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer .   James Bielenberg is a California licensed certified public accountant who has specialized in manufacturing and the wine industry in his more than thirty-year public accounting and private industry career. He completed his public accounting experience with the international accounting firm Arthur Young (now known as Ernst & Young) (1984-1985) as an audit manager in their Entrepreneurial Services Group.  James has held senior executive/c-level positions with Accolade Wines North America, Inc. (2012), Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC (2011-2012), Francis Ford Coppola Winery (2010-2011), Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates (2003-2009), Klein Foods, Inc. (Rodney Strong Vineyards) (1991-2003) and Guinness America, Ltd. (San Martin Winery, Concannon Vineyards) (1986-1988).  He is a graduate of Golden Gate University with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting. James has served as Truett-Hurst’s Chief Financial Officer since 2012.
 
Daniel A. Carroll, Director .  Dan Carroll served as a partner/managing director of TPG Capital L.P. from 1995 to 2010.  He has served on the board of directors of Shenzhen Development Bank (China) (2005-2010), Myer Department Stores, Ltd (Australia) (2006-2009), Bank Thai, Ltd (Thailand) (2007-2009) and Healthscope Australia (2010-2011).  He received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University in 1982 and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University Graduate School of Business in 1986. Dan has served as a managing member of the LLC and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.  We selected Dan Carroll to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in executive management oversight, private equity, capital markets and transactional matters.  Dan Carroll will also serve on our audit committee. 
    
Barrie Graham, Director.   Barrie Graham has over 20 years of experience in commercial banking, having served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Exchange Bank (1995-2008), and as a Senior Manager at Wells Fargo (1985-1995). At Wells Fargo, Barrie was the Senior Vice President responsible for Business Development for the Commercial Banking Group. Barrie is a former Director and past-Chairman of the Pacific Coast Banking School at the University of Washington-Seattle  (1998-2011, Chairman 2009-2010) and a former Director of the California Bankers Association (2004-2008) . Prior to joining WR Hambrecht + Co (2011-Present), Barrie was President and Chief Executive Officer of hybridCore Homes (2009-2011) . Barrie is a Director of Empire Law School (2004-Present) and numerous non-profits. He has a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering from Clarkson University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Golden Gate University and is a graduate of the Executive Management Program at Harvard and the Pacific Coast Banking School. Barrie is a former Marine Infantry Officer and has served as a m anaging member of the LLC since 2011 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.  We selected Barrie Graham to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in executive management oversight, accounting and financial transactions.
    
William R. Hambrecht, Director. In 1968, Bill Hambrecht co-founded Hambrecht & Quist, an investment banking firm specializing in emerging high-growth technology companies. He founded WR Hambrecht + Co in 1998 and continues to serve as the company’s CEO . Bill has served as a director for numerous private and public companies. He previously served as a Director for Motorola Inc. (2008-2011) and AOL Inc. (2009-2011), was on the Board of Trustees for The American University of Beirut (2003-2011) and served on the Advisory Council to The J. David Gladstone Institute (2005-2010) . In October, 2006, Bill was inducted to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He was appointed to the board of the Presidio Trust in 2010, where he still serves. Bill graduated from Princeton University and has served as a m anaging member of the LLC since 2011 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.  We selected William Hambrecht to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in accounting, finance, capital market transactions, strategic planning, leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations, as well as his knowledge of the wine business .
   
John D. Fruth, Director . John Fruth has worked in the health care industry for over 35 years.  He founded Ocular Sciences in 1983 and served as the company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 2002 and continued to serve as its Chairman until the company’s acquisition by The Cooper Companies in 2005.  John then served on the board of directors and compensation committee of The Cooper Companies until 2007.  Currently, John serves on the board of directors and compensation committee of Nitinol Development Corporation (2008-Present) and the board of directors of the Fruth Family Foundation (2004-Present).  John received his Bachelor of Arts from St. Johns University in 1964 and has served as a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2013.  We selected John Fruth to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in executive management oversight, finance and accounting matters and board practices of other corporations.  John Fruth will also serve on our audit , compensation and nominating and governance committees.
 
James F. Verhey, Director . James Verhey is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kaiser Ventures, LLC (1993-Present), formerly the Kaiser Steel Corporation.  He is also the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Verhey Advisors (2001-Present) and Premiere Viticultural Services (2001-Present). James was one of the original Managing Directors and Directors of Silverado WineGrowers (1997-2012), which owned and operated 14 premium vineyards. He was a Director of the Napa Valley Grapegrowers (2006-2011) and has served as Chair of its member services committee (2006-2010) and industry issues committee (2010-2011). James received his Bachelor of Arts in Math and Economics from Stanford University in 1969 and his Master of Business Administration from the University of California–Los Angeles in 1974. He has served as a director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2013.   We selected James Verhey to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in accounting, executive management oversight, and board practices of other corporations.  James Verhey will also serve on our audit , compensation and nominating and governance committees, and we have determined that he meets the requirements of an audit committee financial expert under the SEC and Nasdaq rules.
 
In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
 
 
·
The Class I directors will be William R. Hambrecht, Barrie Graham and Heath E. Dolan, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;
 
 
·
The Class II directors will be Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III and Daniel A. Carroll, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and
 
 
83

 
 
 
·
The Class III directors will be John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.
 
Controlled Company Status
 
For purposes of the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq, we expect to be a “controlled company” upon completion of this offering. Controlled companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Our affiliates will beneficially own more than 50% of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our board of directors for nomination for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we expect to be eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. Specifically, as a “controlled company,” we would not be required to have (1) a majority of independent directors, (2) a nominating and governance committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or (4) an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the applicable corporate governance rules of Nasdaq.
 
Right to Elect Board Member

The Carroll-Obremskey Trust, of which Dan Carroll is co-trustee, has the right to elect one director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. pursuant to an agreement dated March 26, 2013.  This right will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
   
Director Independence
 
Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on Nasdaq. As a “controlled company” we will be exempt from the Nasdaq requirement that independent directors comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. We will also be exempt from the Nasdaq requirement that each member of a listed company’s compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent.
 
If at any time we cease to be a “ controlled company” under Nasdaq rules, our board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with the Nasdaq rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of directors and ensuring that our compensation and nominating and governance committees are composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. Our board of directors will undertake a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. In making this determination, our board of directors will consider the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deem relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock held by each non-employee director.  Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
We will cease to qualify as a “ controlled company” once our affiliates cease to control a majority of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and a disclosure committee which have the composition and responsibilities described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee is composed of John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Daniel A. Carroll. John F. Verhey is our audit committee chairman and is our audit committee financial expert, as currently defined under the SEC and Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Fruth and Mr. Verhey are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq.  We are currently relying on the phase-in period provided under the Nasdaq rules and under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors as defined by Nasdaq within one year of our listing, and at least one director will satisfy the definition of audit committee financial expert as determined by the SEC.
   
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements; approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and will annually review the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
 
84

 
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee is composed of  John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey , both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Paul E. Dolan, III. Paul E. Dolan, III is our compensation committee chairman.
 
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee
 
Our nominating and governance committee is composed of John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Phillip L. Hurst. Phillip L. Hurst is our nominating and governance committee chairman. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and the composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance principles and making recommendations concerning governance matters. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors. Historically, the following managing members of the LLC have participated in deliberations regarding the compensation of the LLC’s executive officers: Phil Hurst, Bill Hambrecht, Paul Dolan, Heath Dolan, Barrie Graham and Dan Carroll.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85

 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
We refer to our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers discussed below as our “named executive officers.”   We have also included our chief financial officer, James D. Bielenberg, who joined us in July 2012.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awards to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2012 for services rendered to the LLC.
 
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)
  Stock Awards
($)(1)
 
Option
Awards
($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation ($)
 
All Other
Compen-
sation
($)
 
Total ($)
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder,
Chief Executive Officer
 
2012
 
137,111
 
13,598
     
 
 
900 (2)
 
150,709
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix,
Director of Winemaking
 
2012
 
111,462
 
10,171
     
 
 
 
121,633
 
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder,
Director of Vineyard
Operations
 
2012
 
19,000
 
     
 
 
 
19,000
 
_____________________
 
 
(1)
This column reflects the grant date fair value of share based awards as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
 
(2)
Mr. Hurst began receiving a $900.00 per month automobile allowance on June 1, 2012.  
 
(3)
Expected fiscal year 2013 compensation.

James D. Bielenberg joined the Company during fiscal year 2013 as our Chief Financial Officer.  He is expected to receive $200,000 in salary and $8,333 in bonus for his service during fiscal year 2013.  On December 28, 2012, Truett-Hurst, Inc. awarded Mr. Bielenberg a restricted stock grant of 42,000 shares of our Class A common stock, valued at $103,000. Pursuant to the terms of the grant, the award vests equally over three years. The LLC reimbursed Mr. Bielenberg for tax liability arising from this grant in the amount of $68,667.  Mr. Bielenberg’s total expected compensation for fiscal year 2013 is $311,333.
 
Currently none of our executive officers serve pursuant to a written or oral employment agreement.
 
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
 
2012 Stock Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.
 
Share Reserve
 
As of March 27, 2013, we had reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan a total of 252,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Further, the 2012 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to one percent (1%) of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of such date.
 
Administration
 
Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer the 2012 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code the committee will consist of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator will have the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for other awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices) or awards of a different type.
 
 
86

 
 
Stock Options
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under the 2012 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five (5) years, and the exercise price must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value on the grant date.
 
After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount for the cash or shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
 
On December 28, 2012, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer.  The award vests over three years, and had a fair value at the time of grant of $103,000.  This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the vesting period.
 
On February 4, 2013, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. The award vests over three years, and had a fair value at the time of grant of $515,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the vesting period.
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, restrictions and conditions to payment it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash, with shares of our Class A common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.
 
 
87

 
 
Dividend Equivalent Rights
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of dividend equivalent rights. Dividend equivalent rights are awards that entitle the recipients to compensation measured by the dividends we pay with respect to our Class A common stock.
 
Transferability of Awards
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the transfer of awards under the 2012 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.
 
Certain Adjustments
 
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number or class of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2012 Plan, and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction.
 
Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control
 
The 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction to the extent that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring or succeeding corporation. Prior to or upon the consummation of a corporate transaction or a change in control, as defined in the 2012 Plan, an outstanding award may vest, in whole or in part, to the extent provided in the award agreement or as determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator may condition the vesting of an award upon the subsequent termination of the recipient’s service or employment within a specified period of time following the consummation of a corporate transaction or change in control. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the event of a corporate transaction or change in control.
 
Plan Amendments and Termination
 
The 2012 Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award unless mutually agreed to in writing by the recipient and us.
 
 
88

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since June 30, 2010, to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:
 
 
·
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 or 1% of our total assets averaged for the last two fiscal years; and
 
 
·
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock (which we refer to as 5% stockholders) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section titled “Executive Compensation.”
 
H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement
 
In connection with the offering, our existing owners , several of whom are directors and/or officers of Truett-Hurst, Inc., will execute an amended and restated H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement.  As a result of the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold LLC Units in the LLC and will be the sole managing member of the LLC. Accordingly, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.  Holders of LLC Units will not have voting rights under the operating agreement.
 
Pursuant to the operating agreement of the LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective LLC Units.
 
The holders of LLC Units, including Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to holders of LLC Units (including Truett-Hurst, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The operating agreement of the LLC will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as "tax distributions," to the holders of LLC Units if Truett-Hurst, Inc., as the sole managing member of the LLC, determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for the holders. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to the holders of LLC Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Healdsburg, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). Tax distributions will be made only to the extent all distributions from the LLC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.
 
The operating agreement of the LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Truett-Hurst, Inc., income tax expenses of Truett-Hurst, Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Truett-Hurst, Inc., will be borne by the LLC.
 
Exchange Agreement
 
Prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the existing owners of the LLC , several of whom are directors and/or officers of Truett-Hurst, Inc.  Under the exchange agreement, each existing owner (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. As a holder exchanges its LLC Units, Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s interest in the LLC will be correspondingly increased.
 
Tax Receivable Agreement
 
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions," we intend to use of the proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Units. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. The LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock or cash occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets of the LLC at the time of an exchange of LLC Units. As a result of both this initial purchase and these subsequent exchanges, Truett-Hurst, Inc., which we refer to as the "corporate taxpayer," will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC. In addition, the subsequent exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.
 
 
89

 
 
We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis r esulting from our exchange of LLC Units  and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of the LLC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of the LLC as a result of the exchanges, and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:
 
 
·
the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of the LLC at the time of each exchange;
 
 
·
the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of the LLC is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;
 
 
·
the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and
 
 
·
the amount and timing of our income—the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 90% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to Truett-Hurst, Inc. by the LLC are not sufficient to permit Truett-Hurst, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.
 
The following table represents our current estimates of expected payments over the next fifteen years under the tax receivable agreement.  These are only estimates, and the actual payments could be higher or lower, depending on the value of the relevant assets at the time of conversion and the Company having sufficient income to realize the tax benefit.
 
  Projected Payments under
the Tax Receivables Agreement
(1)
 
     
Year 1
$ 270,500  
Year 2
  190,976  
Year 3
  196,243  
Year 4
  202,105  
Year 5
  208,692  
Year 6
  213,921  
Year 7
  222,442  
Year 8
  232,411  
Year 9
  244,314  
Year 10
  258,912  
Year 11
  277,477  
Year 12
  302,346  
Year 13
  338,477  
Year 14
  399,151  
Year 15
  542,251  
Year 16
  323,424  
Total
$ 4,423,643  
 
(1) Projected tax benefit based upon estimated asset values upon conversion.  The tax liability assumes a statutory tax rate of 39.8% which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory California rate.
(2) Minimum taxable income to LLC for allocation to Truett-Hurst, Inc. to be sufficient to require payment under the tax receivable agreement.  The tax payment is limited to the actual tax benefit received.  If income is insufficient to utilize the benefit in full, it will be carried over to the following year.
 
 
90

 
 
We are required to make a good faith effort to ensure that we have sufficient cash available to make any required payments under the tax receivable agreement.  The operating agreement of the LLC requires the LLC to make “tax distributions” which, in the ordinary course, will be sufficient to pay our actual tax liability and to fund required payments under the tax receivable agreement.  If for any reason the LLC is not able to make a tax distribution in an amount that is sufficient to make any required payment under the tax receivable agreement or we otherwise lack sufficient funds, interest would accrue on any unpaid amounts at LIBOR plus 500 basis points until they are paid.
 
The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of LLC Units with our proceeds from this offering will be as follows:
 
 
·
we will record an increase of $4.714 million in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by Truett-Hurst, Inc. based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;
 
 
·
we will record 100% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase of $4.424 million payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement; and
 
 
·
we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement.
 
The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.
 
In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control will also result in payments under the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.
 
Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner's tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
Payments generally will be due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return.
    
 
91

 
 
Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.
 
In the event that we and an exchanging member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to (i) a tax basis schedule or tax benefit schedule with respect to an exchange, (ii) the early termination of the agreement or (iii) a tax reporting matter, the tax receivable agreement provides that such dispute shall be resolved by designating an expert in the relevant matter mutually acceptable to both parties, who shall make a determination. If the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due or any tax return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, we have the right to pay the undisputed amount or file such tax return, as applicable, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. We will bear the costs and expenses relating to the engagement of the expert or amending any tax return, except that we and each exchanging member shall bear our own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless an exchanging member has a prevailing position that is more than 10% of the payment at issue, in which case we shall reimburse such exchanging member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.

All other disputes under the tax receivable agreement will be settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator will be empowered to award equitable relief, including, but not limited to an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under the tax receivable agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party to the tax receivable agreement will irrevocably waive any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any such dispute.
               
Tasting Room and Winery Lease
 
We entered into a lease with Hambrecht Wine Group, a member of the LLC, on February 8, 2011 for the VML Winery located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California, pursuant to which Hambrecht Wine Group, as landlord, leases to us, as tenant, substantially all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at VML Winery.  The term of the lease is five years commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, with a tenant option to extend for an additional five-year period.   We have the right of first refusal in the event that Hambrecht Wine Group desires to sell the leased property. Annual rent for the tasting room is $90,000, due monthly. Rent for the winery was $5,000 per month from March 1, 2011 to August 31, 2011, and beginning on September 1, 2011, annual rent for the winery increased to $171,000, due monthly. The winery rent is subject to adjustment based on the actual number of cases produced each year; however, future payments are based on a minimum number of cases, as specified in the agreement. Beginning on September 1, 2012 and annually thereafter, tasting room and winery rent is increased by 3%.
 
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 , $42,500, $242,500, $130,000 and $35,527, respectively, of the lease payments were applied to reduce a balance due by Hambrecht Wine Group to us.  Lease costs of $22,750 were capitalized and are being amortized over the lease term. Lease expenses for fiscal year 2011 and 2012 and for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were $79,736, $262,836, $112,000 and $131,235, respectively.
 
Right to Elect Board Member

The Carroll-Obremskey Trust, of which Dan Carroll is co-trustee, has the right to elect one director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. pursuant to an agreement dated March 26, 2013.  This right will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
  
Security Agreements and Limited Guaranties
 
In connection with our entry into the Bank of the West Loan on July 16, 2012, certain of our executive officers, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their respective control, entered into guarantee agreements as described below.
 
Limited Guaranty – Hurst Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Hurst Trust , a member of the LLC, and Phillip L. Hurst , director and Chief Executive Officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Hurst Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Hurst Trust and Mr. Hurst, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Hurst Trust and Mr. Hurst, as guarantor, is limited to 42% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West, plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Hambrecht Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Hambrecht Trust and William R. Hambrecht , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and trustee of the Hambrecht Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Hambrecht Trust and Mr. Hambrecht, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Hambrecht Trust and Mr. Hambrecht, as guarantor, is limited to 35% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West, plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Dolan 2005 Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Dolan 2005 Trust, a member of the LLC, and Heath E. Dolan , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Dolan 2005 Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Dolan 2005 Trust and Mr. Dolan, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Dolan 2005 Trust and Mr. Dolan, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
 
92

 
 
Limited Guaranty – Dolan 2003 Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Dolan 2003 Trust, a member of the LLC, and Paul E. Dolan, III , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Carroll-Obremskey Trust: On July 16, 2012, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust , a member of the LLC, and Daniel A. Carroll , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and Mr. Carroll, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and Mr. Carroll, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Unlimited Guaranty – Hambrecht Wine Group : On July 16, 2012, the Hambrecht Wine Group , a member of the LLC, entered into an Unlimited Guaranty pursuant to which Hambrecht Wine Group guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of Hambrecht Wine Group, as guarantor, is unlimited.
  
Notes Payable
 
In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, we executed convertible subordinated notes payable to Daniel A. Carroll, director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., and Stasia Obremskey, as trustees of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, a member of the LLC, Phillip L. Hurst, director and Chief Executive Officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.,  and Sylvia M. Hurst, as trustees of the Hurst Trust, a member of the LLC, Heath E. Dolan, director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust, a member of the LLC, and Paul E. Dolan, III, director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, a member of the LLC, in exchange for their contributions of $150,000, $150,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively, bearing interest at 10% per annum with interest and principal due on the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the completion of this offering; should this offering not be completed by March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interests computed by dividing each note balance by $16,666,667.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Breach.”
 
We executed a $210,000 secured promissory note payable to Mark De Meulenaere , a member of the LLC, in connection with our repurchase of his Put Interest.  The note bears interest at 4.5% per annum and is payable monthly in principal and interest payments of $6,245 , with the entire principal balance and unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.  See “History and Formation Transactions.”
 
In connection with his departure from Winery Exchange Inc. and the termination of his non-compete agreement, we agreed to reimburse Phil Hurst, director and Chief Executive Officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.,   in the amount of $321,291 , payable monthly in principal and interest payments of $12,556 .  This amount accrued interest at a rate of 0.43% per annum and matured in November 2012.  All amounts due under this agreement have been paid in full.
 
We executed a $350,000 note payable to Messrs. Hurst , director and Chief Executive officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.,  Paul Dolan and Heath Dolan, both directors of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., in connection with operating capital needs.  The note bore interest at 6.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance and unpaid accrued interest due and payable on June 30, 2012.  The note was paid in full with funds borrowed under the Bank of the West Loan.
 
Wine Contracts
 
We enter into grape and bulk wine purchase agreements from time to time with entities in which our executives and/or founders have financial interests.  These arrangements are:
 
Hambrecht Vineyards : On March 3, 2011, March 7, 2011, March 7, 2012, and September 26, 2012, we entered into contracts with Hambrecht Vineyards for the purchase of 150.5 total tons of Chardonnay, Pinot Noir, Petite Syrah, Syrah, Riesling, and Zinfandel grapes per year with prices ranging from $2,000 to $4,500 per ton depending on the variety and vineyard blocks of the grapes, for an aggregate price of up to $677,250 per year.  The contracts for the chardonnay and riesling grapes were for the 2012 vintage year only.  The other contracts are for the 2012, 2013, and 2014 vintage years.  Hambrecht Vineyards is owned by the Hambrecht Trust and the manager is Forrester R. Hambrecht, a member of the LLC and the grandson of William R. Hambrecht, director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Ghianda Rose Vineyard : On April 25, 2012, we entered into a contract with Ghianda Rose Vineyards for the purchase of 160 tons of chardonnay grapes per year at a price of $1,470 per ton, for an aggregate price of $235,200 per year.  The contract terminates on March 15, 2015, or earlier upon written mutual agreement of the parties.  Ghianda Rose Vineyards is 100% owned by Diana Fetzer, wife of Paul Dolan, director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
 
93

 
 
Gobbi Street Vineyards : On April 25, 2012, we entered into a contract with Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC for the purchase of 100 tons of Chardonnay grapes per year for an aggregate price of $152,300.  The contract terminates on March 15, 2015.  Paul Dolan, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., is a manager of Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC.  His wife, Diana Fetzer, and his daughter, Nya Kusakabe are each 33% interest owners in Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC.
 
Mendo Farming Company : On May 15, 2012, we entered into a contract with Mendo Farming Company, LLC for the purchase of 114 tons of Zinfandel grapes per year at a price of $1,800 per ton and 12 tons of Petite Syrah grapes per year at a price of $1,600 per ton, for an aggregate price of $224,400 per year.  The contract is for the 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015 harvests.  Heath E. Dolan, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., is the manager of Mendo Farming Company, LLC.  Mendo Farming Company is owned by the following members: (i) Phillip L. Hurst, director and Chief Executive Officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., and Sylvia M. Hurst as trustees of the Hurst Trust, a member of the LLC (33.333%  interest); (ii) Paul E. Dolan III, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, a member of the LLC (30.334% interest); (iii) Peter E. Dolan (17.333% interest); (iv) Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust, a member of the LLC (9.500% interest); and (v) Zachary Y. Schat and Melissa Schat, as trustees of the Schat Trust (9.500% interest).  Peter E. Dolan is the brother of Paul E. Dolan, III.
 
In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, $650,000 in payments due on grape supply contracts to farms controlled by certain of our affiliates was subordinated to Bank of the West. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Breach.”
  
Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements
 
Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with, and offer letters to, our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.
 
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
 
We will enter into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers, and we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Description of our Capital Stock—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
 
Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions
 
Our board of directors reviews related party transactions for potential conflict of interest issues. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transaction policy to be effective upon or prior to the completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us or a related person.
 
Director Independence
 
For a discussion of the independence of our directors, please see “Directors and Executive Officers—Director Independence” above.

 
94

 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of combined voting power by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Truett-Hurst, Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers, (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (4) each of the additional selling stockholders.
 
The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership o f our Class A common stock and combined voting power before this offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Recapitalization. The number of shares of our Class A common stock and the percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and combined voting power after this offering set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below includes the total shares or voting power held by the individual and his or her affiliates. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

 
 
    Class A
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Class A Shares
Offered
    Class A Shares
Beneficially
Owned After the Offering
    Combined Voting
Power Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering (1)
    Combined Voting
Power Beneficially Owned
After the Offering (1)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares     Percentage           Shares     Percentage     Percentage     Percentage  
                                           
                                           
5% Stockholders:
                                         
                                           
Kevin Shaw (2)   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
Directors and Named Executive
Officers:
                                         
Phillip L. Hurst (3)
  -     -     273,529     -     -     25.13%     12.42%  
William R. Hambrecht (4)
  -     -     -     -     -     12.94%     8.53%  
Heath E. Dolan (5)
  -     -     136,766     -     -     12.56%     6.21%  
Paul E. Dolan, III (6)
  -     -     136,766     -     -     12.56%     6.21%  
Daniel A. Carroll (7)
  -     -     -     -     -     18.52%     12.21%  
Barrie Graham
  -     -     -     -     -     3.86%     2.55%  
Virginia Marie Lambrix
  -     -     39,620     -     -     3.64%     1.80%  
James D. Bielenberg (8)   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
John D. Fruth   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
James F. Verhey   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group (10
persons)
  -     -     586,681     -     -     89.21%     49.94%  
Additional Selling Stockholders:
                                         
Forrester Hambrecht (9)   -     -       6,642     -     -     3.05%     1.91%  
Mark De Meulenaere (10)   -     -     25,606     -     -     1.18%     0.39%  
Anna Schweizer (11)   -     -     33,628     -     -     0.77%     0.00%  
 
 
96

 
 
    LLC Units Beneficially Owned Prior
to the
Offering (12)(13)
    LLC Units Beneficially Owned After the
Offering (12)(14)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Units     Percentage     Units     Percentage  
5% Stockholders:
                       
Kevin Shaw (2)
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
                               
Phillip L. Hurst (3)
    1,094,114       26.67 %     820,585       12.92 %
William R. Hambrecht (4)
    563,472       13.73 %     563,472       8.87 %
Heath E. Dolan (5)
    547,064       13.33 %     410,298       6.46 %
Paul E. Dolan, III (6)
    547,064       13.33 %     410,298       6.46 %
Daniel A. Carroll (7)
    806,596       19.66 %     806,596       12.70 %
Barrie Graham
    168,168       4.10 %     168,168       2.65 %
Virginia Marie Lambrix
    158,480       3.86 %     118,860       1.87 %
James D. Bielenberg (8)
    -       -       -       -  
John D. Fruth
    -       -       -       -  
James F. Verhey
    -       -       -       -  
Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group (10
persons)
                               
Additional Selling
Stockholders:
                               
Forrester Hambrecht (9)
    132,846       3.24 %     126,204       1.99 %
Mark De Meulenaere (10)
    51,212       1.25 %     25,606       0.40 %
Anna Schweizer (11)
    33,628       0.82 %     -       0.00 %
 
 
97

 
 
(1)
Following this offering, our existing owners will also hold one share of our Class B common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holder.
(2)
Mr. Shaw was granted 210,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2012 Plan, which vest over three years and are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.  Holders of our restricted stock are entitled to one vote for each share of restricted stock held by such holder.
(3)
The voting power, shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Hurst are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hurst and his family members as to which Mr. Hurst is a co-trustee.
(4)
The voting power, shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Hambrecht include those by Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., of which 83.6955% is beneficially owned by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hambrecht and his family members as to which Mr. Hambrecht is the trustee.
(5)
The voting power, shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Heath Dolan are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Heath Dolan and his family members as to which Mr. Heath Dolan is a co-trustee.
(6)
The voting power, shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Paul Dolan are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Paul Dolan and his family members as to which Mr. Paul Dolan is the trustee.
(7)
The voting power, shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Carroll are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Carroll and his family members as to which Mr. Carroll is a co-trustee.
(8)
Mr. Bielenberg was granted 42,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2012 Plan, which vest over three years and are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.  Holders of our restricted stock are entitled to one vote for each share of restricted stock held by such holder.
(9)  Mr. Forrester Hambrecht is the grandson of William R. Hambrecht, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.  He is also the manager of Hambrecht Vineyards, which supplies us with grapes.
(10)  Mr. De Meulenaere is not an officer or director of the Company, nor does he have a material relationship with the Company, other than as a member of the LLC.
(11)  Ms. Schweizer is the chief financial officer to William R. Hambrecht, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc.
(12)  Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC.  Holders of LLC Units will not have voting power under the amended and restated operating agreement of the LLC.
(13)  The percentage of LLC Units beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 4,102,644 LLC Units outstanding after the Recapitalization.  See “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Recapitalization.”
(14)  The percentage of LLC Units beneficially owned after to the offering is based on 6,352,644 LLC Units outstanding after the offering.  After the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units, or 45.7% of the LLC Units outstanding after the offering.  See “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”
 
 
98

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following is a summary of the rights of our Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.
 
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:
 
 
·
7,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;
 
 
·
1,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and
 
 
·
5,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.
 
Common Stock
 
Voting Rights
 
Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to vote. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit in the LLC held by such holder.  Accordingly, the holders of LLC Units collectively have a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units that they hold.  Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our Class A and Class B common stock vote as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.  Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, or as required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter.
 
Dividends
 
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our Class A common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our Class A common stock.  Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs.
 
 
99

 
 
Other Rights
 
Holders of our Class A common stock will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.  All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our Class A common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:
 
 
·
diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;
 
 
·
reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;
 
 
·
reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and
 
 
·
delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.
 
Warrants
 
There are no outstanding warrants to purchase our Class A common stock.
  
Registration Rights
 
In connection with the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the holders of LLC Units pursuant to which any holder of LLC Units may request registration or inclusion in any registration of our Class A common stock in compliance with the Securities Act.  No holder of LLC Units will be entitled to exercise his or her registration rights after five years following the consummation of this offering.  The right of any particular holder of LLC Units to request registration or inclusion in any registration will terminate on the date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which such holder holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A common stock (calculated on an as converted basis) or on which all shares of registrable securities held by such holder of LLC Units may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.
 
 
100

 
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Class A common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Immediately prior to the offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended to limit the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting at such time as the controlling stockholders no longer beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares.
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will define “controlling stockholders” as: (i) Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III, Heath E. Dolan, William R. Hambrecht, and Daniel A. Carroll; (ii) the existing and future lineal descendants, including adopted children, of Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III, Heath E. Dolan, William R. Hambrecht, and Daniel A. Carroll; (iii) existing and future spouses of any Persons named in clauses (i) and (ii); (iv) any United States situs trusts for the current or future, direct or indirect, vested or contingent, benefit of any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii); (v) a custodial or retirement account benefiting any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii), (vi) any estate of any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii); and (vii) any entity (or wholly owned subsidiary of such entity) in which all of the equity interests are owned by any of the persons, trusts, accounts or estates named in clauses (i) through (vi).
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require a 66 2/3% stockholder vote to amend the provisions of our bylaws relating to the election and classification of directors. Our amended certificate of incorporation and bylaws will limit the ability of stockholders to rescind, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws at such time as the controlling stockholders no longer beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares.  The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66 2/3% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors, as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
 
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws also provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and shall indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification.
 
We have entered and intend to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided by Delaware law and our charter documents, and may provide additional procedural protection. These agreements will require us, among other things, to:
 
 
101

 
 
 
·
indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers and directors;
 
 
·
advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding subject to limited exceptions; and
 
 
·
cover officers and directors under any general or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by us.
 
We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. We also make available standard life insurance and accidental death and disability insurance policies to our employees.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.
 
Exchange Listing
 
Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “THST.”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock.

Currently, no shares of our Class A common stock are outstanding (other than the 252,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock we have granted to our Chief Financial officer and an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, as described below) and nine shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding, one share of which is held by each of our existing owners. There are currently nine holders of LLC Units.

Upon completion of this offering we will have (in addition to the 252,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock we have granted to our Chief Financial officer and an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, as described below) a total of 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.
   
In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing stockholders, holders of LLC Units may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock or cash at our election. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing stockholders will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for 3,450,087 shares of our Class A common stock, s ubject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or cash, at our election. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with our existing stockholders that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights” and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreement.”
   
In addition, our board of directors has adopted the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.   As of March 27, 2013, we had reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan a total of 252,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Further, the 2012 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to one percent (1%) of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of such date.  See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”
 
On December 28, 2012, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to James. D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value at the time of grant of $103,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the service period. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan—Restricted Stock Awards.”

On February 4, 2013, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value at the time of grant of $515,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the service period. “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan—Restricted Stock Awards.”
   
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
 
·
one percent of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 290,000 shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or
 
 
·
the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
 
103

 
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the date of this prospectus without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
 
Rule 701
 
Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.
 
As of March 27, 2013, 252,000 shares of our outstanding Class A common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of Class A common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our Class A common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended under certain circumstances), we and they will not, among other things:
 
 
·
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock; or
 
 
·
in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock; or
 
 
·
in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.
 
This agreement is subject to certain exceptions.  See “Plan of Distribution” below for additional discussion.
 
Registration Rights
 
In connection with the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the holders of LLC Units pursuant to which any holder of LLC Units may request registration or inclusion in any registration of our Class A common stock in compliance with the Securities Act.  No holder of LLC Units will be entitled to exercise his or her registration rights after five years following the consummation of our first registered public offering of Class A common stock.  The right of any particular holder of LLC Units to request registration or inclusion in any registration will terminate on the date, on or after the closing of our first registered public offering of Class A common stock, on which such holder holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A common stock (calculated on an as converted basis) or on which all shares of registrable securities held by such holder of LLC Units may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.
 
 
104

 
 
Registration Statements
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan and shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.
 
Conversion of LLC Units
 
Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing owners, holders of LLC Units may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing owners will beneficially own 3,450,087 LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or for cash, at our election. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed United States Department of the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
 
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:
 
 
·
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
 
 
·
partnerships or other pass-through entities;
 
 
·
tax-exempt organizations;
 
 
·
tax-qualified retirement plans;
 
 
·
dealers in securities or currencies;
 
 
·
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
 
·
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
 
 
·
controlled foreign corporations;
 
 
·
passive foreign investment companies;
 
 
·
persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A common stock; and
 
 
·
persons that will hold Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.
 
Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our Class A common stock.
 
If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a collaboration holding shares of our Class A common stock should consult its own tax advisors.
 
 
106

 
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
 
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
 
In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:
 
 
·
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
 
·
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
 
 
·
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
 
 
·
a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Department of the Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock
 
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
 
If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).
 
 
107

 
 
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.
 
A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock
 
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:
 
 
·
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States;
 
 
·
the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
 
 
·
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock, and our Class A common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.
 
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
 
108

 
 
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
 
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
 
Newly enacted legislation and administrative guidance may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the proceeds of a sale of our Class A common stock paid after December 31, 2016 to (i)  a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under such rules, unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements or (ii) a foreign non-financial entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into a placement agency agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby . WR Hambrecht + Co is the representative of the underwriters.
 
Underwriters
Number of Shares
WR Hambrecht + Co
 
Sidoti & Company, LLC
 
CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC
 
 
 
Total
                 

The underwriters are not required to take or pay for any specific number or dollar amount of our Class A common stock.
 
The following table shows the per share and total placement agents fees to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders.
  
   
Paid by Us
   
Paid by Selling Stockholders
 
             
Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our Class A common stock have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative. This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options and other exceptions, and in the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, exercise of options issued pursuant to a stock option or similar plans, and other exceptions. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares.  The price to the public and allocation of shares will be determined by an auction process.  The minimum size for a bid in the auction is 100 shares of our Class A common stock.  There is no minimum amount that must be raised in the IPO in order for the offering to close.  The method for submitting bids and a more detailed description of this auction process are included in the section entitled “The OpenIPO Auction Process.”
 
Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “THST.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on Nasdaq, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.
 
 
110

 
 
Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on Nasdaq may engage in passive market making transactions on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.
 
Following the initial distribution of Class A Common shares, WR Hambrecht + Co may buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock in secondary market transactions as part of their business as a broker-dealer. Resales of this kind may occur in the open market or may be privately negotiated, at prevailing market prices at the time of resale or at related or negotiated prices. This prospectus may be used by WR Hambrecht + Co in connection with these market-making transactions to the extent permitted by applicable law. WR Hambrecht + Co may act as principal or agent in these transactions.
 
We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding placement agents’ fees , will be approximately $766,970.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
The underwriter s and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
William R. Hambrecht and Barrie Graham each serve as an officer, and Mr. Hambrecht serves as a director, of WR Hambrecht + Co, an underwriter in this offering.  Both Mr. Hambrecht and Mr. Graham serve on our board of directors and have the power to direct or cause the direction of our management and policies. Additionally, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., which is approximately 83.7% beneficially owned by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hambrecht and his family members and as to which Mr. Hambrecht is a trustee, owns 12.94% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock prior to this offering and will own 8.53% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock after this offering.  Mr. Hambrecht is deemed to beneficially own all of the equity interest held by Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.  Because of the foregoing, WR Hambrecht + Co is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto, subject to certain exceptions which are not applicable here. CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC has served as a qualified independent underwriter within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC will receive $200,000 from us as compensation for that role. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts. We have agreed to indemnify CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

 

LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of our Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.  Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by K&L Gates LLP, Seattle, Washington .
 
EXPERTS
 
The balance sheet of Truett-Hurst, Inc. as of December 10, 2012 included in this prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of H.D.D. LLC as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2012, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 
113

 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
   
F-1
   
F-2
   
F-3
 
H.D.D. LLC  
   
F-4
   
F-5
   
F-6
   
 
F-7
   
F-8
   
F-9 - F-30




 
 
 
 

 
 


To the Board of Directors of
Truett-Hurst, Inc.

 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Truett-Hurst, Inc. (the Company) as of December 10, 2012. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
 
In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Truett-Hurst, Inc. as of December 10, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.
 
Santa Rosa, California
March 26, 2013
 
 
F-1

 

Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
 
December 10, 2012
__________
 
 
Assets   $ -  
       
Stockholders Equity
     
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share;
       
5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
  $ -  
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share;
       
500,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
    -  
Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share;
       
1,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
    -  
 
Total Stockholders Equity
  $ -  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of this financial statement.
 
 
 
 

 
 
F-2

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
 
December 10, 2012
____________
 
 
1.
ORGANIZATION

Truett-Hurst, Inc. (the "Corporation") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 10, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Corporation will become a holding corporation and its sole asset is expected to be an equity interest in H.D.D. LLC. The Corporation will be the managing member of H.D.D. LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of H.D.D. LLC and, through H.D.D. LLC, continue to conduct the business now conducted by H.D.D. LLC.  At inception, three members of H.D.D. LLC who owned approximately 55% of H.D.D. LLC comprised the Board of Directors of the Corporation.


2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America as of the date of formation of the Corporation.  Upon the date of formation, the Corporation had no assets or liabilities.  In addition, separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of the Corporation, except as described in Note 4.


3.
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 5,501,000 shares, consisting of (i) 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, (ii) 1,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.


4.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Corporation established the Truett-Hurst, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, effective December 28, 2012.

On December 28, 2012, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to its Chief Financial Officer representing an equivalent 1% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $103,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in the Corporation’s combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.

On February 4, 2013, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to its nonemployee Creative Director representing an equivalent 5% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $515,000. This equity compensation will be revalued quarterly and expensed in the Corporation’s combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.
 
In March 2013 the Corporation appointed three additional Board Members. At the date this financial statement was issued, the Board Members own approximately 91% of H.D.D. LLC.
  
Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date this financial statement was issued.
 
 
F-3

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Members
H.D.D. LLC

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of H.D.D. LLC (the Company) as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable contributed capital and members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of H.D.D. LLC as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.
 
Santa Rosa, California
March 26, 2013
 
 
F-4

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED B ALANCE S HEETS
 
____________
 
               
 
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
A SSETS
                 
                   
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 116,472  
Accounts receivable
    939,086       1,257,697       1,041,354  
Inventories
    3,567,140       6,852,391       10,275,867  
Bulk wine deposit
    -       332,623       -  
Other current assets
    5,350       11,884       59,096  
                         
Total current assets
    4,785,998       8,621,904       11,492,789  
                         
Property and equipment, net
    5,055,783       5,083,109       5,509,504  
Goodwill
    -       -       134,327  
Intangible assets, net
    212,000       235,313       745,639  
Other assets, net
    46,092       142,291       126,118  
                         
Total assets
  $ 10,099,873     $ 14,082,617     $ 18,008,377  
                         
L IABILITIES, R EDEEMABLE C ONTRIBUTED C APITAL
                       
AND M EMBERS’ E QUITY (D EFICIT )
                       
                         
Current liabilities:
                       
Line of credit
  $ 1,998,954     $ 1,763,954     $ 5,713,205  
Accounts payable
    904,568       1,512,308       1,456,269  
Accrued expenses
    96,964       302,667       297,211  
Grapes payable
    -       -       253,362  
Amount due factor
    -       869,400       -  
Due to related parties
    253,298       77,194       905,646  
Current maturities of related party notes
    500,107       467,392       68,656  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    804,052       792,248       235,901  
Warrant obligation
    -       206,000       210,000  
Interest rate swap
    -       -       70,830  
                         
Total current liabilities
    4,557,943       5,991,163       9,211,080  
                         
Deferred rent liability
    37,236       57,572       55,696  
Related party notes, net of current maturities
    50,261       137,409       102,696  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    2,748,907       2,637,220       3,283,060  
                         
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364       12,652,532  
                         
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
                       
                         
Redeemable contributed capital
    6,246,151       5,886,151       -  
                         
Members’ equity (deficit):
                       
Contributed capital
    -       2,279,399       8,165,550  
Due from member
    (643,393 )     (35,527 )     -  
Accumulated deficit
    (2,897,232 )     (2,870,770 )     (3,086,787 )
                         
H.D.D. LLC members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )     5,078,763  
Noncontrolling interest in The Wine Spies, LLC
    -       -       277,082  
                         
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )     5,355,845  
                         
Total liabilities, redeemable contributed capital
                       
and members’ equity
  $ 10,099,873     $ 14,082,617     $ 18,008,377  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS
 
___________
 
 
                       
                         
         
Six Months
 
   
Years Ended June 30,
   
Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                (Unaudited)  
                         
Sales
  $ 5,475,643     $ 13,148,953     $ 8,699,229     $ 8,820,255  
Less excise taxes
    (73,598 )     (455,558 )     (321,120 )     (249,939 )
                                 
Net sales
    5,402,045       12,693,395       8,378,109       8,570,316  
                                 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065       6,573,563       5,850,463  
                                 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330       1,804,546       2,719,853  
                                 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321       782,142       1,146,316  
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353       428,318       1,581,239  
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729       1,210,460       2,727,555  
                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601       594,086       (7,702 )
                                 
Other expense:
                               
Interest expense
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )     (198,618 )     (179,762 )
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )     -       (4,000 )
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
                                 
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )     (198,618 )     (254,592 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262       395,468       (262,294 )
                                 
Income tax expense
    800       800       800       1,600  
                                 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling
                               
interest
    (820,815 )     26,462       394,668       (263,894 )
                                 
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       (47,877 )
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to H.D.D. LLC
                               
  members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $ 394,668     $ (216,017 )
  
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6

 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Contributed Capital and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
 
____________
                                       
Total
 
   
Redeemable
                     
H.D.D. LLC
         
Members’
 
   
Contributed
   
Contributed
   
Due from
   
Accumulated
   
Members’
   
Noncontrolling
   
Equity
 
   
Capital
   
Capital
   
Member
   
Deficit
   
Equity (Deficit)
   
Interest
   
(Deficit)
 
                                           
Balances at July 1, 2010
 
$
750,000
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
(2,076,417
)
 
$
(2,076,417
)
 
$
-
   
$
(2,076,417
)
                                                         
Transfer of member loans to capital
   
2,696,151
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions
   
700,000
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for due from
                                                       
member
   
773,085
     
-
     
(773,085
)
   
-
     
(773,085
)
   
-
     
(773,085
)
Capital contributions in exchange of inventory
   
1,114,915
     
-
     
87,192
     
-
     
87,192
     
-
     
87,192
 
Capital contributions in exchange of trademark
   
212,000
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for rent owed
   
-
     
-
     
42,500
     
-
     
42,500
     
-
     
42,500
 
Net loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(820,815
)
   
(820,815
)
   
-
     
(820,815
)
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2011
   
6,246,151
     
-
     
(643,393
)
   
(2,897,232
)
   
(3,540,625
)
   
-
     
(3,540,625
)
                                                         
Capital contributions
   
-
     
2,279,399
     
-
     
-
     
2,279,399
     
-
     
2,279,399
 
Member exercise of put right for cash
   
(150,000
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Member exercise of put right for note to
                                                       
related party
   
(210,000
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for accounts
                                                       
receivable
   
-
     
-
     
8,100
     
-
     
8,100
     
-
     
8,100
 
Capital contributions in exchange of inventory
   
-
     
-
     
357,266
     
-
     
357,266
     
-
     
357,266
 
Capital contributions in exchange for rent owed
   
-
     
-
     
242,500
     
-
     
242,500
     
-
     
242,500
 
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
26,462
     
26,462
     
-
     
26,462
 
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2012
   
5,886,151
     
2,279,399
     
(35,527
)
   
(2,870,770
)
   
(626,898
)
   
-
     
(626,898
)
                                                         
Capital contributions in exchange for rent
                                                       
owed (unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
35,527
     
-
     
35,527
     
-
     
35,527
 
Noncontrolling interest in The Wine Spies, LLC
                                                       
(unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
324,959
     
324,959
 
Recharacterization of contributed capital resulting
                                                       
from termination of Buy-Sell Agreement
                                                       
(unaudited)
   
(5,886,151
)
   
5,886,151
     
-
     
-
     
5,886,151
     
-
     
5,886,151
 
Net loss (unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(216,017
)
   
(216,017
)
   
(47,877
)
   
(263,894
)
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2012 (unaudited)
 
$
-
   
$
8,165,550
   
$
-
   
$
(3,086,787
)
 
$
5,078,763
   
$
277,082
   
$
5,355,845
 

The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-7

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS
 
____________
 
 
                       
         
Six Months
 
   
Years Ended June 30,
   
Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                (Unaudited)  
Operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $ 394,668     $ (263,894 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in)
                               
provided by operating activities:
                               
Depreciation and amortization
    86,092       108,492       56,653       76,259  
Note payable to member for reimbursement of right to market expense
    300,000       -       -       -  
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
Deferred rent
    37,236       20,336       -       (1,876 )
Warrant re-valuation
    -       10,000       -       4,000  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       70,830  
Contributed rent
    42,500       242,500       130,000       35,527  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                               
Accounts receivable
    (829,206 )     (310,511 )     (886,771 )     216,343  
Inventories
    (1,216,967 )     (2,779,269 )     (612,507 )     (3,308,142 )
Bulk wine deposit
    -       (332,623 )     -       332,623  
Other assets
    (30,455 )     (102,733 )     (7,891 )     (27,349 )
Accounts payable
    765,877       607,740       1,010,014       197,323  
Accrued expenses
    36,367       205,703       219,644       (5,456 )
                                 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (1,740,521 )     (2,310,848 )     303,810       (2,673,812 )
                                 
Investing activities:
                               
Acquisition of property and equipment
    (390,106 )     (265,780 )     (364,433 )     (582,511 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
    -       (42,066 )     (122,146 )     (34,492 )
Acquisition of The Wine Spies, LLC
    -       -       -       (275,000 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    111,150       6,945       -       -  
                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (278,956 )     (300,901 )     (486,579 )     (892,003 )
                                 
Financing activities:
                               
Net proceeds from (repayments on) line of credit
    1,034,000       (235,000 )     -       3,949,251  
Advances from related parties
    115,622       -       -       828,452  
Payments to related parties
    -       (176,104 )     (221,647 )     -  
Proceeds from related party notes
    1,786,563       150,000       -       -  
Payments on related party notes
    (99,632 )     (305,567 )     (66,873 )     (433,449 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    -       100,000       -       3,526,015  
Payments on long-term debt
    (1,293,529 )     (223,492 )     (20,561 )     (3,485,891 )
Proceeds from amount due factor
    -       2,579,400       861,737       -  
Payments on amount due factor
    -       (1,710,000 )     -       (869,400 )
Member exercise of put right
    -       (150,000 )     -       -  
Member contributions for members' equity and warrant
    700,000       2,475,399       -       -  
                                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,243,024       2,504,636       552,656       3,514,978  
                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    223,547       (107,113 )     369,887       (50,837 )
                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    50,875       274,422       274,422       167,309  
                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 644,309     $ 116,472  
                                 
                                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                               
Interest paid
  $ 382,182     $ 546,139     $ 196,781     $ 195,016  
Income taxes paid
  $ 800     $ 800     $ 800     $ 1,600  
                                 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                               
Contributed inventory for membership interest
  $ 1,202,107     $ 357,266     $ 357,266     $ -  
Contributed trademarks for membership interest
  $ 212,000     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Contributed rent for membership interest
  $ 42,500     $ 242,500     $ 130,000     $ 35,527  
Contributed net operating receivables for membership interest
  $ -     $ 8,100     $ 8,100     $ -  
Note issued to member for exercise of put right
  $ -     $ 210,000     $ -     $ -  
Due from member for membership interest
  $ 773,085     $ -     $ 625,059     $ -  
Transfer of member loans into equity interest
  $ 2,696,151     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Fair value of warrant
  $ -     $ 196,000     $ -     $ -  
Recharacterization of contributed capital
    -       -       -       5,886,151  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-8

 
 
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
1.
Description of Operations

H.D.D. LLC (“we,” “us,” or “our”) was organized in the state of California in 2007. We own and operate Truett-Hurst winery located in the Dry Creek Valley and lease and operate VML winery, located in the Russian River Valley. We produce and sell premium, super-premium and ultra-premium wines from grapes grown on our estate vineyard, purchased from growers, bulk wine procured under contracts or on a spot basis, and finished goods from both import and domestic producers. These consolidated financial statements are presented as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012. As a limited liability company (LLC), our fiscal year end is December 31 st for tax purposes.
 
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). As of and for the six month period ended December 31, 2012, we have consolidated the operations of our 50% owned subsidiary (see Note 16) from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and our non-controlling interest has been appropriately disclosed on all of the related statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the interim consolidated statements of changes in redeemable contributed capital and members’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended December 31, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position as of December 31, 2012 and the results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2013 or for any other future year or interim period.
 
Continued

 
F-9

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. There were no cash equivalents at June 30, 2011 and 2012 or December 31, 2012.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade receivables from customers. We review accounts receivable regularly and make estimates for allowance for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of individual balances. In evaluating the collectibility of individual receivable balances, we consider many factors, including the age of the balance, the customer’s historical payment history, its current credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Bad debts are written off after all collection efforts have ceased. We generally do not require collateral from our customers. We do not accrue interest on past-due amounts. No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, or December 31, 2012 as bad debts have historically been negligible.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of bulk and bottled wine, capitalized cultural costs, merchandise and purchased grapes valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out or specific identification method. In accordance with general wine industry practice, bulk and bottled wine inventories are included in current assets, although a portion of such inventories may be aged for a period longer than one year.

Costs related to growing grapes on our vineyard are reflected in inventories as capitalized cultural costs. Upon completion of the harvest, these costs are included in bulk wine. Costs associated with winemaking and the production of wine are reflected in inventories as bulk wine until the wine has been bottled and is available for sale.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the asset, principally twenty to forty years for building and improvements, five years for machinery and equipment, seven to fifteen years for vineyard development, ten to twenty years for vineyard equipment, five to ten years for furniture and fixtures, the shorter of estimated useful life or lease term, generally five years for leasehold improvements and five years for vehicles. Costs incurred in developing vineyards are capitalized and depreciation commences when the related vineyard becomes commercially productive.

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Gains and losses from disposition of property and equipment are included as a component of operating income (loss).
 
Continued

 
F-10

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. There were no events occurring for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, that required an assessment of impairment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually for impairment, or sooner, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We use April 1 as our annual impairment test measurement date. As of December 31, 2012, we have goodwill from the purchase of The Wine Spies, LLC in August 2012 (see Note 16). Similar to our indefinite lived intangibles, goodwill will be tested at least annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Indefinite lived intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks. Intangible assets determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally four years for the customer lists and non-compete agreement, five years for proprietary technology and ten years for the trademark.  Patents will be amortized over their estimated legal lives. Note 7 provides a summary of intangible assets segregated between amortizable and nonamortizable amounts.

There was no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Additionally, there were no events occurring as of or for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 or for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 that required an assessment of impairment in addition to the annual assessment.

Other Assets

Other assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally five years for label design costs, ten years for loan fees, ten years for lease costs – related party, and five years for website design costs.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize wine sales when the product is shipped and title passes to the customer. Our standard terms are ‘FOB’ shipping point, with no customer acceptance provisions. The cost of price promotions and discounts are treated as reductions of sales. No products are sold on consignment. Credit sales are recorded as trade accounts receivable and no collateral is required. Net sales from items sold through our retail locations are recognized at the time of sale.
 
Continued

 
F-11

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Sales Discounts and Depletion Allowances

We record sales discounts and depletion allowances as a reduction of sales. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, sales discounts and depletion allowances totaled $803,747, $953,712, $422,684, and $616,292, respectively.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs associated with grape growing, external grape, bulk wine and finished goods purchases, packaging materials, winemaking and production costs, vineyard and production administrative support and overhead costs, purchasing and receiving costs and certain warehousing costs. No further costs are allocated to inventory once the product is bottled and available for sale.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of non-manufacturing personnel, advertising and other marketing promotions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, advertising expense totaled $21,632, $50,003, $18,847, and $20,123 respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include the costs associated with our administrative staff and other expenses related to our non-manufacturing functions.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

We report the amounts billed to our customers for shipping and handling as sales, and we report the costs we incur for shipping and handling as a sales and marketing expense. Our gross margins may not be comparable to other companies in the same industry as other companies may include shipping and handling costs as a cost of sales. Shipping costs were $40,417, $136,366, $263,635, and $266,930 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

We have elected LLC status under the Internal Revenue Code. The members separately account for their pro-rata share of income, deductions, losses, and credits. Therefore, no provision is made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for liabilities for federal, state, or local income taxes since such liabilities are the responsibility of the individual members.

State entity taxes of $800 were recorded for each of the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and $800 and $1,600 for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

We do not have any entity level uncertain tax positions. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.
 
Continued

 
F-12

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Concentrations

Cash

We maintain cash that may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. As of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and December 31, 2012, these limits were $250,000.

Customers

The following tables set forth concentrations of sales and accounts receivable as a percent of each total:

                                       
Accounts
 
                                       
Receivable
 
   
Net Sales for the Years
   
Accounts Receivable
    Net Sales for the Six Months    
as of
 
   
Ended June 30,
   
as of June 30,
    Ended December 31,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
                            (Unaudited)    
(Unaudited)
 
                                           
Customer A
    23%       33%       28%       -       39%       21%       4%  
Customer B
    20%       18%       -       48%       19%       10%       -  
Customer C
    14%       10%       22%       11%       10%       8%       12%  
Customer D
    10%       6%       10%       6%       4%       9%       21%  
Customer E
    -       1%       -       4%       5%       12%       9%  
Customer F
    5%       6%       6%       -       4%       7%       3%  
Customer G
    -       -       -       -       -       2%       15%  

 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . This guidance contains certain updates to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-04 as of July 1, 2012.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment . This ASU allows for the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-08 as of July 1, 2012.
 
Continued

 
F-13

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Recent Accounting Pronouncements , continued

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12. The amendments in this Update supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , to effectively defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-12 as of July 1, 2012. There are no items of comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of operations.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The adoption of this standard provides for the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired. If we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not necessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2012-02 as of July 1, 2012.
 
3.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The terms of our credit facility require, among other things, compliance with certain financial ratios, including a current ratio, debt to tangible net worth ratio, and debt service coverage ratio, on a quarterly basis.  As described more fully in Note 16, we were not in compliance with the current ratio as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2012, and the current ratio and debt to tangible net worth ratio under the credit facility as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2012.  Our lender has issued a waiver related to the covenant violations; however, we also anticipate that we will not be in compliance with these covenants as of and for the nine months ending March 31, 2013.  Cash generated from operations is not expected to be sufficient to cure the expected covenant violation and; therefore, additional funding will be required.  A breach of any of the terms and conditions of the amended credit facility agreement could result in acceleration of our indebtedness, in which case the debt would become immediately due and payable.  We are anticipating raising additional capital through an initial public offering, which is expected to generate additional cash and cure the expected March 31, 2013 covenant violation prior to the debt being callable by the lender.  Alternatively, members will directly or indirectly contribute additional capital to us prior to the lender issuing a notice of default. 
 
4.
Accounts Receivable Pledged Under Factoring Agreement

In November 2011, January 2012 and April 2012, we entered into three agreements with a factor borrowing a total of $2,579,400 in order to finance three transactions with a vendor. We agreed to assign and sell receivables related to these transactions to the factor at a rate of 100% of each receivable plus 1.25% per month of the unpaid principal amount of the loan. We were fully and unconditionally liable for the principal and interest on the loan; therefore, we accounted for the transfer of receivables as a secured financing. Interest expense includes finance costs associated with factoring activities. The April 2012 agreement for the amount due of $869,400 as of June 30, 2012 was paid subsequent to year end. Interest of $0, $74,737, and $14,291 was paid under these agreements for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and six months ended December 31, 2012.
 
Continued

 
F-14

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
5.
Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Bulk wine
  $ 1,816,528     $ 3,180,865     $ 4,437,741  
Bottled wine
    1,585,371       3,342,650       5,715,399  
Merchandise and other
    165,241       244,189       103,248  
Capitalized cultural costs
    -       84,687       19,479  
                         
    $ 3,567,140     $ 6,852,391     $ 10,275,867  
 
            
6.
Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Land and land improvements
  $ 2,742,482     $ 2,804,198     $ 2,804,198  
Building and improvements
    1,675,713       1,635,601       1,691,265  
Machinery and equipment
    320,377       474,832       960,602  
Vineyard development
    337,798       352,794       353,374  
Vineyard equipment
    329,525       329,525       329,525  
Furniture and fixtures
    116,125       131,054       149,674  
Leasehold improvements
    4,129       65,208       67,085  
Vehicles
    49,450       49,450       69,450  
                         
      5,575,599       5,842,662       6,425,173  
Less accumulated depreciation
                       
and amortization
    (519,816 )     (759,553 )     (915,669 )
                         
    $ 5,055,783     $ 5,083,109     $ 5,509,504  
 
Total depreciation and amortization for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were $203,565, $239,737, $141,797, and $156,116, respectively, of which $122,309, $148,715, $92,590, and $115,334 was capitalized to inventories in each of the respective periods.
 
Continued

 
F-15

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
7.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net

Goodwill resulted from the purchase of a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, LLC in August 2012 (see Note 16), and represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

Intangible assets consist of the following:
        
    June 30,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Finite lives:
                 
Customer lists
  $ -     $ -     $ 213,000  
Trademarks
                    169,000  
Proprietary technology
    -       -       95,000  
Non-compete agreement
    -       -       38,000  
Patent
    -       -       19,195  
                         
      -       -       534,195  
Less accumulated amortization
    -       -       (39,167 )
                         
      -       -       495,028  
Indefinite lives:
                       
Trademarks
    212,000       235,313       250,611  
                         
    $ 212,000     $ 235,313     $ 745,639  
 
Amortization expense of intangible assets and other assets (see Note 8) was $4,836 and $17,470, for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and $7,446 and $35,477 for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Expected future amortization expense as of June 30, 2012 is as follows:

Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 31,206  
2014
    16,040  
2015
    16,040  
2016
    14,762  
2017
    5,344  
Thereafter
    48,727  
         
    $ 132,119  
 
Continued

 
F-16

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
8.
Other Assets, net

Other assets consist of the following:

    June 30,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Label design costs
  $ 2,911     $ 80,908     $ 67,375  
Loan fees
    28,000       28,000       17,807  
Lease costs - related party
    22,750       22,750       22,750  
Website design costs
    -       30,000       30,000  
Other
    4,500       10,172       14,035  
                         
      58,161       171,830       151,967  
Less accumulated amortization
    (12,069 )     (29,539 )     (25,849 )
                         
    $ 46,092     $ 142,291     $ 126,118  

9.
Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

We had a $2,000,000 line of credit with a bank. Interest was payable monthly at the bank’s stated lending rate plus 1.5%. The interest rate in effect at June 30, 2012 was 6.5%. The line of credit matured on June 30, 2012 and was collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The amount outstanding on the line of credit at June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $1,998,954 and $1,763,954, respectively. The terms of the agreement required compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. At June 30, 2012, we were not in compliance with the covenant to maintain a minimum net income of $160,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The bank extended the maturity date in order to allow us to finalize a new financing facility with a different bank. In connection with that subsequent financing (see Note 16), we paid the line of credit in full.
 
Continued

 
F-17

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                 
property, payable monthly in principal and interest payments
                 
of $19,765 through December 31, 2012 at a 7% fixed rate of
                 
interest; variable interest rate thereafter at prime plus 3.25%;
                 
maturing December 2017 (see Note 16).
  $ 2,735,074     $ 2,687,856     $ -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property; payable monthly in principal and interest payments of
                       
$5,000; matures June 2012; variable interest rate of prime plus
                       
1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2011 and 2012; bank
                       
extended maturity date until financing secured with new bank
                       
(see Note 16).
    695,000       600,000       -  
                         
Auto loan; collateralized by vehicle; payable monthly in principal
                       
payments of $741; matures May 2013; interest free (0% at
                       
June 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012).
    17,039       8,149       4,445  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal payments
                       
of $1,944 plus interest; matures December 2013; variable interest
                       
rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30,
                       
2011 and 2012 (see Note 16).
    60,505       40,576       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal payments
                       
of $1,662 plus interest; matures February 2013; variable interest
                       
rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30,
                       
2011 and 2012 (see Note 16).
    30,816       12,326       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal of $2,430
                       
plus interest, and one final principal payment of $2,375 plus
                       
interest in December 2011; variable interest rate of prime plus
                       
.875% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2011.
    14,525       -       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property; payable in four principal and interest payments of
                       
$2,777 and one final principal and interest payment of $89,390;
                       
matures June 2012; variable interest rate of prime plus 1% with
                       
a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2012; bank extended maturity
                       
date until financing secured with new bank (see Note 16).
    -       80,561       -  
 
Continued

 
F-18

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
         
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Long-Term Debt , continued
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                 
property payable monthly in principal payments of $11,270
                 
plus interest; matures May 31, 2022; variable interest of 2.25%
                 
above LIBOR; 2.46% at December 31, 2012.
    -       -       3,324,650  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by equipment payable
                       
monthly with principal and interest payments of $4,226; matures
                       
November 1, 2015; at 3.75% interest (see Note 16).
    -       -       139,907  
                         
Note payable to an individual; unsecured; matures March 1, 2013;
                       
interest at .43%.
    -       -       49,959  
                         
      3,552,959       3,429,468       3,518,961  
Less current maturities
    (804,052 )     (792,248 )     (235,901 )
                         
    $ 2,748,907     $ 2,637,220     $ 3,283,060  
 
Future payments for the long-term debt as of June 30, 2012 are as follows:
 
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 792,248  
2014
    54,296  
2015
    58,221  
2016
    62,430  
2017
    66,943  
Thereafter
    2,395,330  
         
    $ 3,429,468  

Related Party Transactions

In February 2011, a new member contributed cash and assets valued at $2,800,000 for a 27.23% Class A membership including a due from member of $773,085 (see Note 12).

On February 8, 2011, we entered into an agreement with this member to lease a tasting room and winery. The lease is for five years, commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, and contains one option to extend for an additional period of five years. We have the right of first refusal in the event the related party desires to sell the leased property. Annual rent for the tasting room is $90,000, due monthly. Rent for the winery is $5,000 per month from March 1, 2011 to August 31, 2011, and beginning on September 1, 2011, annual rent for the winery is $171,000, due monthly. The winery rent is subject to adjustment based on the actual number of cases produced each year; however, future payments are based on a minimum number of cases, as specified in the agreement. Beginning on September 1, 2012 and annually thereafter, tasting room and winery rent is increased by 3%. Lease expense is accounted for on a straight-line basis.
 
Continued

 
F-19

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Related Party Transactions , continued

For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, $42,500, $242,500, $130,000, and $35,527, respectively, of lease payments were applied to reduce the due from member. The entire due from member has been settled as of December 31, 2012. Lease costs to a related party of $22,750 were capitalized and are being amortized over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $79,736, $262,836, $112,000, and $131,235, respectively.

Future minimum payments under the lease agreement are as follows:
 
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 267,525  
2014
    275,551  
2015
    283,817  
2016
    194,413  
         
    $ 1,021,306  
 

Notes to related parties consisted of the following:

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
   
 
   
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a member for the repurchase of a certain
                 
percentage of their ownership interest in the LLC; pursuant to
                 
exercise of put right; unsecured; payable monthly in principal
                 
and interest payments of $6,245; matures in May 2015, at which
                 
time a lump sum payment for any remaining principal and
                 
interest is due; fixed interest rate of 4.5% at June 30, 2012
                 
and December 31, 2012 (see Note 12).
  $ -     $ 204,540     $ 171,352  
                         
Note payable to members; unsecured; payable in one lump sum
                       
payment of interest and principal of $351,959; matures June 2012;
                       
variable interest rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%, 6.5%
                       
at June 30, 2011 and 2012; member extended maturity date until
                       
financing finalized with new bank (see Note 16).
    350,000       350,000       -  
                         
Note payable to reimburse a member for right to market expense;
                       
unsecured; payable monthly in principal and interest payments of
                       
$12,556; matures November 2012; fixed interest rate of .43% at
                       
June 30, 2011 and 2012.
    200,368       50,261       -  
                         
      550,368       604,801       171,352  
Less current maturities
    (500,107 )     (467,392 )     (68,656 )
                         
    $ 50,261     $ 137,409     $ 102,696  
 
Continued

 
F-20

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
                
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Related Party Transactions , continued

Future payments for the related party notes as of June 30, 2012 are as follows:
 
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 467,392  
2014
    70,215  
2015
    67,194  
         
    $ 604,801  

We had interest payments to members for amounts that were borrowed in connection with the original funding, as well as the related party notes described above of $21,341, $70,626, $364, and $10,388 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In December 2010, $2,696,151 (the remaining amounts borrowed from members for the original funding) was converted to members’ equity. As of June 30, 2011, $86,288 of interest is recorded in due to related parties and was fully paid in the year ended June 30, 2012. There was no interest due to related parties at June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2012.

During the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, we paid members $384,893, $327,766, $102,894, and $267,813, respectively, for services rendered related to management duties.

We enter into short and long-term contracts to supply a portion of our future grapes, bulk wine and finished goods inventory requirements with third parties and related party growers. Future minimum inventory commitments at June 30, 2012 are as follows:
 
   
Third
   
Related
       
   
Parties
   
Parties
   
Total
 
                   
Years ending June 30:
                 
2013
  $ 4,399,815     $ 1,347,365     $ 5,747,180  
2014
    4,845,707       1,086,015       5,931,722  
2015
    4,571,522       1,086,015       5,657,537  
2016
    2,726,322       230,400       2,956,722  
2017
    357,072       6,000       363,072  
                         
    $ 16,900,438     $ 3,755,795     $ 20,656,233  
 
Grape, bulk wine, and finished goods inventory purchases under the agreements with related parties totaled $314,336, $797,733, $494,902, and $1,369,310 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Amounts due to members for grapes purchased totaling $19,689, $77,194, and $905,646 are included in due to related parties as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
 
Continued

 
F-21

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Litigation

We may be subject to various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time. However, we are not aware of any current pending legal matters or claims, individually or in the aggregate, that are expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Guarantees

From time to time we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the our use of the applicable premises, (ii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under which we may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship, (iii) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that our product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right, and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which we may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from our acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not been required to make payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets.


10.
Warrant Obligation

In May 2012, in connection with a member contribution, we issued a common stock warrant for 20% of the members’ equity interest ($500,000). The warrant will become exercisable at a calculated exercise price based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis once we establish a “C” corporation and complete an Initial Public Offering (IPO) (see Note 16). We have determined that the warrant qualifies for liability accounting. Upon issuance of this warrant we recorded a fair value of $196,000 utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following inputs; volatility 65%, risk free interest rate 4%, exercise price $0.20, fair value $0.1998, dividend yield of 0, and a term of 3 years. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, the adjusted fair value of the warrant obligation of $206,000 and $210,000, respectively, is recorded in current liabilities. The adjustment to fair value of $10,000 and $4,000 for the year ended June 30, 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, is a component of other expense for each of these periods. The warrant expires in May 2015 and if we do not establish a “C” corporation and complete an IPO prior to the expiration date, the holder will have an additional 90 days to exercise for additional Class A membership.  The warrant was amended and restated and exercised in March 2013 for a 3% member interest in the Company (see Note 16).
 
Continued

 
F-22

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
11.
First Right of Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell

In connection with a First Right of Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell agreement executed in June 2008 (Buy-Sell) we established certain triggering events whereby we and certain members would have the option to purchase the affected members interest upon the occurrence of certain defined events. In addition, the Buy-Sell granted to certain members a put right, whereby commencing on the 5th anniversary of the agreement (June 2013), any affected member would be able to redeem their membership interest by putting it back to us for a purchase price of fair market value.

We have determined that all of the contributed capital that was received from affected members while the Buy-Sell was in effect should be considered temporary equity and is classified as redeemable contributed capital on the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2011 and 2012. The Buy-Sell was terminated in December 2012 (see Note 16).

The put right is   considered a liability . Management has determined that the put right has negligible inherent value and therefore has recorded no liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2011. The put right was amended in May 2012 to grant a member the right to immediately exercise his put right (representing 3% of the total Company as of this date) and to eliminate the put right for all other members prior to it becoming exercisable. Concurrent with this amendment, the member immediately exercised his put right (representing 3% of the total Company as of this date) and received $150,000 of cash and a note for $210,000 (see Note 9).


12.
Members’ Equity (Deficit)

We are governed by our Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated January 1, 2010. Class A members have contributed to the capital and are generally not required to make additional capital contributions. Class B members are allocated profits interests. Each member’s capital account is increased by the respective member’s share of profits and decreased by the respective member’s share of losses. In addition, the liability of the members is limited to the members’ total contributions.

In February 2011, a new member agreed to contribute $2,800,000 for a 27.23% Class A membership interest to be funded as follows: cash totaling $700,000; inventories valued at $1,114,915; trademarks valued at $212,000 and due from member of $773,085. During the year ended June 30, 2011, the due from member amount was reduced by the exchange of inventory of $87,192 and exchange for rent owed of $42,500. During the year ended June 30, 2012, the due from member amount was reduced by the exchange of inventory of $357,266, exchange for rent owed of $242,500 and exchange for accounts receivable of $8,100. As of June 30, 2011 and 2012, $643,393 and $35,527, respectively, of this member contribution remained due. The due from member amount is reflected as a reduction of members’ equity, and was settled at December 31, 2012 by exchange of rent owed of $35,527.

As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2012, certain members transferred a percentage of their ownership interests to new and existing members. No member was transferred more than a 5% membership interest. As of June 30, 2011, the transactions diluted existing members’ interests disproportionately.

In May 2012, a new member contributed $2,500,000 for a 13.51% Class A membership interest that was funded entirely with cash. In connection with this contribution the new member received a common stock warrant (see Note 10).
 
Continued

 
F-23

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Accounting standards for fair value measurements establish a framework for measuring fair value. This applies to all financial instruments that are measured and reported on a fair value basis. As defined in the accounting standards, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair values of all reported assets and liabilities that represent financial instruments, we use the carrying market value of such amounts. The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 –Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2 –Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 –Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, amount due factor, and long-term debt approximate fair values.

As of June 30, 2012 our only financial instrument that was measured using the valuation model of the three tiered hierarchy was a warrant that we issued in connection with a member contribution in May 2012 (see Note 10). The warrant obligation has been categorized as Level 3 and we have utilized a Black-Scholes valuation model to determine fair value.
 
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our warrant obligation using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended June 30, 2012:

   
Fair Value
 
       
Balance as of July 1, 2011
  $ -  
Fair value of warrant obligation at acquisition date
    196,000  
Adjustment to fair value
    10,000  
         
Balance as of June 30, 2012
  $ 206,000  
 
Continued

 
F-24

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments , continued

In October 2012, we executed an interest rate swap obligation (see Note 16) that was measured using observable inputs such as the LIBOR and Ten-year Treasury interest rates, and has therefore been categorized as Level 2.

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our warrant obligation using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the six months ended December 31, 2012 (unaudited):
 
   
Fair Value
 
       
Balance as of June 30, 2012
  $ 206,000  
Adjustment to fair value
    4,000  
         
Balance as of December 31, 2012
  $ 210,000  
    
Effect of Stock Price and Volatility Assumptions on the Calculation of Fair Value of Warrant Obligation

As discussed above, we use the Black-Scholes option pricing model as our method of valuation for our warrants obligation that is subject to liability accounting (see Note 10). The determination of the fair value as of the reporting date is affected by H.D.D.’s stock price (assuming a conversion to a “C” Corporation – see Note 16) as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected stock price volatility over the term of the security and risk-free interest rate. In addition, the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of an expected life for the securities for which we have estimated based upon the stage of our development. The fair value of the warrant obligation is revalued each balance sheet date utilizing Black-Scholes valuation model computations with the decrease or increase in fair value being reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other income or expense. The primary factors affecting the fair value of the warrant obligation are our stock price and volatility. In addition, the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, and other reasonable assumptions could provide differing results.

The following illustrates the effect that reasonably likely changes in our stock price would have on the estimated fair value of the warrant obligation that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012.
 
         
Weighted average
variables used in
       
   
-10% change in
   
valuation as of
   
+10% change in
 
Common Stock Warrant
 
stock price
   
December 31, 2012
   
stock price
 
                   
Effect of a 10% change in stock price
 
 
             
Condition changed
 
 
             
Stock price
  $ 0.206     $ 0.229     $ 0.252  
Assumptions and conditions held constant
                       
Exercise price
  $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
Exercise life in years
    2.34       2.34       2.34  
Expected dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  
Risk free rate
    0.31%       0.31%       0.31%  
Expected stock volatility
    60.00%       60.00%       60.00%  
Estimated fair value of warrant obligation
  $ 172,000     $ 210,000     $ 249,000  
 
Continued

 
F-25

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments , continued


Effect of Stock Price and Volatility Assumptions on the Calculation of Fair Value of Warrant Obligation , continued

Our reported net loss is $263,894 for the six months ended December 31, 2012.   If our December 31, 2012 closing stock price had been 10% lower, our net loss would have been approximately $38,000 lower. If our December 31, 2012 closing stock price had been 10% higher, our net loss would have been approximately $39,000 higher.

The following illustrates the effect of changing the volatility assumptions on the estimated fair value of the warrant obligation that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012:

         
Weighted average
variables used in
       
   
-10% change in
   
valuation as of
   
+10% change in
 
Common Stock Warrant
 
volatility
   
December 31, 2012
   
volatility
 
                   
Effect of a 10% change in volatility
 
 
             
Condition changed
    50%       60%       70%  
Expected stock volatility
                       
Assumptions and conditions held constant
                       
Stock Price
  $ 0.23     $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
Exercise price
  $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
Exercise life in years
    2.34       2.34       2.34  
Expected dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  
Risk free rate
    0.31%       0.31%       0.31%  
Estimated fair value of warrant obligation
  $ 183,000     $ 210,000     $ 236,000  
 
Our reported net loss is $263,894 for the six months ended December 31, 2012. If our December 31, 2012 volatility assumption had been 10% lower, our net loss would have been approximately $27,000 lower. If our December 31, 2012 volatility assumption had been 10% higher, our net loss would have been approximately $26,000 higher.


14.
Taxes

We do not have any deferred income tax assets or liabilities as of any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. We are subject to an $800 California franchise tax each year for each entity. Federal and California taxes on income are determined by the individual circumstances of each member based on the individual income tax returns of the members. Consequently, our net income (loss) is presented without a provision for taxes.
 
Continued

 
F-26

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
15.
Segment and Other Information

We operate in one segment for the manufacture and sale of wine. In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting , our chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating our resources and assessing our performance. Since we operate in one segment, all financial segment and product line information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

The following table outlines our sales, cost of sales and gross profit for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, by distribution channel:

    Year ended June 30,  
   
2011
 
                   
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
       
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 4,050,246     $ 1,351,799     $ 5,402,045  
Cost of sales
    3,355,829       545,113       3,900,942  
                         
Gross profit
  $ 694,417     $ 806,686     $ 1,501,103  
 
    Year ended June 30,  
   
2012
 
                   
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
       
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 10,613,505     $ 2,079,890     $ 12,693,395  
Cost of sales
    8,810,129       807,936       9,618,065  
                         
Gross profit
  $ 1,803,376     $ 1,271,954     $ 3,075,330  
        
Continued

 
F-27

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
15.
Segment and Other Information , continued

The following table outlines our sales, cost of sales and gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, by distribution channel:
 
    Six Months Ended December 31,        
         
2011
             
         
Unaudited
             
                         
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
             
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
       
                         
Net sales
  $ 7,411,210     $ 966,899     $ 8,378,109          
Cost of sales
    6,245,243       328,320       6,573,563          
                                 
Gross profit
  $ 1,165,967     $ 638,579     $ 1,804,546          
                                 
    Six Months Ended December 31,          
              2012                  
           
Unaudited
                 
                                 
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
   
The Wine
         
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Spies, LLC
   
Total
 
                                 
Net sales
  $ 6,476,245     $ 1,503,449     $ 590,622     $ 8,570,316  
Cost of sales
    4,823,616       651,751       375,096       5,850,463  
                                 
Gross profit
  $ 1,652,629     $ 851,698     $ 215,526     $ 2,719,853  
 
 
16.
Subsequent Events

We have evaluated all events occurring from June 30, 2012 through the date which these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

New Bank Credit Facility

On July 16, 2012, we executed credit facilities with a new bank totaling $12,981,684 to provide funds for working capital needs, to refinance existing debt, and to purchase new equipment. The credit facilities are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, require compliance with certain financial covenants and are guaranteed by certain equity members. The facilities include a line of credit for $9,000,000 that was funded in July 2012, that carries an interest rate of 1.75% above LIBOR and is due on or before May 31, 2014; $143,684 to fund previously purchased capital equipment that was funded in August 2012 at a fixed interest rate of 3.75% and due; an incremental $357,000 capital equipment line to purchase new equipment that was funded in January 2013 at a fixed rate of interest of 3.75% and is due on January 15, 2018; a $100,000 foreign exchange facility that has not yet been funded, that carries a 10% credit percentage and allows us to enter into any spot or forward transaction to purchase from or sell to the bank a foreign currency and is due on or before May 31, 2014; and a real estate loan for $3,381,000 that was funded in August 2012, that carries an interest rate of 2.25% above LIBOR. These funds were used to settle $5,535,273 of amounts due in the June 30, 2012 consolidated financial statements as described above.
 
Continued

 
F-28

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
16.
Subsequent Events , continued

New Bank Credit Facility , continued

In October 2012, we executed an interest rate swap with a bank at a 4% fixed interest rate in connection with the real estate term loan maturing May 31, 2022. The outstanding balance at the date of the transaction totaled $3,347,190. This derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument and has been recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in the fair value of this instrument have been recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in other income (expense).

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, we were not in compliance with certain financial covenants included in our credit facility. In March 2013, the bank issued us a waiver for the financial covenants that were not met as of that date. As a condition of the waiver, the warrant (see Note 10) was exercised for a 3% membership interest in H.D.D. LLC. Additionally, $650,000 in related party obligations was subordinated and $350,000 of newly issued, convertible, subordinated debt was received from four of our members. The debt bears interest at 10% per annum, with interest and principal due the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the effective date of the anticipated IPO (see Note 16). Should the IPO not take place prior to March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interest’s computed by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.

Acquisition

In August 2012, we entered into a membership purchase interest agreement with an individual to purchase a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, LLC, to further develop our presence in on-line wine sales. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination and we have recorded the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair values assigned to the identifiable intangible assets acquired (see Note 7) were based on estimates and assumptions determined by management and totaled $515,000. The intangibles are being amortized over their estimated lives ranging from four to ten years. We recorded the excess of consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values as goodwill in the amount of $134,327. We hold three of the four management control positions and therefore have consolidated the business as of the acquisition date. Noncontrolling interest is appropriately shown in the consolidated financial statements. The purchase consideration was $325,000; consisting of $275,000 cash and a $50,000 note that is payable on March 1, 2013 and carries no interest. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 include the operating results of The Wine Spies, LLC from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations for The Wine Spies, LLC acquisition have not been presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to our financial results.

Amended Operating Agreement

On December 31, 2012, we terminated the Buy-Sell agreement provision in our operating agreement. Items presented as redeemable contributed capital have been reflected in members’ equity as of December 31, 2012.
 
Continued

 
F-29

 

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
   
   
16.
Subsequent Events , continued

Initial Public Offering (IPO)

On December 10, 2012, we initiated the formation of a C Corporation, Truett-Hurst, Inc. (“Truett-Hurst” or “the Corporation”) in anticipation of an IPO for the newly formed Corporation. Truett-Hurst is a shell corporation that has not yet been funded. At inception, three of our Members who owned approximately 55% of H.D.D. LLC comprised the Board of Directors for the newly formed Corporation; therefore, we have determined that common control exists and the Corporation has been combined with our results of operations from the day of creation, December 10, 2012. There was no activity in the C Corporation from the creation on December 10, 2012 through December 31, 2012 except for the granting of a restricted stock grant to our Chief Financial Officer as described below. Upon completion of the IPO, it is anticipated that the Corporation will own 33.3% of H.D.D. LLC. The Corporation has two classes of common stock; Class A shares will be owned by the public and Class B shares owned by our Members. Upon completion of the IPO, we anticipate that Truett-Hurst will have control over H.D.D. LLC and Class B shares will have voting control over Truett-Hurst. As such, it is expected that the Corporation will include H.D.D. LLC in their consolidated financial statements after the IPO. Our Members, at their discretion, will have the right to convert their applicable percentage interest of member unit holding’s into fully paid and non-assessable Class A common shares in the Corporation. Upon conversion, Class B common shares will be tendered to the Corporation at no cost in the same percentage interest to the unit holder’s interest. Our Members have no preemptive or redemption rights.

On December 28, 2012, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to our Chief Financial Officer representing an equivalent 1% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $103,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.

On February 4, 2013, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to our nonemployee Creative Director representing an equivalent 5% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $515,000. This equity compensation will be revalued quarterly and expensed in our combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.

Supplier Agreement

On February 26, 2013, we executed a supply of goods agreement with a supplier.  The terms of the agreement is seven years and the minimum purchase commitment for the first two years is $750,000 for each year.  Minimum purchase amounts for years three through seven are to be agreed upon six months before the commencement of each of those years, respectively.  Under the terms of this arrangement, we have exclusive rights to certain geographic regions, as long as minimum purchase levels are maintained.  Additionally, the agreement commits us to an annual marketing spend of the lesser of 5% of our net sales of wine supplied in the products, or $1,000,000.

Warrant Exercise

In March 2013, in connection with satisfaction of a waiver related to our financial covenants for our credit facility, we amended and restated a member warrant (see Note 10) to allow for the immediate exercise of the warrant for a 3% member interest.   As of December 31, 2012 the warrant was carried as a current liability of $210,000.  The member paid $500,000 of cash to exercise the warrant in full.
 
 
F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,902,557 Shares
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Class A Common Stock

 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until       , 2013 (25 days after the date of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
Following the initial distribution of Class A Common shares, WR Hambrecht + Co may buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock in secondary market transactions as part of their business as a broker-dealer. Resales of this kind may occur in the open market or may be privately negotiated, at prevailing market prices at the time of resale or at related or negotiated prices. This prospectus may be used by WR Hambrecht + Co in connection with these market-making transactions to the extent permitted by applicable law. WR Hambrecht + Co may act as principal or agent in these transactions.
 
 
 

 
 
Part II – Information Not Required in Prospectus
 
Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution .
 
The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting commissions, incurred or to be incurred by us in connection with the sale of securities. All of the amounts shown are estimated, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fees and the FINRA registration fee.
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 5,939  
FINRA filing fee
    6,531  
Nasdaq listing fees
    50,000  
Printer fees and expenses
    55,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    450,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    140,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    9,500  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    50,000  
         
Total
  $ 766,970  
 
Item 14.  Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors and officers from certain expenses in connection with legal proceedings and permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by this section.
 
The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provide for, the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
The Registrant’s bylaws provide for, the indemnification of officers, directors and certain third parties acting on the Registrant’s behalf to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
The Registrant entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in its charter documents, and the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
 
The Registrant intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.
 
Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
Initial capital contributions in the LLC were made by: The Hurst Family Revocable Trust Dated August 1, 2004 (the “Hurst Trust”) of approximately $1,637,000; The Dolan 2003 Family Trust Dated June 5, 2003 (the “Dolan 2003 Trust”) of approximately $818,000; The Dolan 2005 Family Trust Dated August 24, 2005 (the “Dolan 2005 Trust”) of approximately $818,000; and Mark De Meulenaere of approximately $172,000.  Upon the granting of the Class B Profits Interest (as defined below), the membership interests of the Hurst Trust, the Dolan 2003 Trust, the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Mr. De Meulenaere were classified as Class A Membership Interests.
 
In 2010, Virginia Lambrix was granted a 5% profits interest (the “Class B Profits Interest”) as a Class B member of the LLC.
 
 
II.1

 
 
In 2011, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Hambrecht Wine Group”) purchased a 27.23% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $2,800,000.  Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2011 by and between the LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group, Hambrecht Wine Group's payment of such purchase price included transfer to the LLC of certain bulk wine and case goods and assignment to the LLC of the Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain trademarks.  Hambrecht Wine Group subsequently sold a 1.95% Class A Membership Interest to Forrester R. Hambrecht in May, 2011.
 
On February 8, 2011, Barrie Graham was assigned Class A Membership Interests in the following amounts: 0.75% by the Dolan 2003 Trust; 0.75% by the Dolan 2005 Trust; 2% by Hambrecht Wine Group; 1.5% by the Hurst Trust.  Anna Schweizer was also assigned a 1% Class A Membership Interest by Hambrecht Wine Group.
 
In 2012, Mr. De Meulenaere exercised his Put Right as defined in that certain Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement dated as of June 4, 2008, as amended on January 26, 2010 and last amended on May 3, 2012, for a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC (the “Put Interest”).  The repurchase price for the Put Interest was $360,000.  The LLC delivered $150,000 in cash, and $210,000 in a secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere, bearing interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.
 
Also in 2012, The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust Dated April 5, 1996 (the “Carroll- Obremskey Trust”) purchased a 13.51% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for a purchase price of $2,500,000. Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2012 by and between the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and the LLC, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust upon the conversion of the LLC from a partnership to a corporation. Subsequently, we decided not to convert the LLC to a corporation.  On March 1, 2013, we and the Carroll-Obremskey Trust agreed to amend the warrant to provide the Carroll-Obremskey Trust with the right to purchase a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for $500,000.  The warrant was exercised on March 1, 2013. The Carroll-Obremskey Trust, pursuant to an agreement dated March 26, 2013, has the right to elect one director of Truett-Hurst, Inc.  This right will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
    
The foregoing transactions were all completed as private placements i n reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) .
 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .
 
(a) Exhibits
 
1.1
Form of Placement Agency Agreement
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc.*
3.2
Bylaws of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
3.3
Articles of Organization of H.D.D. LLC+
3.4
Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of H.D.D. LLC
4.1
Form of Class A common stock certificate*
5.1
Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP*
10.1
Wine Supply Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Robert Hall Winery, dated March 10, 2012+
10.2
Member Interest Purchase Agreement by and between Brandon Stauber and H.D.D. LLC, dated August 1, 2012
10.3
Loan and Security Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012+
10.4
Security Agreement (Trademark) by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012+
10.5
Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases, Rents, and Profits, and Fixture Filing by and between H.D.D. LLC and First Santa Clara Corporation for the use and benefit of Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012
 
 
II.2

 
 
10.6
Line of Credit Note, in the principal amount of $9,000,000, dated July 16, 2012+
10.7
Term Note, in the principal amount of $3,381,000, dated July 16, 2012+
10.8
Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note, in the principal amount of $300,000, dated July 16, 2012+
10.9
Modification Agreement, by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated October 3, 2012+
10.10
Foreign Exchange Note, in the principal amount of $100,000, dated July 16, 2012+
10.11
Master Equipment Financing Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated October 2, 2012
10.12
Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and West Coast Paper Company, dated August 24, 2012
10.13
Lease by and between H.D.D. LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group L.P., dated February 8, 2011
10.14
2012 Stock Incentive Plan+
10.15
Form of Exchange Agreement
10.16
Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.17
Form of Registration Rights Agreement*
10.18
Supply of Goods Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and GreenBottle Limited, dated February 26, 2013+
10.19
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, in the principal amount of $150,000, dated March 1, 2013+
10.20
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Hurst Trust, in the principal amount of $150,000, dated March 1, 2013+
10.21
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Dolan 2003 Trust, in the principal amount of $25,000, dated March 1, 2013+
10.22
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Dolan 2005 Trust, in the principal amount of $25,000, dated March 1, 2013+
10.23 
Agreement, by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc. and the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, dated March 26, 2013
14
Code of Ethics*
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1
Consent of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Truett-Hurst, Inc.
23.2 
Consent of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for H.D.D. LLC
23.3
Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP**
24 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)+

__________________________
*To be filed by amendment
**Contained in Exhibit 5.1
+ Previously filed with Form S-1 filed March 11, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
 
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 17.  Undertakings .
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
 
II.3

 
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
 
 
 
 
II.4

 
 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Healdsburg, State of California, on the 27 th day of March, 2013.
     
     TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
 
 
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
 
   
Phillip L. Hurst
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
 
March 27, 2013
Phillip L. Hurst   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ James D. Bielenberg
  Chief Financial Officer  
March 27, 2013
James D. Bielenberg   (Principal Financial Officer and    
 
 
 
Principal Accounting Officer)
   
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
Paul E. Dolan, III        
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
Barrie Graham        
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
William R. Hambrecht        
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
Daniel A. Carroll        
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
Heath E. Dolan        
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
John D. Fruth
       
         
*
 
Director
 
March 27, 2013
James F. Verhey
       
 
*By:  
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
   
 
  Phillip L. Hurst      
  Attorney-in-Fact       
 

Exhibit 1.1
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
[2,902,557] Shares of Class A Common Stock
$0.001 par value per share
 
PLACEMENT AGENCY AGREEMENT
 
April [•], 2013

W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC
as Representative of the several
Placement Agents named in Schedule 4 hereto
c/o W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC
Pier 1, Bay 3
San Francisco, California 94111
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell up to an aggregate of [2,250,000] shares (the “ Company Shares ”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), to investors (collectively, the “ Investors ”) in a public offering.  The stockholders of the Company named in Schedule 2 attached hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) propose, severally and not jointly and subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Investors an aggregate of [652,557] shares (the “ Selling Stockholder Shares ” and, together with the Company Shares, (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock.  The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein are several and not joint.  The Company desires to engage you as its placement agents (the “ Placement Agents ”) in connection with such issuance and sale.  The Shares are more fully described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined).

The Company hereby confirms as follows its agreements with the Placement Agents.
 
1.               Agreement to Act as Placement Agents .  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Placement Agents agree to act as the Company’s exclusive placement agents, on a best efforts basis only, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of the Shares to the Investors.  The  Company and the Selling Stockholders shall pay to the Placement Agents a fee equal to [7.0]% (the “ Placement Fee ”) of the gross offering proceeds received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares as set forth on the cover page of the Final Prospectus (as hereinafter defined).
 
 
 

 
 
2.               Delivery and Payment .  At __:00 a.m., New York City time, on _____________, 2013, or at such other time on such other date as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Placement Agents (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date ”), W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC (the “ Representative ”) will release the funds deposited with it by the Investors for collection by the Company and the Placement Agents, and the Company shall deliver the Shares to the Representative, for delivery to the Investors, which delivery may be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”).  The closing (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the office of the Representative.  All actions taken at the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously.
 
3.               Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders .
 
(i)            The Company represents and warrants and covenants to the Placement Agents that:
 
(a)            The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187164) (collectively, with the various parts of such registration statement, each as amended as of the Effective Date for such part, including any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus and all exhibits to such registration statement, the “ Initial Registration Statement ”), which has become effective, relating to the Shares, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and the rules and regulations (collectively referred to as the “ Rules and Regulations ”) of the Commission promulgated thereunder.  As used in this Agreement:
 
(1)            “ Applicable Time ” means _____ _.m. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement;
 
(2)            “ Effective Date ” means any date as of which the Initial Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, became, or is deemed to have become, effective under the Act in accordance with the Rules and Regulations;
 
(3)            “ Final Prospectus ” means the final prospectus relating to the public offering of the Shares as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act;
 
(4)            “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares listed on Schedule 1 hereto;+
 
(5)            “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Shares included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act; and
 
(6)            “ Disclosure Package ” means, as of the Applicable Time, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, together with each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus filed or used by the Company on or before the Applicable Time and the pricing information included in Schedule 5 hereto.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            The Registration Statement has heretofore become effective under the Act or, with respect to any registration statement to be filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act (the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), will be filed with the Commission and become effective under the Act no later than __:00 _.m., New York City time, on the date of determination of the public offering price for the Shares; no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of any Final Prospectus, or the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued, and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s, knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission (the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of Final Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Registration Statement ”).  The Company has publicly filed on EDGAR at least 21 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) any confidentially submitted registration statements relating to the offering of the Shares.
 
(c)            From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement with the Commission through the Applicable Time, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).
 
(d)            The Company (i) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than its officers and the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 6 hereto and has provided to the Representative a full and complete list recipients of all such Written Testing-the-Waters Communications distributed by the Company. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Act, and when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package and the information on Schedule 5 , as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.  “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.
 
 
3

 
 
(e)            The Registration Statement, at the Effective Date, as of the date hereof, and as of the Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus conformed, and the Final Prospectus will conform in all material respects, when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act and on the Closing Date, to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.
 
(f)             The Registration Statement did not as of the Effective Date, and as of the date hereof does not, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
 
(g)            The Final Prospectus will not, as of its date and on the Closing Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to those statements contained in the Final Prospectus described in Section 8(iii) as being provided by the Placement Agents.
 
(h)            The Disclosure Package did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided , however , that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in the Disclosure Package described as being provided by the Placement Agents in Section 8(iii).
 
(i)             Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (including, without limitation, any road show that is a free writing prospectus under Rule 433 under the Act), as of the Applicable Time, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company make no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (A) in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning a Placement Agent and furnished in writing by such Placement Agent to the Company expressly for use in the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, it being understood that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Placement Agent consists of the information described as such in Section 8(iii), or (B) that was not made explicitly by the Company, its Subsidiary (as defined below) or a director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiary.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(f)  under the Act, the representations contained in Sections 3(i)(i) and 3(i)(k) hereof shall not apply to statements contained in an article or other written communication published or distributed by media and reproduced in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, except to the extent such statements are directly attributable to a director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiary and to the extent such statements are not otherwise clarified or corrected in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
 
 
4

 
 
(j)             Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations on the date of first use, and the Company has complied with any filing requirements applicable to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus required by the Rules and Regulations.  The Company has not made, and will not make, any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Placement Agents. The Company has retained in accordance with the Rules and Regulations all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses that were not required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Rules and Regulations.
 
(k)            There is no Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that includes any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, and any Preliminary Prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.  The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements (A) in the Registration Statement or any Preliminary Prospectus described in Section 8(iii) as being provided by the Placement Agents, or (B) in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that were not made explicitly by the Company, its Subsidiary or a director, officer or employee of the foregoing.
 
(l)             The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company has full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by it, to own and lease all the assets owned and leased by it and to conduct its business as presently conducted and as described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign organization in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted by it or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on or affecting the business, properties, consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiary taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).  Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto have been made available to the Placement Agents, and no changes therein will be made subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date.
 
 
5

 
 
(m)           Following the Closing, the Company will have no subsidiaries, nor will it own a controlling interest in any entity, other than H.D.D. LLC (the “ Subsidiary ”) and The Wine Spies, LLC.  The Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of California.  The Subsidiary is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Following the Closing, the equity interests of the Subsidiary to be issued to the Company pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Subsidiary, dated the date hereof (the “Operating Agreement”), will have been duly authorized and validly issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable and will be owned by the Company, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, claim, security interest, restriction on transfer, shareholders’ agreement, voting trust or other defect of title whatsoever.
 
(n)            The issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and as of the Effective Date are not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.  The Company has an authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Final Prospectus as of the dates referred to therein except to the extent that the Final Prospectus reflects the Company’s capitalization on a post-offering basis. The descriptions of the Shares and the Common Stock of the Company in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are complete and accurate in all material respects.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any securities or obligations convertible into, or exchangeable for, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any shares of capital stock or other securities.
 
(o)            The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Operating Agreement, (iii) the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company and each of the members of the Subsidiary (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) and (iv) the Exchange Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company and each of the members of the Subsidiary (the “Exchange Agreement, and together with this Agreement, the Operating and Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), and perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Each of the Transaction Agreements has been authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability.
 
(p)            The issuance and sale of the Company Shares have been duly authorized by the Company, and the Shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not be subject to preemptive or similar rights.  The Shares, when issued, will conform to the description thereof set forth in the Final Prospectus in all material respects.
 
 
6

 
 
(q)            The consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiary as of the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows at the dates and for the periods covered thereby in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein.  No other financial statements or schedules of the Company, its Subsidiary or any other entity are required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  The pro forma financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X, are based on reasonable assumptions and provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
 
(r)            Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. (the “ Auditors ”), who have reported on the consolidated financial statements and schedules described in Section 3(i)(q), are registered independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and by the rules of the Public Accounting Oversight Board.
 
(s)            The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act, and the Company has paid the registration fee for this offering as required under the Act or will pay such fees within the time period required by the Act.
 
(t)             The Company maintains an audit committee that meets the listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market for companies whose stock is listed on that exchange, the Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations that will be applicable to it on the Closing Date.
 
 
7

 
 
(u)            The Company is, and at the Closing Date will be, in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ SOX ”), that are applicable to it at such time.  The Company and its Subsidiary maintain a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act), and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (5) material information relating to the Company and its Subsidiary is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities and such Internal Controls are effective.  The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Shares will be overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.  Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there is no significant deficiency, material weakness, change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), or any violation of, or failure to comply with the Act, Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, or the provisions of SOX that are applicable to the Company, or any matter which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  A member of the Audit Committee has confirmed to the principal executive officer or principal financial officer that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the Audit Committee is not reviewing or investigating, and the Auditors have not recommended that the Audit Committee review or investigate, (A) adding to, deleting, changing the application of, any of the Company’s material accounting policies, (B) any matter which could result in a restatement of the Company’s financial statements for any annual or interim period during the current or prior three fiscal years, or (C) any Internal Control Event that is not disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
 
(v)            Since the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and prior to Closing, other than the re-organization of the Company and the Subsidiary into an “Up-C” structure or otherwise as described in the Final Prospectus (A) there has not been and will not have been any change in the capital stock of the Company or long-term debt of the Company or its Subsidiary or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock or equity interests, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiary, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Change ”) and (B) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has sustained or will sustain any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
 
 
8

 
 
(w)            Since the date as of which information is given in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has entered or will before the Closing enter into any transaction or agreement, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiary taken as a whole or incurred or will incur any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiary taken as a whole.
 
(x)             Each of Company and its Subsidiary has good, valid and marketable title to all items of real property and good and valid title to all personal property described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims except those that (1) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiary or (2) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Any real property described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus as being leased by the Company or its Subsidiary that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiary taken as a whole is held by them under valid, existing and enforceable leases, except those that (A) do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiary or (B) would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(y)            The Company is not, nor upon completion of the transactions contemplated herein will it be, an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).
 
(z)            There are no material legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings pending, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any material legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, to which the Company or its Subsidiary is a party or to which any property of the Company or its Subsidiary is the subject and to the Company’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others.
 
(aa)          Each of Company and its Subsidiary has, and at the Closing Date will have, (1) all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations necessary to carry on their respective business as presently conducted except where the failure to have such governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (2) complied with all laws, regulations and orders applicable to either it or its business, except where the failure to so comply would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (3) performed all its obligations required to be performed, and is not, and at the Closing Date will not be, in default, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument (collectively, a “ contract or other agreement ”) to which it is a party or by which its property is bound or affected, except where such default would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no other party under any material contract or other agreement to which it is a party is in default in any respect thereunder.  The Company and its Subsidiary are not in violation of any provision of their respective organizational or governing documents.
 
 
9

 
 
(bb)            Subject to notice of issuance by The Nasdaq Capital Market, all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection with this Agreement have been obtained.
 
(cc)            Neither the execution of the Transaction Agreements, nor the issuance, offering or sale of the Shares, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein or therein, nor the compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof will conflict with, or will result in a breach of, any of the terms and provisions of, or has constituted or will constitute a default under, or has resulted in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any contract or other agreement to which the Company or its Subsidiary may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary is subject; nor will such action result in any violation of (1) the provisions of the organizational or governing documents of the Company or its Subsidiary, or (2) any statute or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its Subsidiary or of any court or of any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other government body having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiary, except, other than with respect to clause (1) above, such conflicts, breaches, defaults, or violations as may have been waived or would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(dd)            There is no document or agreement of a character required to be described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as required.  All such agreements to which the Company or the Subsidiary is a party have been authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or the Subsidiary, constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company or the Subsidiary, and are enforceable against the Company or the Subsidiary in accordance with the terms thereof, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability.  None of these contracts have been suspended or terminated for convenience or default by the Company or the Subsidiary or any of the other parties thereto, and the Company or the Subsidiary has not received notice of any such pending or threatened suspension or termination.
 
(ee)            The Company and its directors, officers or controlling persons have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which has constituted, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
(ff)             No holder of securities of the Company has rights to the registration of any securities of the Company as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been waived or as are described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
 
 
10

 
 
(gg)            The Company is not involved in any material labor dispute nor is any such dispute known by the Company to be threatened.
 
(hh)            The business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiary have been and are being conducted in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals, plans or authorizations relating to occupational safety and health, or pollution, or protection of health or the environment (including, without limitation, those relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes into ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land of any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, and all applicable judicial or administrative agency or regulatory decrees, awards, judgments and orders relating thereto, except where the failure to be in such compliance would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received any notice from any governmental instrumentality or any third party alleging any material violation thereof or liability thereunder (including, without limitation, material liability for costs of investigating or remediating sites containing hazardous substances and/or damages to natural resources).
 
(ii)              Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (1) the Company and its Subsidiary owns or has obtained valid and enforceable licenses or options for the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, service marks, trademarks, copyrights and now-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”) except where the failure to own such Intellectual Property would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (2) (A) there are no third parties who have any ownership rights to any Intellectual Property that is owned by, or has been licensed to, the Company or its Subsidiary for the products described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus that would preclude the Company or its Subsidiary from conducting its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted and would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except for the ownership rights of the owners of the Intellectual Property licensed or optioned by the Company or a Subsidiary under valid written license agreements which have been made available to the Placement Agents; (B) there are currently no sales of any products that would constitute an infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or its Subsidiary, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (C) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company or its Subsidiary in or to any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or its Subsidiary; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or its Subsidiary, other than non-material actions, suits, proceedings and claims; and (E) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company’s or its Subsidiary activities infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of others, other than non-material actions, suits, proceedings and claims.
 
 
11

 
 
(jj)              Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its Subsidiary (1) has timely filed all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns that are required to be filed by such entity through the date hereof, which returns are true and correct, or has received timely extensions for the filing thereof, and (2) has paid all taxes, assessments, penalties, interest, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entity, other than (A) any such amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (B) any such amounts currently payable without penalty or interest.  There are no tax audits or investigations pending, which if adversely determined could have a Material Adverse Effect; nor to the knowledge of the Company are there any proposed additional tax assessments against the Company or its Subsidiary which could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(kk)            On the Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares to be sold hereunder will be, or will have been, fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes will be or will have been fully complied with.
 
(ll)              The Company and its Subsidiary are insured with insurers with appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company, its Subsidiary or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; and there are no claims by the Company or its Subsidiary under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that is not materially greater than the current cost.  The Company has obtained director’s and officer’s insurance in such amounts as is customary for a similarly situated company engaging in an initial public offering.
 
(mm)          Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of either the Company or its Subsidiary has directly or indirectly, (1) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for public office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, (2) made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof, (3) violated or is in violation of any provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or (4) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.
 
 
12

 
 
(nn)            The operations of the Company and its Subsidiary are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no material action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
 
(oo)            Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or its Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(pp)            The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the Closing Date and completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which the Placement Agents have consented.
 
(qq)            The Company has no employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
(rr)              No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or its Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or its Subsidiary, on the other, which is required by the Act to be disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and is not so disclosed.
 
(ss)            The Company has not sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Act, the Rules and Regulations or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.
 
 
13

 
 
(tt)              There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Placement Agent for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Shares.
 
(uu)            Any third party statistical and market related data included in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.
 
(vv)            Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no affiliations with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) among the Company’s directors, officers or, to the knowledge of the Company, any five percent or greater stockholder of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the initial filing date of the Registration Statement.
 
(ww)            Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the Company has not directly or indirectly, including through its Subsidiary, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company, other than any extensions of credit that ceased to be outstanding prior to the initial filing of the Registration Statement.  No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders, customers, suppliers or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus that is not so described.
 
(ii)            Each Selling Stockholder severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Placement Agents that:
 
(a)            Such Selling Stockholder has and on the Closing Date will have (i) valid and unencumbered title to the Selling Stockholder Shares to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on the Closing Date, free of any “adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “ New York UCC ”)); and upon payment for the Selling Stockholder Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Selling Stockholder Shares, as directed by the Placement Agents, to the DTC or its agent, registration of such Selling Stockholder Shares in the name of Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC and the crediting of such Selling Stockholder Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Placement Agents (assuming that no such Placement Agent has notice of any “adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York UCC) to such Selling Stockholder Shares), (A) under Section 8-501 of the New York UCC, the Placement Agents will acquire a valid security entitlement with respect to such Selling Stockholder Shares and (B) no action based on an “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York UCC, to such Selling Stockholder Shares may be asserted against the Placement Agents with respect to such security entitlement.
 
 
14

 
 
(b)            No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) is required to be obtained or made by such Selling Stockholder for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except such as have been obtained and made and such as may be required under state securities laws;
 
(c)            The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties or any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of any Selling Stockholder is subject.
 
(d)            (1) At each of the Effective Date, the date of this Agreement, and the Closing Date, the Registration Statement conformed and will conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act, and (2) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act and on the Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The preceding sentence with respect to any Selling Stockholder applies only to the extent that any statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus are based on written information concerning such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein (any written information concerning any Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for such use being referred to as the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”).
 
(e)            As of the Applicable Time, neither (1) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Preliminary Prospectus, nor (ii) any Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence with respect to any Selling Stockholder applies only to the extent that any statements in or omissions from the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) or Disclosure Package are based on Selling Stockholder Information.
 
 
15

 
 
(f)             All Selling Stockholder Information contained in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that such Selling Stockholder notified or notifies the Company and the Representative as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Disclosure Package. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Selling Stockholder Information, if republished immediately following such event or development, conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Disclosure Package or as a result of which such Selling Stockholder Information would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, such Selling Stockholder has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Company and The Representative and will provide the Company with all necessary information so as to correct such untrue statement or omission.
 
(g)             There are no material agreements or arrangements relating to the Company or its Subsidiary to which such Selling Stockholder is a party, which are required to be described in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto that are not so described or filed.  
 
(h)            The sale of the Selling Stockholder Shares by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or its Subsidiary that is not set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
 
(i)             This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
 
(j)             There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Placement Agent for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Selling Stockholder Shares.
 
(k)            Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Selling Stockholder Shares.
 
(l)             Such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered to the Company, for further delivery to the Placement Agents, a Lock-up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .
 
4.             Agreements of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees with the Placement Agents as follows:
 
 
16

 
 
(i)             The Registration Statement has become effective, and if Rule 430A under the Act is used or the filing of the Final Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) under the Act, the Company will file the Final Prospectus (properly completed if Rule 430A under the Act has been used), subject to the prior approval of the Placement Agents, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the prescribed time period and will provide a copy of such filing to the Placement Agents promptly following such filing.
 
(ii)            The Company will not, during such period as the Final Prospectus would be required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares by an underwriter or dealer in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Act or any similar rule), file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus unless a copy thereof shall first have been submitted to the Placement Agents within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof and the Placement Agents shall not have reasonably objected thereto in good faith.
 
(iii)           The Company will notify the Placement Agents promptly, and will, if requested, confirm such notification in writing, (1) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; (2) of any request by the Commission for any amendments to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplements to the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information; (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order preventing or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or the threat thereof; (4) of becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that in the judgment of the Company makes any statement made in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading; and (5) of receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction.  If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement in connection with the offering contemplated hereby or in connection with sales of Common Stock pursuant to market making activities by The Representative, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment.  If the Company has omitted any information from the Registration Statement, pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act, it will use its best efforts to comply with the provisions of and make all requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to said Rule 430A and to notify the Placement Agents promptly of all such filings.
 
 
17

 
 
(iv)            If, at any time when the Final Prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Act or any similar rule), the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Final Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Placement Agents, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or the Registration Statement, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Placement Agents, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or if for any other reason it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Placement Agents, at any time to amend or supplement the Final Prospectus or the Registration Statement to comply with the Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Placement Agents and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at the Company’s expense, an amendment to the Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the Final Prospectus that corrects such statement or omission or effects such compliance and will deliver to the Placement Agents, without charge, such number of copies thereof as the Placement Agents may reasonably request.  The Company consents to the use of the Final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Placement Agents, and the Placement Agents agree to provide to each Investor, prior to the Closing, a copy of the Final Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto. 
 
(v)             The Company will furnish to the Placement Agents and their counsel, without charge (a) one conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits thereto, and (b) so long as a prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Act or any similar rule), as many copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto as the Placement Agents may reasonably request.
 
(vi)            The Company will comply with all the undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.
 
(vii)           The Company will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Placement Agents.
 
(viii)          The Company will retain in accordance with the Rules and Regulations all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not required to be filed, and timely file and include the appropriate legends as required by the Rules and Regulations.  The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.
 
(ix)             The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Final Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”
 
 
18

 
 
(x)             Prior to the sale of the Shares to the Investors, the Company will cooperate with the Placement Agents and their counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Placement Agents may reasonably request; provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
 
(xi)            The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be listed for trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market at the time of the Closing.
 
(xii)            The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization of the price of the Shares to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.
 
(xiii)           The Company will notify promptly the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the period when a prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172 under the Act) and (b) completion of the Lock-Up Period.
 
(xiv)           If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any event occurs as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representative so that use of the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representative in such quantities as may be reasonably requested.
 
(xv)            The Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Placement Agents, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, grant of any option or warrant to purchase or other disposition), any shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock of the Company, (the “ Lock-Up Securities ”) for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), except with respect to (i) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of the date hereof, and (ii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock or stock options under any benefit plan of the Company existing on the date hereof, and described in the Final Prospectus.
 
(xvi)           The Company agrees that if the Representative agrees to waive or release any officer or director of the Company from the lock-up restrictions in the letter agreements delivered pursuant to Section 7(xiii), the Company will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news services at least two business days before the effective date of such release or waiver.
 
 
19

 
 
5.             Agreements of the Placement Agents .  The Placement Agents severally, and not jointly, agree that they shall not include any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) used or referred to by such Placement Agent without the prior consent of the Company (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Company has given its consent, “ Permitted Issuer Information ”); provided that (i) no such consent shall be required with respect to any such issuer information contained in any document filed by the Company with the Commission prior to the use of such free writing prospectus and (ii) “ issuer information ,” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) used in this Section 5 shall not be deemed to include information prepared by such Placement Agent on the basis of or derived from issuer information.
 
6.             Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Agreement, including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including each pre- and post-effective amendment thereto) and exhibits thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, including all fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel and accountants to the Company, (ii) the preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Shares, (iii) furnishing (including costs of shipping and mailing) such copies of the Registration Statement (including all pre- and post-effective amendments thereto), the Final Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, as may be requested for use in connection with the direct placement of the Shares and market making activities of the Representative, (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market including any supplemental listing application, (v) any filings required to be made by the Placement Agents with FINRA, and the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Placement Agents in connection with any required review by FINRA, (vi) fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Company, (vii) any fees and expenses associated with any Written Testing the Waters Communications, (viii) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Placement Agents, and (ix) fees and disbursements of the Accountants incurred in delivering the letter(s) described in Section 7(vii) of this Agreement.  Each Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with the Company and the several Placement Agents that such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (a) any fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Stockholders, and (b) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Investors.  Except as provided in this Section 6, it is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling   Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares.
 
 
20

 
 
7.               Conditions of the Obligations of the Placement Agents .  The obligations of the Placement Agents hereunder are subject to the following conditions:
 
(i)              (a) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened by any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (b) no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the qualification or registration of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be in effect and no proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before, or threatened or contemplated by, any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (c) any request for additional information on the part of the staff of any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the staff of the Commission or such authorities and (d) after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Final Prospectus shall have been filed unless a copy thereof was first submitted to the Placement Agents and the Placement Agents did not object thereto in good faith.
 
(ii)             Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus, (a) there shall not have been a Material Adverse Change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in each case other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and (b) the Company shall not have sustained any material loss or interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which is not set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, if in the reasonable judgment of the Placement Agents any such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to Investors as contemplated hereby.
 
(iii)            Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there shall have been no litigation or other proceeding instituted against the Company or any of its officers or directors in their capacities as such, before or by any Federal, state or local court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, which litigation or proceeding, in the reasonable judgment of the Placement Agents, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(iv)            Each of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct at the Closing Date in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality, as if made on such date, and all covenants and agreements herein contained to be performed on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders and all conditions herein contained to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company and the Selling Stockholders at or prior to the Closing Date shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with in all material respects.
 
 
21

 
 
(v)             The Representative shall have received an opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Date of Morrison & Foerster LLP, as counsel to the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.
 
(vi)            The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date, of K&L Gates LLP, as counsel to the Placement Agents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.
 
(vii)           On the date hereof and on the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a letter from the Auditor addressed to the Placement Agent confirming that it is an independent public accountant within the meaning of the Act and is in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and stating, as of the date of such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Disclosure Package, as of a date not prior to the date hereof or more than five days prior to the date of such letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by its letter delivered to the Placement Agents concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and the effect of the letter so to be delivered on such Closing Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and findings set forth in such prior letter.
 
(viii)          At the Closing Date, there shall be furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative to the effect that each signer has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, and that to each of such person’s knowledge:
 
(a)            (1) As of the date of such certificate, (x) the Registration Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (y) neither the Final Prospectus nor the Disclosure Package contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (2) no event has occurred as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not untrue or misleading in any material respect.
 
(b)            Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, and are, at the time such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality.
 
 
22

 
 
(c)            Each of the covenants required herein to be performed by the Company on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed and each condition herein required to be complied with by the Company on or prior to the delivery of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully complied with.
 
(d)            No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission; the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of Rules 462(b)(1) and (3) was timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee.
 
(e)            Subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Final Prospectus, there has been no Material Adverse Change.
 
(ix)            At the Closing Date, there shall be furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative to the effect that (a) each of the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, and are, at the time such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality and (b) each of the covenants required herein to be performed by such Selling Stockholder on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed and each condition herein required to be complied with by such Selling Stockholder on or prior to the delivery of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully complied with.
 
(x)             The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representative such certificates, in addition to those specifically mentioned herein, as the Representative may have reasonably requested as to the accuracy and completeness at the Closing Date of any statement in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus, as to the accuracy at the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company or the Selling Stockholders as to the performance by the Company or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, of their obligations hereunder, or as to the fulfillment of the conditions concurrent and precedent to the obligations hereunder of the Placement Agents.
 
(xi)            The Representative shall have received the letters substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto from each director, officer and stockholder of the Company named in Schedule 3 hereto.
 
(xii)           The Shares shall have been approved for quotation upon notice of issuance on The Nasdaq Capital Market.
 
 
23

 
 
(xiii)           On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (a) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE MKT or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; (b) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (c) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (d) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (c) or (d) in the judgment of the Representative makes it impracticable to proceed with the initial public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at the Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Final Prospectus.
 
8.               Indemnification .
 
(i)            The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Placement Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls any Placement Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages, joint or several, (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto)), to which it, or any of them, may become subject under the Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Company in Section 3(i) of this Agreement, (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (1) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (2) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (3) any Permitted Issuer Information used or referred to in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) by any Placement Agent, or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Permitted Issuer Information, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage is based solely on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Indemnified Party through the Representative expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Indemnified Party consists of the information described as such in subsection (iii) below.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.
 
 
24

 
 
(ii)            Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages, joint or several, (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto)), to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities expenses or damages (or actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by a Selling Stockholder in Section 3(ii) of this Agreement, (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (1) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (2) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (3) any Permitted Issuer Information used or referred to in any “free writing prospectus” by any Placement Agent or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Permitted Issuer Information, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Permitted Issuer Information, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder; provided , that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Indemnified Party through the Representative expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Indemnified Party consists of the information described as such in subsection (iii) below.  The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the total gross proceeds from the offering of the Selling Stockholder Shares purchased under the Agreement received by such Selling Stockholder.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have.
 
 
25

 
 
(iii)           Each Placement Agent will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or each Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Placement Agent through the Representative expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.  The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge that, for all purposes under this Agreement, the statements set forth in (A) the section entitled “The OpenIPO Auction Process” and (B) the eighth, ninth, twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” in each case in the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, constitute the only information relating to the Placement Agents furnished in writing to the Company by the Placement Agents expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus.
 
(iv)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with   respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (a) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
 
 
26

 
(v)            If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Placement Agents on the other from the offering of the Shares.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (iv) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Placement Agents on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Placement Agents on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total Placement Fee received by the Placement Agents, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Final Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Placement Agents on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Placement Agents agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (v) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Placement Agents were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (v). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (v) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (v), no Placement Agent shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Placement Fee applicable to the Shares.   No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Placement Agents’ obligations in this subsection (v) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective obligations and not joint.
 
 
27

 
 
9.              Termination .
 
(i)             The obligations of the Placement Agents under this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date, by notice to the Company from the Representative, without liability on the part of the Placement Agents to the Company or the Selling Stockholders if, prior to delivery and payment for the Shares, in the sole judgment of the Representative: (a) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Representative, will in the future materially disrupt, the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (b) there has occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (c) trading in the Shares or any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE MKT or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA, or any other governmental or regulatory authority; (d) a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or Federal authority; or (e) in the judgment of the Representative, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Final Prospectus, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiary considered as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
(ii)            If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof, or if the sale of the Shares provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Placement Agents set forth herein is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof, the Company will, subject to demand by the Placement Agents, reimburse the Placement Agents for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection herewith.
 
10.             Notices .  Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified, shall be mailed or delivered (i) if to the Company or the Selling Stockholders at the office of the Company, 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with copies to Morrison & Foerster LLP, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, Attention: Anna T. Pinedo, or (ii) if to the Placement Agents, at the office of W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, Pier 1, Bay 3, San Francisco, California 94111, Attention: Creighton Reed, with copies to K&L Gates LLP, 1 Park Plaza, Twelfth Floor, Irvine, California 92614, Attention: Gary Kocher and Michael Hedge.  Any such notice shall be effective only upon receipt.  Any notice may be made by facsimile or telephone, but if so made shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.
 
 
28

 
 
11.             Survival .  The respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Placement Agents set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of its officers or directors, the Selling Stockholders, the Placement Agents or any controlling person referred to in Section 8 hereof and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Shares.  The respective agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements set forth in Sections 7 and 9 hereof shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
 
12.             Qualified Independent Underwriter .  The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their engagement of CS Capital Advisors, LLC as, and CS Capital Advisors, LLC hereby confirms its agreement with the Company and the Selling Stockholders to render services as, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121 with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares.  CS Capital Advisors, LLC, solely in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the “ QIU .” As compensation for the services of the QIU hereunder, the Company agrees to pay the QIU $200,000 on the Closing Date.  The Company and the Selling Shareholders will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the QIU, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls the QIU within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the QIU may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory laws or regulations or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU’s acting (or alleged failing to act) as such “qualified independent underwriter,” and will reimburse the QIU for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the QIU in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.
 
13.             Successors .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Placement Agents, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors and legal Representative, and nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person except that (i) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 9(i), (ii) and (iv) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Placement Agents and any person or persons who control the Placement Agents within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 9(iii) and (iv) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who have signed the Registration Statement and any person or persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.   No purchaser of Shares shall be deemed a successor because of such purchase.
 
 
29

 
 
14.             Representative .  The Representative will act for the several Placement Agents in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representative will be binding upon all the Placement Agents.
 
15.             Absence of Fiduciary Relationship .  The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Placement Agents have been retained solely to act as placement agents in connection with the sale of the Shares and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Placement Agents has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Placement Agents has advised or is advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Shares set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Placement Agents and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Placement Agents and its affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Placement Agents have no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; (d) it has been advised that the Placement Agents are acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of itself and not on behalf of the Company; and (e) the Company waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Placement Agents for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that the Placement Agents shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.
 
16.             Applicable Law .  The validity and interpretations of this Agreement, and the terms and conditions set forth herein, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any provisions relating to conflicts of laws.
 
17.             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
18.             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto as to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all prior understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
30

 
 
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Placement Agents, this Agreement and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Placement Agents, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders.
 
 
Very truly yours,

TRUETT-HURST, INC.


By:
   
Name: 
   
Title:
   

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS NAMED IN
SCHEDULE 2 TO THIS AGREEMENT

THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST dated August 1, 2004


By:
   
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 


By:
   
 
Sylvia M. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 

THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D dated August 24, 2005
 
 
By:
   
 
Heath E. Dolan, Trustee
 


THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A dated June 5, 2003


By:
   
 
Paul E. Dolan, III, Trustee
 


[ Signatures continue on next page ]

 
 

 
 
   
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
   
   
   
Forrester Hambrecht
 
   
   
   
Mark De Meulenaere
 
   
   
   
Anna Schweizer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Accepted as of the date hereof on behalf of each of the Placement Agents:
 
W.R. HAMBRECHT + CO., LLC
 

By:
   
Name:   
   
Title:
   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 1
 
ISSUER FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES
 
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, dated March 11, 2013 (video transcript)
 
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, dated March 18, 2013 (investor presentation)
 
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, dated March 20, 2013 (letter)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 2
 
LIST OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
SELLING STOCKHOLDER
SHARES TO BE SOLD IN THE OFFERING
Philip L. Hurst
 
Heath E. Dolan
 
Paul E. Dolan, III
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
Forrester Hambrecht
 
Mark De Meulenaere
 
Anna Schweizer
 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 3
 
Philip L. Hurst
Heath E. Dolan
Paul E. Dolan, III
Virginia Marie Lambrix
Forrester Hambrecht
Mark De Meulenaere
Anna Schweizer
William R. Hambrecht
Daniel A. Carroll
Barrie Graham
John D. Fruth
James F. Verhey
James D. Bielenberg
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 4
 
LIST OF PLACEMENT AGENTS
 
WR Hambrecht + Co., LLC
CS Capital Advisors, LLC
Sidoti & Company, LLC
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 5
 
PRICING INFORMATION
 

 

 

 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 6
 
TESTING THE WATERS COMMUNICATIONS

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
Form of Lock-Up Agreement
 
______ __, 2013

W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC
as Representative of the several Placement Agents
c/o W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC
Pier 1, Bay 3
San Francisco, California 94111 
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned understands that you, as representative (the “ Representative ”), propose to enter into a Placement Agency Agreement (the “ Placement Agency Agreement ”) on behalf of the several Placement Agent s named in Schedule 4 to such agreement (collectively, the “ Placement Agent s ”), with Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for a public offering of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).
 
In consideration of the agreement by the Placement Agent s to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (collectively the “ Undersigned’s Shares ”).  The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Shares even if such shares would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such shares.
 
The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “ Public Offering Date ”) pursuant to the Placement Agency Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company will agree in the Placement Agency Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Shares (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) transfers by testate succession or intestate succession , [or ](vi) with the prior written consent of the Representative on behalf of the Placement Agent s [or (vii) in the initial public offering pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agency Agreement] 1 ; provided , in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Placement Agents to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.  For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin.
 
In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; provided that it shall apply to any of the Undersigned’s Shares issued upon such exercise, or (ii) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan (a “ Plan ”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the Undersigned’s Shares shall be made pursuant to such a Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.
 
                                                                         

1
To be included in Lock-Up Agreements for Selling Stockholders only.
 
 
 

 
 
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute and additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
 
This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier to occur, if any, of (a) the date that the Company advises the Representative, in writing, prior to the execution of the Placement Agency Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the offering, or (b) termination of the Placement Agency Agreement before the closing of the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the offering is not consummated on or before July 31, 2013, this Lock-Up Agreement shall terminate and its provisions shall be of no further force and effect; provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned prior to July 31, 2013 extend such date for a period of up to an additional three months.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 
[signature page follows]
 
 
 

 
 
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Placement Agent s are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
 
 
   
 
Printed Name of Holder
   
 
By:
 
   
Signature
   
   
   
 
Printed Name of Person Signing
   
 
(and indicate capacity of person
signing if signing as custodian,
trustee, or on behalf of an entity)
 
 
 

Exhibit 3.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BYLAWS
 
OF
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
As amended through March 4, 2013
____________________________________________
 
a Delaware Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
    Page
     
ARTICLE 1
OFFICES
1
Section 1.1
Registered Office
1
Section 1.2
Other Offices
1
ARTICLE 2
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
1
Section 2.1
Place of Meetings
1
Section 2.2
Annual Meetings
2
Section 2.3
Special Meetings
2
Section 2.4
Notice of Meetings
2
Section 2.5
Quorum and Voting
4
Section 2.6
Voting Rights
4
Section 2.7
Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections
5
Section 2.8
List of Stockholders
6
Section 2.9
Stockholder Proposals at Annual Meetings
7
Section 2.10
Nominations of Persons for Election to the Board of Directors
9
Section 2.11
Action Without Meeting
10
ARTICLE 3
DIRECTORS
11
Section 3.1
Number and Term of Office
11
Section 3.2
Powers
13
Section 3.3
Vacancies
13
Section 3.4
Resignations and Removals
13
Section 3.5
Meetings
13
Section 3.6
Quorum and Voting
14
Section 3.7
Action Without Meeting
15
Section 3.8
Fees and Compensation
15
Section 3.9
Committees
15
ARTICLE 4
OFFICERS
16
Section 4.1
Officers Designated
16
Section 4.2
Tenure and Duties of Officers
16
ARTICLE 5
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS, AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
18
Section 5.1
Execution of Corporate Instruments
18
 
 
- i -

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
   
Page
     
Section 5.2
Voting of Securities Owned by Corporation
18
ARTICLE 6
SHARES OF STOCK
18
Section 6.1
Form and Execution of Certificates
18
Section 6.2
Lost Certificates
19
Section 6.3
Transfers
19
Section 6.4
Fixing Record Dates
20
Section 6.5
Registered Stockholders
21
ARTICLE 7
OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
21
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
21
Section 8.1
Right to Indemnification
21
Section 8.2
Authority to Advance Expenses
22
Section 8.3
Right of Claimant to Bring Suit
22
Section 8.4
Provisions Nonexclusive
23
Section 8.5
Authority to Insure
23
Section 8.6
Enforcement of Rights
23
Section 8.7
Survival of Rights
23
Section 8.8
Settlement of Claims
23
Section 8.9
Effect of Amendment
24
Section 8.10
Primacy of Indemnification
24
Section 8.11
Subrogation
24
Section 8.12
No Duplication of Payments
24
Section 8.13
Saving Clause
24
ARTICLE 9
NOTICES
25
ARTICLE 10
AMENDMENTS
26
ARTICLE 11
ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS
26
Section 12.1
Reports to Stockholders
26
Section 12.2
Reports to the Secretary of State
27
Section 12.3
Effectiveness of Article 11
27
 
 
ii

 
BYLAWS
 
OF
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
As amended through March 4, 2013
 
_________________________________
 
 
ARTICLE 1
 
OFFICES
 
Section 1.1            Registered Office.
 
The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.
 
Section 1.2            Other Offices.
 
The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
 
ARTICLE 2
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
 
Section 2.1            Place of Meetings.
 
(a)           Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws or, if not so designated, as determined by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by paragraph (b) of this Section 2.1.
 
(b)           If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:
 
(1)           Participate in a meeting of stockholders; and
 
(2)           Be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
 
 
1

 
 
(c)           For purposes of these Bylaws, “remote communication” shall include (1) telephone or other voice communications and (2) electronic mail or other form of written or visual electronic communications satisfying the requirements of Section 2.11(b).
 
Section 2.2            Annual Meetings.
 
The annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 2.3            Special Meetings.
 
Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by the Chairman of the Board or the President or the Board of Directors at any time.  Upon written request of any stockholder or stockholders holding in the aggregate one-fifth of the voting power of all stockholders delivered in person or sent by registered mail to the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary of the Corporation, the Secretary shall call a special meeting of stockholders to be held as provided in Section 2.1 at such time as the Secretary may fix, such meeting to be held not less than 10 nor more than 60 days after the receipt of such request, and if the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to call such meeting within seven days after the receipt of such request, the stockholder making such request may do so.  Only such business shall be brought before a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been specified in the notice of such meeting.
 
Section 2.4            Notice of Meetings.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, specifying the place, if any, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, directed to his address as it appears upon the books of the Corporation; except that where the matter to be acted on is a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of its assets, such notice shall be given not less than 20 nor more than 60 days prior to such meeting.  If the Board of Directors fixes a date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of a meeting of stockholders, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)           If at any meeting action is proposed to be taken which, if taken, would entitle stockholders fulfilling the requirements of Section 262(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law to an appraisal of the fair value of their shares, the notice of such meeting shall contain a statement to that effect and shall be accompanied by a copy of that statutory section.
 
(c)           When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, in which event a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.
 
(d)           Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, either before or after such meeting, and, to the extent permitted by law, will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat, in person or by proxy.
 
(e)           Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent, and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.  Notice given pursuant to this subparagraph (e) shall be deemed given:  (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.  For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
 
 
3

 
 
Section 2.5            Quorum and Voting.
 
(a)           At all meetings of stockholders except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Shares, the voting of which at said meeting have been enjoined, or which for any reason cannot be lawfully voted at such meeting, shall not be counted to determine a quorum at said meeting.  In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
 
(b)           Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all action taken by the holders of a majority of the votes cast on a matter affirmatively or negatively shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation.  For purposes of these Bylaws, a share present at a meeting, but for which there is an abstention or as to which a stockholder gives no authority or direction as to a particular proposal or director nominee, shall be counted as present for the purpose of establishing a quorum but shall not be counted as a vote cast.
 
Section 2.6            Voting Rights.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting shall be entitled to vote at such meeting.  Shares standing in the names of two or more persons shall be voted or represented in accordance with the determination of the majority of such persons, or, if only one of such persons is present in person or represented by proxy, such person shall have the right to vote such shares and such shares shall be deemed to be represented for the purpose of determining a quorum.
 
(b)           Every person entitled to vote or to execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent, which proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation at or before the meeting at which it is to be used.  Said proxy so appointed need not be a stockholder.  No proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  Unless and until voted, every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the person who executed it or of his legal representatives or assigns, except in those cases where an irrevocable proxy permitted by statute has been given.
 
 
4

 
 
(c)           Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him as proxy pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:
 
(1)           A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for him as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.
 
(2)           A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  Such authorization can be established by the signature of the stockholder on the proxy, either in writing or by a signature stamp or facsimile signature, or by a number or symbol from which the identity of the stockholder can be determined, or by any other procedure deemed appropriate by the inspectors or other persons making the determination as to due authorization.
 
If it is determined that such transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.
 
(d)           Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to subsection (c) of this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
 
Section 2.7            Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections.
 
(a)           The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
 
(b)           The inspectors shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots.  The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
 
 
5

 
 
(c)           The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting.  No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery shall determine otherwise upon application by a stockholder.
 
(d)           In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or any information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(B)(i) or (iii) thereof, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record.  If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification pursuant to subsection (b)(v) of this section shall specify the precise information considered by them including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
 
Section 2.8            List of Stockholders.
 
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, (or, if  the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote on the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The Corporation need not include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 2.9           Stockholder Proposals at Annual Meetings.
 
At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) at an annual meeting of stockholders.
 
In addition to any other applicable requirements for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, whether or not the stockholder is seeking to have a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, in the case of a stockholder seeking to have a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not less than 120 days or more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials (or, in the absence of proxy materials, its notice of meeting) for the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders.  However, if the Corporation did not hold an annual meeting the previous year, or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the 15 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  If the stockholder is not seeking inclusion of the proposal in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement, timely notice consists of a stockholder’s notice delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days prior to the date of the annual meeting.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  Other than with respect to stockholder proposals relating to director nomination(s), which requirements are set forth in Section 2.10 below, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, (v) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below) or any member of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household, whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, but not limited to, any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss or increase profit to or manage the risk or benefit of stock price changes for, or to
 
 
7

 
 
increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder, such Stockholder Associated Person or family member with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation (each, a “Relevant Hedge Transaction”), and (vi) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person or any member of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household, to the extent not set forth pursuant to the immediately preceding clause, (a) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or family member has direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise, or any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation (a “Derivative Instrument”), (b) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or family member that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (c) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or family member is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (d) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or family member is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date).
 
For purposes of this Section 2.9 and Section 2.10, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling or controlled by, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.1 and this Section 2.9, provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.9 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with said procedure.
 
The chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1 and this Section 2.9, and if he should so determine he shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
 
Nothing in this Section 2.9 shall affect the right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
 
 
8

 
 
Section 2.10          Nominations of Persons for Election to the Board of Directors.
 
In addition to any other applicable requirements, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by any nominating committee or person appointed by the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10.  The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations at a meeting of stockholders, whether or not the stockholder is seeking to have a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement under an applicable rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  A stockholder who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10 is permitted to present the nomination at the meeting of stockholders but is not entitled to have a nominee included in the Corporation’s proxy statement in the absence of an applicable rule of the SEC requiring the Corporation to include a director nomination made by a stockholder in the Corporation’s proxy statement or information statement.
 
Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, notice by the stockholder must be delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than 90 days prior to the date of the annual meeting.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  The stockholder’s notice relating to director nomination(s) shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the person, (iv) a statement whether such person, if elected, intends to tender a resignation effective upon such person’s failure to receive the required vote for re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face re-election and upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, in accordance with these Bylaws, and (v) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act; (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder, and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 2.9), to the extent not set forth pursuant to the immediately preceding clause, whether and the extent to which any Relevant Hedge Transaction (as defined in Section 2.9) has been entered into, and (d) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, (1) whether and the extent to which any Derivative Instrument (as defined in Section 2.9) is directly or indirectly beneficially owned, (2) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (3) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a
 
 
9

 
 
general partner and (4) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date).  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.   The stockholder giving such notice shall indemnify the Corporation in respect of any loss arising as a result of any false or misleading information or statement submitted by the nominating stockholder in connection with the nomination, as provided by Section 112(5) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.   No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.  These provisions shall not apply to nomination of any persons entitled to be separately elected by holders of Preferred Stock, if any.
 
The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
Section 2.11          Action Without Meeting.
 
(a)               Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation.  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action to be taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to authorize such action.
 
(b)               To be effective, a written consent must be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this section to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in accordance with this section.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
 
 
10

 
 
(c)               An electronic transmission consent to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder, and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.  The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
(d)               Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.
 

ARTICLE 3
 
DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1            Number and Term of Office.
 
(a)           The number of directors of the Corporation shall not be less than five (5) nor more than nine (9) until changed by amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or by a Bylaw amending this Section 3.1 duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote or by the Board of Directors.  Subject to the foregoing provisions for changing the number of directors, the number of directors of the Corporation has been fixed at eight (8).
 
(b)           Elected directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting for the year in which their terms expire and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.  Directors need not be stockholders.  If, for any cause, the Board of Directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.  In no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors permits.  Class I directors were appointed for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2013, successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term.  If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional directors of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the applicable terms of these Bylaws and any certificate of designation creating such class or series of Preferred Stock, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Section 3.1 unless expressly provided by such terms.
 
Any amendment, change or repeal of this Section 3.1, or any other amendment to these Bylaws that will have the effect of permitting circumvention of or modifying this Section 3.1, shall require the favorable vote, at a stockholders’ meeting, of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.
 
(d)           With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporators, and except as provided in Section 3.3 of this Article 3, each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the director at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of stockholders for which the Secretary of the Corporation determines that the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected as of the day preceding the date the Corporation first distributes its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders.  If directors are to be determined by a plurality of votes cast, stockholders shall be entitled to cast votes “for” or to “withhold” votes from the election of directors, but shall not be permitted to vote against a nominee.  If a director is not elected, the director shall tender his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, which resignation shall be contingent upon the Board of Directors’ acceptance thereof.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or another committee that may be designated by the Board will make a recommendation to the Board as to whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether other action should be taken.  The Board of Directors will act on such committee’s recommendation and publicly disclose its decision and the rationale behind it within 90 days from the date of the certificate of the election results.  The director who tenders his or her resignation will not participate in the Board’s decision.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in making its recommendation, and the Board of Directors in making its decision, may each consider any factors or other information that it deems appropriate and relevant.
 
As provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, at all elections of directors each stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to as many votes as the number of shares so held by him of record multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director, or he may distribute them among any two or more of the directors to be voted for, as he may see fit.
 
 
12

 
 
Section 3.2            Powers.
 
The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.3            Vacancies.
 
Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacant and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this section in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director, or if the stockholders fail at any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (including any meeting referred to in Section 3.4 below) to elect the number of directors then constituting the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.4            Resignations and Removals.
 
(a)           Any director may resign at any time by delivering his resignation to the Secretary in writing or by electronic transmission, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  If no such specification is made it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
 
(b)           At a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose in the manner hereinabove provided, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office, with or without cause, and a new director or directors elected by a vote of the remaining directors .   Unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, if the Board of Directors is classified, stockholders may effect removal only for cause.
 
Section 3.5            Meetings.
 
(a)           The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after the annual stockholders’ meeting and at the place where such meeting is held or at the place announced by the chairman at such meeting.  No notice of an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be necessary, and such meeting shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully come before it.
 
(b)           Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may also be held at any place, within or without the State of Delaware, which has been designated by resolutions of the Board of Directors or the written consent of all directors.
 
 
13

 
 
(c)           Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or, if there is no Chairman of the Board, by the President, or by any of the directors.
 
(d)           Written notice of the time and place of all regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally to each director or sent by any form of electronic transmission at least 48 hours before the start of the meeting, or sent by first class mail at least 120 hours before the start of the meeting.  Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat.
 
Section 3.6            Quorum and Voting.
 
(a)           A quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time in accordance with Section 3.1 of Article 3 of these Bylaws, but not less than one; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
 
(b)           At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business determined by a vote of a majority of the directors present shall be deemed an act of the Board of Directors, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws. In the event of a tie in the voting of the Board of Directors, the independent directors, as defined by the NASDAQ listing standards, shall cast the deciding vote. In the event of a tie in such voting of the independent directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall cast the deciding vote.
 
(c)           Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
(d)           The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present shall sign a written waiver of notice, or a consent to holding such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof.  All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
 
Section 3.7            Action Without Meeting.
 
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
 
 
14

 
 
Section 3.8            Fees and Compensation.
 
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.9            Committees.
 
(a)            Executive Committee:   The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee of at least two members, each of whom shall be a director.  To the extent permitted by law, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise when the Board of Directors is not in session all powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except such committee shall not have the power or authority to amend these Bylaws or to approve or recommend to the stockholders any action which must be submitted to stockholders for approval under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
(a)            Other Committees: The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to time appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law.  Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committee, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.
 
(b)            Term:   The terms of members of all committees of the Board of Directors shall expire on the date of the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors following their appointment; provided that they shall continue in office until their successors are appointed.  Subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 3.9, the Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee; provided that no committee shall consist of less than one member.  The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation, but the Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
 
 
15

 
 
(c)            Meetings:   Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter; special meetings of any such committee may be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of such committee or by written consent of all members thereof, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee upon written notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors.  Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat.  A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.
 
ARTICLE 4
 
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1            Officers Designated.
 
The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors or the President may also appoint a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it or he shall deem necessary.  The order of the seniority of the Vice- Presidents shall be in the order of their nomination unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as they shall deem appropriate.  Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law.  The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.2            Tenure and Duties of Officers.
 
(a)            General:   All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.  Nothing in these Bylaws shall be construed as creating any kind of contractual right to employment with the Corporation.
 
(b)            Duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors: The Chairman of the Board of Directors (if there be such an officer appointed) shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and when present shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
 
 
16

 
 
(c)             Duties of President:   The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present.  The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
 
(d)             Duties of Vice-Presidents:   The Vice-Presidents, in the order of their seniority, may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of the President is vacant.  The Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
 
(e)             Duties of Secretary:   The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof, and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation, which may be maintained in either paper or electronic form.  The Secretary shall give notice, in conformity with these Bylaws, of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice.  The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
 
(f)              Duties of Treasurer:   The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner, and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall perform all other duties commonly incident to his office and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.  The Treasurer shall also be the chief financial officer of the Corporation unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors.
 
 
17

 
 
ARTICLE 5
 
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS, AND
VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
 
Section 5.1            Execution of Corporate Instruments.
 
(a)           The Board of Directors may in its discretion determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute any corporate instrument or document, or to sign the corporate name without limitation, except where otherwise provided by law, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.
 
(b)           Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by law, formal contracts of the Corporation, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of shares of stock owned by the Corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed by the Chairman of the Board (if there be such an officer appointed) or by the President; such documents may also be executed by any Vice-President and by the Secretary or Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.  All other instruments and documents requiring the corporate signature but not requiring the corporate seal may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed by the Board of Directors.
 
(c)           All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize so to do.
 
(d)           Execution of any corporate instrument may be effected in such form, either manual, facsimile or electronic signature, as may be authorized by the Board of Directors or the President.
 
Section 5.2            Voting of Securities Owned by Corporation.
 
All stock and other securities of other Corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself or for other parties in any capacity shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board (if there be such an officer appointed), or by the President, or by any Vice-President.
 
ARTICLE 6
 
SHARES OF STOCK
 
Section 6.1            Form and Execution of Certificates.
 
The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares
 
 
18

 
 
represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Certificates for the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board (if there be such an officer appointed), or by the President or any Vice-President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.  If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
 
Section 6.2            Lost Certificates.
 
The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates (or uncertificated shares in lieu of a new certificate) to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates (or uncertificated shares in lieu of a new certificate), the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.
 
Section 6.3            Transfers.
 
Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer,  and in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.
 
 
19

 
 
Section 6.4            Fixing Record Dates.
 
(a)           In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the date on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
(b)           In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or by electronic transmission without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or by electronic transmission without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent or electronic transmission setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; provided that any such electronic transmission shall satisfy the requirements of Section 2.11(b) and, unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides by resolution, no such consent by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or by electronic transmission without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
 
(c)           In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
 
 
20

 
 
Section 6.5            Registered Stockholders.
 
The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
 
ARTICLE 7
 
OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
 
All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates, may be signed by the Chairman of the Board (if there be such an officer appointed), or the President or any Vice-President or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signature of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.  Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person.  In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon has ceased to be an officer of the Corporation before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE 8
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
 
Section 8.1            Right to Indemnification.
 
Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (as a party, witness, or otherwise), in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he, or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the
 
 
21

 
 
Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent (hereafter an “Agent”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but, in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto) against all expenses, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on any Agent as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Article) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding (hereinafter “Expenses”); provided, however , that except as to actions to enforce indemnification rights pursuant to Section 8.3 of this Article, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any Agent seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
Section 8.2            Authority to Advance Expenses.
 
Expenses incurred by an officer or director (acting in his capacity as such) in defending a Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, provided, however, that if required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, such Expenses shall be advanced only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article or otherwise.  Expenses incurred by other Agents of the Corporation (or by the directors or officers not acting in their capacity as such, including service with respect to employee benefit plans) may be advanced upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.  Any obligation to reimburse the Corporation for Expense advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.
 
Section 8.3            Right of Claimant to Bring Suit.
 
If a claim under Section 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation, the claimant may bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting such claim.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed.  The burden of proving such a defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
 
 
22

 
 
Section 8.4            Provisions Nonexclusive.
 
The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  To the extent that any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, or vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors is inconsistent with these Bylaws, the provision, agreement, or vote shall take precedence.
 
Section 8.5            Authority to Insure.
 
The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any Expense, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify the Agent against such Expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Article.
 
Section 8.6            Enforcement of Rights
 
Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights provided under this Article shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and such Agent.  Any rights granted by this Article to an Agent shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction.
 
Section 8.7            Survival of Rights.
 
The rights provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 8.8            Settlement of Claims.
 
The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Article (a) for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Corporation’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) for any judicial award if the Corporation was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.
 
 
23

 
 
Section 8.9            Effect of Amendment.
 
Any amendment, repeal, or modification of this Article that adversely affects any rights provided in this Article to an Agent shall only be effective upon the prior written consent of such Agent.
 
Section 8.10          Primacy of Indemnification.
 
Notwithstanding that an Agent may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to an Agent are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Agent are secondary); (ii) shall required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by an Agent and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, without regard to any rights such Agent may have against any of the Other Indemnitor.  No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of an Agent with respect to any claim for which such Agent has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Agent against the Corporation.
 
Section 8.11          Subrogation.
 
In the event of payment under this Article, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Agent (other than against the Other Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
 
Section 8.12          No Duplication of Payments.
 
Except as otherwise set forth in Section 8.10 above, the Corporation shall not be liable under this Article to make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
 
Section 8.13          Saving Clause.
 
If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Agent to the fullest extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.
 
 
24

 
 
ARTICLE 9
 
NOTICES
 
Whenever, under any provisions of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, the same shall be given either (1) in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as shown by the stock record of the Corporation or its transfer agent, or (2) by a means of electronic transmission that satisfies the requirements of Section 2.4(e) of these Bylaws, and has been consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by either of the methods hereinabove stated, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally, shall be sent to such address or (in the case of electronic communication) such e-mail address, facsimile telephone number or other form of electronic address as such director shall have filed in writing or by electronic communication with the Secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.  If no address of a stockholder or director be known, such notice may be sent to the principal executive office of the Corporation.  An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall be conclusive evidence of the statements therein contained.  All notices given by mail, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing and all notices given by means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been given as at the sending time recorded by the electronic transmission equipment operator transmitting the same.  It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all directors, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.  The period or limitation of time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any director may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any manner by the failure of such a stockholder or such director to receive such notice.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
 
 
25

 
 
ARTICLE 10
 
AMENDMENTS
 
Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.9 above, these Bylaws may be repealed, altered or amended or new Bylaws adopted at any meeting of the stockholders, either annual or special, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock entitled to vote at such meeting, unless a larger vote is required by these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.9 above, the Board of Directors shall also have the authority to repeal, alter or amend these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws (including, without limitation, the amendment of any Bylaws setting forth the number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board of Directors) by unanimous written consent or at any annual, regular, or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole number of directors, subject to the power of the stockholders to change or repeal such Bylaws.
 
ARTICLE 11
 
Annual and Other Reports
 
Section 11.1          Reports to Stockholders.
 
The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year, and at least fifteen (15) days (or, if sent by third-class mail, thirty-five (35) days) prior to the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the next fiscal year.  If approved by the Board of Directors, the report and any accompanying material may be sent by electronic transmission by the Corporation (as defined in Section 2.4 hereof).  This report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of that fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for that fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.  This report shall also contain such other matters as required by Section 1501(b) of the California General Corporation Law, unless the Corporation is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is not exempted therefrom under Section 12(g)(2) thereof.  As long as the Corporation has less than 100 holders of record of its shares (determined as provided in Section 605 of the California General Corporation Law), the foregoing requirement of an annual report is hereby waived.
 
If no annual report for the last fiscal year has been sent to stockholders, and to the extent required by Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law (whether because Section 2115(c) no longer applies to the Corporation or otherwise), the Corporation shall, upon the written request of any stockholder made more than 120 days after the close of such fiscal year, deliver (including by electronic transmission by the Corporation (as defined in Section 2.4 hereof) or mail to the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter the financial statements for such year as required by Section 1501(a) of the California General Corporation Law.  A stockholder or stockholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of the Corporation may make a written request to the Corporation for an income statement of the Corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of such period and, in addition, if no annual report for the last fiscal year has been sent to stockholders, the annual report for the last fiscal year, unless such report has been waived under these Bylaws.  The statements shall be delivered (including by electronic transmission by the Corporation (as defined in Section 2.4 hereof) if such transmission is permitted to such stockholder pursuant to such definition) or mailed to the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter.  A copy of any such statements shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the Corporation for twelve (12) months, and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any stockholder demanding an examination of the statements, or a copy shall be mailed to the stockholder.
 
 
26

 
 
The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.
 
Section 11.2          Reports to the Secretary of State.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise required by the Secretary of State of the State of California, every year, and to the extent required by Section 2117 of the California General Corporation Law, during the applicable filing period, the Corporation shall file a statement with the Secretary of State of the State of California in compliance with Section 2117 of the California General Corporation Law.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if there has been no change in the information contained in the Corporation’s last annual statement on file in the Secretary of State of the State of California’s office, the Corporation may in lieu of filing the annual statement described in paragraph (a) of this section, advise the Secretary of State of the State of California, on the appropriate form, that no changes in the required information have occurred during the applicable period, as permitted by Section 2117(f) and Section 1502(c) of the California General Corporation Law.
 
(c)           In addition to the statement required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, except as otherwise required by the Secretary of State of the State of California, if and as long as the Corporation is a "publicly traded corporation" (as defined in Section 2117(b)(1) of the California General Corporation Law), within 150 days after the end of its fiscal year, each year it shall file a certified statement in compliance with Section 2117.1 of the California General Corporation Law.
 
Section 11.3          Effectiveness of Article 11.
 
If at any time following the adoption of these Bylaws the Corporation is no longer subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law, this Article 11 shall cease to apply to the Corporation and it shall have no further obligation to deliver any of the reports to its stockholders or to the Secretary of State of California as herein described.
 
 
27

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
 
The undersigned, Secretary of Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Bylaws of said corporation, with all amendments to date of this Certificate.
 
WITNESS the signature of the undersigned this 4 th day of March, 2013.
 
     
       
 
 
   
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Secretary
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28

 
 
Exhibit 3.4

 


 
H.D.D. LLC
a California Limited Liability Company

 


 
 
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
 
 
 
DATED AS OF __________, 2013
 
 
 
 
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS IN H.D.D. LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT; AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT, AND ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BY THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE I                    DEFINITIONS
1
               
Section 1.1
Definitions
1
 
Section 1.2
Terms Generally
9
ARTICLE II                   GENERAL PROVISIONS
10
 
Section 2.1
Formation
10
 
Section 2.2
Name
11
 
Section 2.3
Term
11
 
Section 2.4
Purpose; Powers
11
 
Section 2.5
Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification
11
 
Section 2.6
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
12
 
Section 2.7
No State Law Partnership
12
 
Section 2.8
Admission
12
ARTICLE III                  CAPITALIZATION
13
 
Section 3.1
Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedules
13
 
Section 3.2
Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units
13
 
Section 3.3
Capital Accounts
14
 
Section 3.4
No Withdrawal
17
 
Section 3.5
Loans From Members
17
 
Section 3.6
No Right of Partition
17
 
Section 3.7
Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities
17
ARTICLE IV                   DISTRIBUTIONS
19
 
Section 4.1
Distributions
19
 
Section 4.2
Successors
19
 
Section 4.3
Tax Distributions
20
 
Section 4.4
Withholding
20
 
Section 4.5
Security Interest and Right of Set Off; Indemnification
20
 
Section 4.6
Certain Distributions
21
 
Section 4.7
Limitation
21
ARTICLE V                   ALLOCATIONS
21
 
Section 5.1
Allocations for Capital Account Purposes
21
 
Section 5.2
Allocations for Tax Purposes
24
 
 
i

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
     
Page
       
 
Section 5.3
Members’ Tax Reporting
26
 
Section 5.4
Certain Costs and Expenses
26
ARTICLE VI                   MANAGEMENT
26
 
Section 6.1
Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
26
 
Section 6.2
Officers
27
 
Section 6.3
Liability of Members
28
 
Section 6.4
Indemnification by the Company
29
 
Section 6.5
Investment Representations of Members
30
ARTICLE VII                 WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
30
 
Section 7.1
Member Withdrawal
30
 
Section 7.2
Dissolution
30
 
Section 7.3
Transfer by Members
31
 
Section 7.4
Admission or Substitution of New Members
32
 
Section 7.5
Additional Requirements
33
 
Section 7.6
Mandatory Exchange
34
 
Section 7.7
Bankruptcy
34
ARTICLE VIII                BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION; TAX MATTERS
34
 
Section 8.1
Books and Records
34
 
Section 8.2
Information
34
 
Section 8.3
Fiscal Year
34
 
Section 8.4
Certain Tax Matters
35
ARTICLE IX                  MISCELLANEOUS
36
 
Section 9.1
Separate Agreements; Schedules
36
 
Section 9.2
Governing Law
36
 
Section 9.3
Successors and Assigns
37
 
Section 9.4
Amendments and Waivers
37
 
Section 9.5
Notices
38
 
Section 9.6
Counterparts
38
 
Section 9.7
Power of Attorney
38
 
Section 9.8
Entire Agreement
39
 
 
ii

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
     
Page
       
 
Section 9.9
Remedies
39
 
Section 9.10
Severability
39
 
Section 9.11
Creditors
39
 
Section 9.12
Waiver
39
 
Section 9.13
Further Action
39
 
Section 9.14
Delivery by Facsimile or Email
40
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iii

 
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
H.D.D. LLC
A California Limited Liability Company
 
 
This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT of H.D.D. LLC (the “ Company ”), dated and effective as of [ Ÿ ], 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the Members (as defined below).
 
WHEREAS, on October 23, 2007, Articles of Organization for the Company, as organized under the laws of the State of California, were filed with the California Secretary of State as file number 200729610091.
 
WHEREAS, the Company was governed by that certain Operating Agreement for H.D.D. LLC, as of October 30, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, as of June 4, 2008, the Original Agreement was amended and restated in accordance with its terms (the “ First Amended Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, as of January 1, 2010, the First Amended Agreement was amended and restated in accordance with its terms (the “ Second Amended Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Members (as defined in the Second Amended Agreement) wish to amend and restate the Second Amended Agreement in accordance with its terms and, in connection therewith, to (1) convert all outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company into LLC Units (as defined below) and (2) admit Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as sole Managing Member of the Company; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound, agree that the Second Amended Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1     Definitions .
 
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:
 
 
 

 
 
Act ” means the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations Code Sections 17000-17655), as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to the Act.
 
Additional Member ” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 7.4 by virtue of having received its Membership Interest from the Company and not from any other Member or Assignee.
 
Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Member as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Member in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Member in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Member’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or Section 5.1(b)(ii) ). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Member in respect of a Unit shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Unit were the only interest in the Company held by such Member from and after the date on which such Unit was first issued.
 
Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) or Section 3.3(c)(ii) .
 
Affiliate ” when used with reference to another Person means any Person (other than the Company), directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person. In addition, Affiliates of a Member shall include all its directors, managers, officers and employees in their capacities as such.
 
Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the Fair Market Value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the Managing Member, without taking into account any liabilities to which such Contributed Property was subject at such time. The Managing Member shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Company in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the Fair Market Value of each Contributed Property.
 
Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Articles of Organization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .
 
 
2

 
 
Assignee ” means any Transferee to which a Member or another Assignee has Transferred all or a portion of its interest in the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but that is not admitted to the Company as a Member.
 
Assumed Tax Rate ” means, for any taxable year, the highest marginal effective rate of federal, state and local income tax applicable to an individual resident in Healdsburg, California (or, if higher, a corporation doing business in Healdsburg, California), taking account of any differences in rates applicable to ordinary income and capital gains and any allowable deductions in respect of such state and local taxes in computing a Member’s liability for federal income tax.
 
Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (A) if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (B) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.
 
Book-Tax Disparity ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.
 
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.
 
Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.3 .
 
Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Fair Market Value of other property that a Member contributes to the Company with respect to any Unit or other Equity Securities issued by the Company (net of liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject).
 
Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, subject to the following sentence, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Members’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Company property, subject to the following sentence, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 3.3(c)(i) and Section 3.3(c)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Company properties, as deemed appropriate by the Managing Member.
 
 
3

 
 
Class ” means the classes into which the limited liability company interests in the Company created in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 3.2(a) may be classified or divided from time to time by the Managing Member in its sole discretion pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement the only Class is the LLC Units. Subclasses within a Class shall not be separate Classes for purposes of this Agreement. For all purposes hereunder and under the Act, only such Classes expressly established under this Agreement, including by the Managing Member in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to be a Class or group of limited liability company interests in the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Managing Member holds limited liability company interests of any Class, the Managing Member shall not be deemed to hold a separate Class of such interests from any other Member because it is the Managing Member.
 
Class A Membership Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Class B Membership Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).
 
Contributed Property ” means any property contributed to the Company by a Member.
 
Control ” means, when used with reference to any Person, the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, by or through stock or other equity ownership, agency or otherwise, or pursuant to or in connection with an agreement, arrangement or other understanding (written or oral); and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
Distributable Assets ” means, with respect to any fiscal period, all cash receipts (including from any operating, investing and financing activities) and (if distribution thereof is determined to be necessary or desirable by the Managing Member) other assets of the Company from any and all sources, reduced by operating cash expenses, contributions of capital to Subsidiaries of the Company and payments (if any) required to be made in connection with any loan to the Company and any reserve for contingencies or escrow required, in each case, as is determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.
 
 
4

 
 
Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b)(vi) .
 
Equity Securities ” means, as applicable, (i) any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest, (ii) any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest or containing any profit participation features, (iii) any rights or options directly or indirectly to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interest or securities containing any profit participation features or to subscribe for or to purchase any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interests or securities containing any profit participation features, (iv) any equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights or other similar rights, or (v) any Equity Securities issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above in connection with a combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
 
Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof among the Managing Member and the LLC Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Fair Market Value ” means (i) in reference to a particular Unit or other Equity Security issued by the Company or, as the case may be, all of the outstanding Units or other Equity Securities issued by the Company, the hypothetical amount that would be distributed with respect to such Unit(s) or Equity Security(ies), as determined pursuant to an appraisal, which appraisal shall be subject to the approval of the Managing Member, performed at the expense of the Company by (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) an investment bank, accounting firm or other Person of national standing having particular expertise in the valuation of businesses comparable to that of the Company selected by the Managing Member, and where such appraisal (1) determines the net equity value of the Company, and (2) assumes the distribution to the Members pursuant to Section 4.1 and ARTICLE VII of the proceeds that would hypothetically be received with respect to such Unit(s) or other Equity Security(ies) issued by the Company based on such net equity value, and (ii) in reference to assets or securities other than Units or other Equity Securities issued by the Company, the fair market value for such assets or securities as between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction occurring on the date of valuation, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value, as is determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.
 
First Amended Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, which unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion shall be each period ending on December 31.
 
 
5

 
 
GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, consistently applied and maintained throughout the applicable periods.
 
Good Faith ” shall mean a Person having acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to a criminal proceeding, having had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
Governmental Entity ” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government, including any court, in each case, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the property or other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
HSR Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(f) .
 
Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .
 
LLC Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .
 
Managing Member ” means Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any assignee to which the managing member of the Company Transfers all Units and other Equity Securities held by such managing member of the Company that is admitted to the Company as the managing member of the Company, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.
 
Member ” means each Person listed on the Schedule of Members on the date hereof (including the Managing Member) and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as such term is defined in the Act) of the Company.  Any reference in this Agreement to any Member shall include such Member’s Successors in Interest to the extent such Successors in Interest have become Substituted Members in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Act, the Members shall constitute a single Class or group of members of the Company for all purposes of the Act and this Agreement.
 
Member Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse debt ” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
Member Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse deduction ” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
Membership Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s economic interest and rights as a Member.
 
Membership Interest Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b)(i) .
 
 
6

 
 
Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Company upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Member by the Company, the Company’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(ii) ) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by such Member upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.
 
Net Income ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year over the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .
 
Net Loss ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year over the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .
 
Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction, or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
 
Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
Officer ” means each Person designated as an officer of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 , subject to any resolution of the Managing Member appointing such Person as an officer of the Company or relating to such appointment.
 
Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.
 
Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Member as of any date of determination, (a) the number of LLC Units held by such Member at such time dividend by (b) the number of LLC Unites held by all Members at such time.
 
Person ” means an individual, a partnership (including a limited partnership), a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.
 
Pledge ” means pledge, grant a security interest in, create a lien on, assign the right to receive distributions or proceeds from, or otherwise encumber, directly or indirectly, or any act of the foregoing.
 
Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .
 
 
7

 
 
Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods ” means the two, three, and four calendar month periods with respect to which Federal quarterly estimated tax payments are made. The first such period begins on January 1 and ends on March 31. The second such period begins on April 1 and ends on May 31. The third such period begins on June 1 and ends on August 31. The fourth such period begins on September 1 and ends on December 31.
 
Required Allocations ” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses under Section 5.1(b) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) , 5.1(b)(ii) , 5.1(b)(iii) , 5.1(b)(vi) or 5.1(b)(viii) .
 
Residual Gain ” or “ Residual Loss ” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Company recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) or 5.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
 
Schedule of Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .
 
Second Amended Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall Control the management of any such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
Substituted Member ” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 7.4 by virtue of such Person receiving all or a portion of a Membership Interest from a Member or an Assignee and not from the Company.
 
Successor in Interest ” means any (i) trustee, custodian, receiver or other Person acting in any Bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding with respect to, (ii) assignee for the benefit of the creditors of, (iii) trustee or receiver, or current or former officer, director or partner, or other fiduciary acting for or with respect to the dissolution, liquidation or termination of, or (iv) other executor, administrator, committee, legal representative or other successor or assign of, any Member, whether by operation of law or otherwise.
 
 
8

 
 
Tax Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 .
 
Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(d) .
 
Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Managing Member and the LLC Unitholders (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Transfer ” means sell, assign, convey, contribute, give, or otherwise transfer, whether directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, or any act of the foregoing, but excludes Pledge or any act of Pledging. The terms “ Transferee ,” “ Transferor ,” “ Transferred ,” “ Transferring Member ,” “ Transferor Member ” and other forms of the word “ Transfer ” shall have the correlative meanings.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated by the United States Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
 
Units ” means the LLC Units and any other Class of limited liability company interests in the Company denominated as “Units” that is established in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute limited liability company interests in the Company as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Company at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Member as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.3(c) ) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.3(c) as of such date).
 
Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.3(c) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.3(c) ).
 
Section 1.2     Terms Generally . In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:
 
(a)          the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion on the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;
 
 
9

 
 
(b)          words importing any gender shall include other genders;
 
(c)          words importing the singular only shall include the plural and vice versa;
 
(d)          the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;
 
(e)          the words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
 
(f)           references to “Articles,” “Exhibits,” “Sections,” “Schedules” or “Annexes” shall be to Articles, Exhibits, Sections, Schedules or Annexes of or to this Agreement;
 
(g)          references to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of such Person;
 
(h)          the use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive;
 
(i)           wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement among parties hereto, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict;
 
(j)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America;
 
(k)          references to any agreement, contract or schedule, unless otherwise stated, are to such agreement, contract or schedule as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
 
(l)           the parties hereto have participated collectively in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; accordingly, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, it is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted collectively by the parties hereto, and that no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 2.1     Formation . The Company was formed as a California limited liability company on October 23, 2007 by the execution and filing Articles of Organization of the Company (the “ Articles of Organization ”) by an authorized person under and pursuant to the Act and the execution of the Original Agreement. The Members agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under the Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 2.2     Name . The name of the Company is “H.D.D. LLC,” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or in such other names that comply with applicable law as the Managing Member may select from time to time. Subject to the Act, the Managing Member may change the name of the Company (and amend this Agreement to reflect such change) at any time and from time to time without the consent of any other Person.  Prompt notification of any such change shall be given to all Members.
 
Section 2.3     Term . The term of the Company commenced on the date the Articles of Organization were filed with the office of the California Secretary of State and shall continue in existence perpetually until termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2(d) and the Act.
 
Section 2.4     Purpose; Powers .
 
(a)           General Powers . The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of California.
 
(b)          Company Action . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and except as prohibited by the Act, (i) the Company may, with the approval of the Managing Member, enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.
 
Section 2.5            Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification . The Managing Member may take all action which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of California (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Company to conduct the business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The Managing Member may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the office of the appropriate authorities of the State of California, and in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Company is formed or qualified, such certificates (including certificates of limited liability companies and fictitious name certificates) and other documents as are required by the applicable statutes, rules or regulations of any such jurisdiction or as are required to reflect the identity of the Members and the amounts of their respective capital contributions. The Managing Member may cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available and those matters are reasonably within the control of the Officers, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction other than the State of California.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 2.6            Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of California shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Articles of Organization or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of California shall be the initial registered agent named in the Articles of Organization or such other Person or Persons as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Managing Member may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of California, and the Company shall maintain records at such place. The Company may have such other offices as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.
 
Section 2.7            No State Law Partnership .
 
(a)         The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member or Officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or Officer by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as is set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7(a) , and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and each Member, Assignee and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.
 
(b)         So long as the Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, to ensure that Units are not traded on an established securities market within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(b) or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(c), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
 
(i)           the Company shall not participate in the establishment of any such market or the inclusion of its Units thereon, and
 
(ii)          the Company shall not recognize any Transfer made on any such market by:
 
(A)           redeeming the Transferor Member (in the case of a redemption or repurchase by the Company); or
 
(B)           admitting the Transferee as a Member or otherwise recognizing any rights of the Transferee, such as a right of the Transferee to receive Company distributions (directly or indirectly) or to acquire an interest in the capital or profits of the Company.
 
Section 2.8           Admission . The Managing Member is hereby admitted as a Member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and each Member of the Company immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement shall continue as a Member hereunder.
 
 
12

 
 
ARTICLE III
CAPITALIZATION
 
Section 3.1           Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedules .
 
(a)           Limited Liability Company Interests . Interests in the Company shall be represented by Units, or such other Equity Securities in the Company, or such other Company securities, in each case as the Managing Member may establish in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms hereof. As of the date hereof, the Units are comprised of one Class: “ LLC Units ”.
 
(b)           Schedule of Units; Schedule of Members . The aggregate number of outstanding Units and the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that have been made by the Members and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash contributed by the Members with respect to the Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company or to which Contributed Property is subject) shall be set forth on a schedule maintained by the Company. The Company shall also maintain a schedule setting forth the name and address of each Member, the number of Units owned by such Member and the aggregate Capital Contributions that have been made by such Member with respect to such Member’s Units (such schedule, the “ Schedule of Members ”). The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit or other Equity Security in the Company and all relevant information with respect to each Member. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units or other Equity Securities in the Company on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act.
 
(c)          The Class A Membership Interests and Class B Memberships Interests issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are hereby converted into LLC Units and each Member owns the number of LLC Units set forth opposite the name of such Member in the Schedule of Members.
 
 
13

 
 
Section 3.2            Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units .
 
(a)         The Managing Member may issue additional LLC Units and/or establish and issue other Classes of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities from time to time with such rights, obligations, powers, designations, preferences and other terms, which may be different from, including senior to, any then-existing or future Classes of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities, as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time, in its sole discretion, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person, including (i) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof; (ii) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Company distributions; (iii) the rights of such Units, other Equity Securities or other Company securities upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Company may or shall be required to redeem such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities are issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities will be issued, evidenced by certificates or assigned or transferred; (vii) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including, without limitation, the amount and form of consideration, if any, to be received by the Company in respect thereof, the Managing Member being expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the Company to issue Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities for less than Fair Market Value); and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to vote on Company matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities. The Managing Member, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person, is authorized (i) to issue any Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of any such newly established Class or any existing Class and (ii) to amend this Agreement to reflect the creation of any such new Class, the issuance of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of such Class, and the admission of any Person as a Member which has received Units or other Equity Securities of any such Class, in accordance with Sections 3.2 , 7.3 and 9.4 . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the LLC Units and any other Classes of Units that may be established in accordance with this Agreement.
 
Section 3.3              Capital Accounts .
 
(a)           The Managing Member shall maintain for each Member owning Units a separate Capital Account with respect to such Units in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Company with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Company income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 , and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Company deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 . The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event the Managing Member shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts or any adjustments thereto (including, without limitation, adjustments relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or any Members) are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Managing Member, without the consent of any other Person, may make such modification, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributed to any Person pursuant to ARTICLE VII hereof upon the dissolution of the Company. The Managing Member, without the consent of any other Person, also shall (i) make any adjustments, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality among the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).
 
 
14

 
 
(b)           For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction, which is to be allocated pursuant to ARTICLE V and is to be reflected in the Members’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
 
(i)           Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3 , the Company shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the Managing Member) of all property owned by any partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, of which the Company is, directly or indirectly, a partner.
 
(ii)          Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Company and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.
 
(iii)         Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Company property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Company’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
 
 
15

 
 
(iv)         In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Company were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.3(c) to the Carrying Value of any Adjusted Property that is subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) and 1.704-3(a)(6)(i) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment; provided, however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any method that the Managing Member may adopt.
 
(c)           A transferee of Units shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Units so transferred.
 
(i)           In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Units for cash or Contributed Property and the issuance of Units as consideration for the provision of services, the Capital Account of all Members and the Carrying Value of each Company property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Members at such time pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and Fair Market Value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Units shall be determined by the Managing Member using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the Managing Member, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the Fair Market Value of the Units of all Members at such time. The Managing Member shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Company (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a Fair Market Value for individual properties.
 
(ii)           In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Member of any Company property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Unit), the Capital Accounts of all Members and the Carrying Value of all Company property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value, and had been allocated to the Members, at such time, pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and Fair Market Value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to ARTICLE VII or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 3.3(c)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to ARTICLE VII , be determined and allocated by the Person winding up the Company pursuant to Section 7.2(b) using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
 
16

 
 
(iii)           The Managing Member may make the adjustments described in clause (i) above in the manner set forth therein if the Managing Member determines that such adjustments are necessary or useful to effectuate the intended economic arrangement among the Members.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Managing Member shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to effectuate the intended economic sharing arrangement of the Members, the Managing Member may make such modification, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, without the consent of any other Person.
 
Section 3.4               No Withdrawal . No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.
 
Section 3.5               Loans From Members . Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Member shall loan funds to the Company, then the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the Capital Account balance of such Member. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.
 
Section 3.6               No Right of Partition . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, be entitled to distributions of specific assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Section 3.7               Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities .
 
(a)            Units shall be issued in non-certificated form; provided that the Managing Member may cause the Company to issue certificates to a Member representing the Units held by such Member.
 
(b)            If the Managing Member determines that the Company shall issue certificates representing Units to any Member, the following provisions of this Section 3.7 shall apply:
 
(i)           The Company shall issue one or more certificates in the name of such Person in such form as it may approve, subject to Section 3.7(b)(ii) (a “ Membership Interest Certificate ”), which shall evidence the ownership of the Units represented thereby. Each such Membership Interest Certificate shall be denominated in terms of the number of Units evidenced by such Membership Interest Certificate and shall be signed by the Managing Member or an Officer on behalf of the Company.
 
 
17

 
 
(ii)          Each Membership Interest Certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:
 
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES A LLC UNIT REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN H.D.D. LLC AND SHALL CONSTITUTE A “SECURITY” WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, (I) ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE (INCLUDING SECTION 8-102(A)(15) THEREOF) AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND (II) THE CORRESPONDING PROVISIONS OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION THAT NOW OR HEREAFTER SUBSTANTIALLY INCLUDES THE 1994 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 8 THEREOF AS ADOPTED BY THE AMERICAN LAW INSTITUTE AND THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF COMMISSIONERS ON UNIFORM STATE LAWS AND APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION ON FEBRUARY 14, 1995.
 
THE INTERESTS IN H.D.D. LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF H.D.D. LLC, DATED AS OF [  ], 2013, BY AND AMONG EACH OF THE MEMBERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.
 
THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACT.  THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR H.D.D. LLC DATED AS OF [  ], 2013, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY, WITHOUT CHARGE, TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.  SUCH RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.
 
(iii)         Each Unit shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and shall be governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of California, and (ii) the corresponding provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.
 
 
18

 
 
(iv)          The Company shall issue a new Membership Interest Certificate in place of any Membership Interest Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Units represented by such Membership Interest Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:
 
(A)           makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;
 
(B)           requests the issuance of a new Membership Interest Certificate before the Company has notice that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in Good Faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
 
(C)           if requested by the Company, delivers to the Company such security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, as the Managing Member may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Membership Interest Certificate; and
 
(D)           satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company.
 
(v)           Upon a Member’s Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement of any or all Units represented by a Membership Interest Certificate, the Transferee of such Units shall deliver such Membership Interest Certificate, duly endorsed for Transfer by the Transferee, to the Company for cancellation, and the Company shall thereupon issue a new Membership Interest Certificate to such Transferee for the number of Units being Transferred and, if applicable, cause to be issued to such Transferring Member a new Membership Interest Certificate for the number of Units that were represented by the canceled Membership Interest Certificate and that are not being Transferred.
 
ARTICLE IV
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 4.1             Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members, after Tax Distributions are made pursuant to Section 4.3 , as and when determined by the Managing Member, in accordance with their respective Units and pro rata in respect of each Class of Units.
 
Section 4.2              Successors . For purposes of determining the amount of distributions under Section 4.1 , each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions and as having received the distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.
 
 
19

 
 
Section 4.3              Tax Distributions . Subject to Section 4.7 and to any restrictions contained in any agreement to which the Company is bound, no later than the tenth day following the end of each Quarterly Estimated Tax Period of each calendar year, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash and borrowings of the Company, make a distribution in cash (each, a “ Tax Distribution ”), pro rata in accordance with the Percentage Interests in effect with respect to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the product of (x) the taxable income of the Company attributable to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period and all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods in such calendar year, based upon (I) the information returns filed by the Company, as amended or adjusted to date, and (II) estimated amounts, in the case of periods for which the Company has not yet filed information returns, multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate, over (ii) distributions made by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.3 with respect to such calendar year. The Managing Member shall use conventions similar to those adopted pursuant to Section 5.2(d) to determine the Percentage Interests of the Members with respect to a Quarterly Estimated Tax Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions shall be made only with respect to taxable income earned by the Company. For purposes of clause (i)(x) above, the taxable income of the Company shall be determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Section 743(b) of the Code and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Section 743(a) of the Code.
 
Section 4.4               Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from any payment made to, or any distributive share of, a Member, any taxes required by law to be withheld, and in such event, such taxes shall be treated as if an amount equal to such withheld taxed had been paid to the Member rather than paid over to the Governmental Entity.
 
Section 4.5               Security Interest and Right of Set Off; Indemnification . If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state or local personal property taxes and state or local unincorporated business taxes), then such Member shall indemnify the Company or its Successor in Interest in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and reasonable related expenses). A Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company or its Successor in Interest under this Section 4.5 shall survive the dissolution, winding up and termination of the Company. The Company and its Successor in Interest may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 4.5 , including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification, with interest calculated at a rate equal to 10 percent (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law). As security for any such indemnification obligation or any other liability or obligation to which the Company may be subject as a result of any act or status of any Member, or to which the Company may become subject with respect to the interest of any Member in the Company, the Company shall have (and each Member hereby grants to the Company) a security interest in all Distributable Assets distributable to such Member to the extent of the amount of such liability or obligation. Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member or any Affiliate or related Person thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any amounts that such Member or such Affiliate or related Person owes to the Company, whether pursuant to this Section 4.5 or under any promissory note issued to the Company as partial payment for any Units of the Company may be deducted from that sum before payment; provided, however, that no deduction pursuant to this sentence shall be made with respect to any Tax Distribution except on account of any amounts owed by such Member or such Affiliate or related Person which (i) are due and owing pursuant to the indemnification obligation provided for in this Section 4.5 or (ii) are past due or as to which the obligor is otherwise in default.
 
 
20

 
 
Section 4.6               Certain Distributions . For purposes of this ARTICLE IV , a distribution to a Member of property (other than cash) shall be treated as a Tax Distribution pursuant to Section 4.3 (rather than as, for example, a distribution pursuant to Section 4.1 ) in an amount equal to the hypothetical amount of tax that the Member would pay, at the Assumed Tax Rate, if (i) such property were not treated as a distribution of money pursuant to Section 731(c)(2) of the Code (to the extent that Section 731(c)(2) otherwise applies) and (ii) the Member sold the property immediately after receiving such distribution.
 
Section 4.7               Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, shall not be required to make a distribution if such distribution to any Member or Assignee would violate the Act or other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE V
ALLOCATIONS
 
Section 5.1               Allocations for Capital Account Purposes . i) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Net Income and Net Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.1(b) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 7.2 if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed to the Members pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets.
 
(b)            Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
 
(i)            Company Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(iii) and Section 5.1(b)(vi) ). This Section 5.1(b)(i) is intended to comply with the Company Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
 
21

 
 
(ii)           Chargeback of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(b)(i) ), except as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, any Member with a share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) , other than Section 5.1(b)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(v) and (b)(vi) , with respect to such taxable period. This Section 5.1(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iii)          Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible, unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or (ii) . This Section 5.1(b)(iii) is intended to qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iv)          Gross Income Allocations . In the event any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Company taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Member is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Member is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(b)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
 
 
22

 
 
(v)          Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the Managing Member determines that the Company’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the Managing Member is authorized, upon notice to the other Members, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
 
(vi)         Member Nonrecourse Deductions . Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Member that bears the “Economic Risk of Loss” (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
 
(vii)        Nonrecourse Liabilities . Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be allocated among the Members in the manner chosen by the Managing Member and consistent with such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(viii)       Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(ix)          Curative Allocation .
 
(1)           The Required Allocations are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Required Allocations shall be offset either with other Required Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) . Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this ARTICLE V (other than the Required Allocations), the Managing Member shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Required Allocations were not part of this Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to the economic agreement among the Members.
 
 
23

 
 
(2)           The Managing Member shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) among the Members in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.
 
(x)            Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member shall be required to pay to the Company, to any other Member or to any third party any deficit balance which may exist from time to time in the Member’s Capital Account.
 
Section 5.2              Allocations for Tax Purposes .
 
(a)           The income, gains, losses and deductions of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses and deductions among the Members for purposes of computing their Capital Accounts; except that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses and deductions for tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.
 
(b)           In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Members as follows:
 
(i)           (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Members in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .
 
(ii)          (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) or Section 3.3(c)(ii) , and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) ; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .
 
 
24

 
 
(iii)           In order to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities, the Managing Member may cause the Company to use any method described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3.
 
(c)           For the proper administration of the Company and for the preservation of uniformity of the Units (or any Class or Classes thereof), the Managing Member shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; (iii) without the consent of any other Person being required, amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Units (or any Class or Classes thereof); and (iv) adopt and employ such methods for (A) the maintenance of capital accounts for book and tax purposes, (B) the determination and allocation of adjustments under Sections 704(c), 734 and 743 of the Code, (C) the determination and allocation of taxable income, tax loss and items thereof under this Agreement and pursuant to the Code, (D) the determination of the identities and tax classification of Members, (E) the provision of tax information and reports to the Members, (F) the adoption of reasonable conventions and methods for the valuation of assets and the determination of tax basis, (G) the allocation of asset values and tax basis, (H) the adoption and maintenance of accounting methods, (I) the recognition of the Transfer of Units and (J) tax compliance and other tax-related requirements, including without limitation, the use of computer software, as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary and appropriate to execute the provisions of this Agreement and to comply with federal, state and local tax law, and to achieve uniformity of Units within a Class. The Managing Member may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Members, the holders of any Class or Classes of Units issued and outstanding or the Company, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.
 
(d)           For purposes of determining the items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit allocable to any Member with respect to any period, such items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(e)           Tax credits, tax credit recapture and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as reasonably determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi).
 
(f)           Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.2 are solely for the purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Income, Loss, distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
 
 
25

 
 
Section 5.3               Members’ Tax Reporting . The Members acknowledge and are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made pursuant to this ARTICLE V and, except as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this ARTICLE V in reporting their shares of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for federal, state and local income tax purposes.
 
Section 5.4               Certain Costs and Expenses . The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (ii) in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, bear and/or reimburse the Managing Member for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by it in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including, without suggesting any limitation of any kind, costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, board of directors compensation and meeting costs, cost of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes, provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member.
 
ARTICLE VI
MANAGEMENT
 
Section 6.1              Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties .
 
(a)            Authority of Managing Member . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate authority to Officers or to others to act on behalf of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) , the Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, including, without limitation, the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, Transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.
 
(b)            Other Members . No Member who is not also a Managing Member, in his or her or its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units, other Equity Securities in the Company, or the fact of a Member’s admission as a member of the Company do not confer any rights upon the Members to participate in the management of the affairs of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, no Member who is not also a Managing Member shall have any right to vote on any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise. The conduct, Control and management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Company, the decision of the Managing Member shall be the decision of the Company. Except as required law, or expressly provided in Section 6.1 or by separate agreement with the Company, no Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Company in its capacity as a Member, nor shall any Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Company in his or her or its capacity as a Member in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Company or of any other Member.
 
 
26

 
 
(c)             Delegation by Managing Member . The Company may employ one or more Members from time to time, and such Members, in their capacity as employees or agents of the Company (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Members of the Company), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Company to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Company has been delegated to them by the Managing Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Managing Member’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of a Member or the Company (including Officers), and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other Persons. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.
 
Section 6.2              Officers .
 
(a)             Designation and Appointment . The Managing Member may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business, including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as Officers of the Company, with such titles as and to the extent authorized by the Managing Member. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. In its discretion, the Managing Member may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the State of California or Members. Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may from time to time delegate to them. The Managing Member may assign titles to particular Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member. Designation of an Officer shall not of itself create any employment or, except as provided in Section 6.4 , contractual rights.
 
 
27

 
 
(b)             Resignation and Removal . Any Officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. All employees, agents and Officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Managing Member and may be removed, with or without cause, from such office by the Managing Member and the authority, duties or responsibilities of any employee, agent or Officer of the Company may be suspended by or altered the Managing Member from time to time, in each case in the sole discretion of the Managing Member.
 
(c)             Duties of Officers . The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by officers of a California corporation pursuant to the laws of the state of California.
 
Section 6.3              Liability of Members .
 
(a)            No Personal Liability . Except as otherwise required by applicable law and as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member shall have any personal liability whatsoever in such Person’s capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Except as otherwise required by the Act, each Member shall be liable only to make such Member’s Capital Contribution to the Company, if applicable, and the other payments provided for expressly herein.
 
(b)            Return of Distributions . In accordance with the Act and the laws of the State of California, a Member may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Member. It is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to ARTICLE IV shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Act. The payment of any such money or distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return any such money or property to the Company or any other Person. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of any other Member.
 
 
28

 
 
(c)            No Duties . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, the parties hereby agree that the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member), shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, owe no duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, the other Members or any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6.3(c) shall eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, to another Member or to another Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Company, to any such other Member or to any such other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, for their Good Faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the
 
Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) relating thereto. The Managing Member may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company in Good Faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Managing Member will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the Managing Member is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Managing Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or the other Members, or (ii) in its Good Faith or under another expressed standard, the Managing Member shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.
 
Section 6.4               Indemnification by the Company . Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in this Section 6.4 , each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or arbitrative (each, a “ Proceeding ”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he, she or it, or a Person of which he, she or it is the legal representative, is or was a Member or an Officer (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), in each case, shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against all judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Proceeding, appeal, inquiry or investigation, if such Indemnified Person acted in Good Faith. Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he, she or it is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnification under this Section 6.4 shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.4 shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings, appeals, inquiries or investigations arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Section 6.4 could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any Proceeding brought (i) by such Indemnified Person against the Company (other than to enforce the rights of such Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 6.4 ), any Member or any Officer, or (ii) by or in the right of the Company, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member.
 
 
29

 
 
Section 6.5              Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that: (a) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS;
ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
 
Section 7.1              Member Withdrawal . No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign or be expelled from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under this Agreement.
 
Section 7.2              Dissolution .
 
(a)             Events . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of (i) the determination of the Managing Member, (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act or (iii) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining Member in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the Act. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence, the relative economic rights of each Class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 7.2(c) below in connection with the winding up of the Company, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more parties hereto and subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, unless, with respect to any Class of Units, holders of not less than 90% of the Units of such Class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.
 
(b)             Actions Upon Dissolution . When the Company is dissolved, the business and property of the Company shall be wound up and liquidated by the Managing Member or, in the event of the unavailability of the Managing Member or if the Managing Member shall so determine, such Member or other liquidating trustee as shall be named by the Managing Member.
 
 
30

 
 
(c)             Priority . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to this Section 7.2 to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up. Upon dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be applied in the following manner and order of priority: (i) to creditors, including Members who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law,   in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and (ii) the balance shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with their respective Units and pro rata in respect of each Class of Units.
 
(d)            Cancellation of Articles of Organization . The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the Members in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Articles of Organization shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
 
(e)            Return of Capital . The liquidators of the Company shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).
 
(f)             Hart Scott Rodino . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in the event the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), is applicable to any Member by reason of the fact that any assets of the Company will be distributed to such Member in connection with the dissolution of the Company, the distribution of any assets of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting periods (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Member.
 
Section 7.3              Transfer by Members . No Member may Transfer or Pledge all or any portion of its Units or other interests or rights in the Company except with the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4(c) (other than the provisions of Section 7.4(c)(v) to the extent that such provisions relate to the delivery of legal and/or tax opinions), without the consent of the Managing Member, a Member may, at any time, Transfer any of such Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. In addition, to the extent that the Managing Member determines in Good Faith that a proposed Transfer would not violate Section 7.4(c) below, then the Managing Member will not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Transfer (i) in the case of any Member who is a natural Person, (A) upon the death of such Member pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or (B) to or among such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle established solely for the benefit of (or the sole members or partners of which are) such Person, such Person’s spouse and/or descendants or (ii) to and among wholly owned Subsidiaries of any Member, provided, however, that if any such wholly owned Subsidiary will subsequently cease to be wholly owned by such Member, the Units so Transferred must first be Transferred back to the original Member or another permitted Transferee of such original Member.  For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable for the Managing Member to impose reasonable restrictions on the number of Persons to whom a Member may make Transfers pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, which restrictions need not be uniform among holders of interests in the Company. Any purported Transfer or Pledge of all or a portion of a Member’s Units or other interests in the Company not complying with this Section 7.3 shall be void and shall not create any obligation on the part of the Company or the other Members to recognize that Transfer or Pledge or to deal with the Person to which the Transfer or Pledge purportedly was made.
 
 
31

 
 
Section 7.4              Admission or Substitution of New Members .
 
(a)            Admission . Without the consent of any other Person, the Managing Member shall have the right to admit as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, any Person who acquires an interest in the Company, or any part thereof, from a Member or from the Company. Concurrently with the admission of a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, the Managing Member shall forthwith (i) amend the Schedule of Members to reflect the name and address of such Substituted Member or Additional Member and to eliminate or modify, as applicable, the name and address of the Transferring Member with regard to the Transferred Units and (ii) cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the substitution of a Transferee as a Substituted Member in place of the Transferring Member, or the admission of an Additional Member, in each case, at the expense, including payment of any professional and filing fees incurred, of such Substituted Member or Additional Member; provided that such expenses shall not be payable with respect to a Substituted Member or Additional Member that is or is to become an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where the issuance or Transfer of an interest in the Company to such Person is in connection with their provision of services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
(b)            Conditions and Limitations . The admission of any Person as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member shall be conditioned upon (i) such Person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement, either by (A) execution and delivery of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement countersigned by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or (B) any other writing evidencing the intent of such Person to become a Substituted Member or an Additional Member and such writing is accepted by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company.
 
(c)            Prohibited Transfers . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit or other interest in the Company be made by any Member or Assignee if:
 
(i)          such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit or other interest in the Company;
 
(ii)         such Transfer would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” as defined in Section 7704 of the Code;
 
(iii)        such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or other interest in the Company or of any Class of Unit or other interest in the Company pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S. securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;
 
 
32

 
 
(iv)           such Transfer would cause any portion of the assets of the Company to become “plan assets” of any “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations as modified by Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time; or
 
(v)           to the extent requested by the Managing Member, the Company does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Managing Member, as determined in the Managing Member’s sole discretion.
 
In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, to the extent the Managing Member shall determine that interests in the Company do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Managing Member may impose such restrictions on the Transfer of Units or other interests in the Company as the Managing Member may determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
Any Transfer in violation of Section 7.3 or this Section 7.4(c) shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect.
 
(d)            Effect of Transfer to Substituted Member . Following the Transfer of any Unit or other interest in the Company that is permitted under Sections 7.3 and 7.4 , the Transferee of such Unit or other interest in the Company shall be treated as having made all of the Capital Contributions in respect of, and received all of the distributions received in respect of, such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall succeed to the Capital Account balance associated with such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall receive allocations and distributions under ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V in respect of such Unit or other interest in the Company and otherwise shall become a Substituted Member entitled to all the rights of a Member with respect to such Unit or other interest in the Company.
 
Section 7.5              Additional Requirements . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Member may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any interests in the Company that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created hereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such interests in the Company.   Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform among holders of interests in the Company and may be waived or released by the Managing Member in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the interests in the Company owned by any one or more Members or Assignees at any time and from time to time, and such actions or omissions by the Managing Member shall not constitute the breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.
 
 
33

 
 
Section 7.6               Mandatory Exchange . The Managing Member may, with the consent of those Members (other than the Managing Member) holding not less than 75% of the LLC Units (excluding any LLC Units held by the Managing Member) require all Members holding LLC Units to exchange all such Units held by them pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
 
Section 7.7               Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.
 
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION;
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 8.1               Books and Records. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office (i) correct and complete books and records of account (which, in the case of financial records, shall be kept in accordance with GAAP), (ii) minutes of the proceedings of meetings of the Members, (iii) a current list of the directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective residence addresses, and (iv) a record containing the names and addresses of all Members, the total number of Units held by each Member, and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of the foregoing books, minutes or records may be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, notwithstanding the rights set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act, no Member shall have the right to obtain information from the Company.
 
Section 8.2               Information .
 
(a)            The Members shall be supplied with all other Company information necessary to enable each Member to prepare its federal, state, and local income tax returns.
 
(b)            All determinations, valuations and other matters of judgment required to be made for ordinary course accounting purposes under this Agreement shall be made by the Managing Member and shall be conclusive and binding on all Members, their Successors in Interest and any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted by law or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no such Person shall have the right to an accounting or an appraisal of the assets of the Company or any successor thereto.
 
Section 8.3               Fiscal Year . The Fiscal Year of the Company shall end on or as close to December 31 of each calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion in accordance with Section 706 of the Code.
 
 
34

 
 
Section 8.4               Certain Tax Matters .
 
(a)             Preparation of Returns . The Managing Member shall cause to be prepared all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed and shall cause such returns to be timely filed. The Managing Member shall determine the appropriate treatment of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company and the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States of America, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of any such item or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Managing Member may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws. As promptly as practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide to each Member a Schedule K-1 for such Fiscal Year. Additionally, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide to each Member, to the extent commercially reasonable and available to the Company without undue cost, any information reasonably required by the Member to prepare, or in connection with an audit of, such Member’s income tax returns.
 
(b)             Consistent Treatment . Each Member agrees that it shall not, except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, (i) treat, on its individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to its interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing its income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based on, or which would result in, such inconsistent treatment.
 
(c)             Duties of the Tax Matters Member . In respect of an income tax audit of any tax return of the Company, the filing of any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit reflected on any tax return of the Company, or any administrative or judicial proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, (A) the Managing Member shall direct the Tax Matters Member to act for, and such action shall be final and binding upon, the Company and all Members except to the extent a Member shall properly elect to be excluded from such proceeding pursuant to the Code, (B) all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Member in connection therewith (including attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees and disbursements) shall be expenses of, and payable by, the Company, (C) no Member shall have the right to (1) participate in the audit of any Company tax return, (2) file any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (other than items which are not partnership items within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(4) or which cease to be partnership items under Code Section 6231(b)) reflected on any tax return of the Company, (3) participate in any administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, or (4) appeal, challenge or otherwise protest any adverse findings in any such audit conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or with respect to any such amended return or claim for refund filed by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or in any such administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member and (D) the Tax Matters Member shall keep the Members reasonably apprised of the status of any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if a petition for a readjustment to any partnership item included in a final partnership administrative adjustment is filed with a District Court or the Court of Claims and the IRS has elected to assess income tax against a Member with respect to that final partnership administrative adjustment (rather than suspending assessments until the District Court or Court of Claims proceedings become final), such Member shall be permitted to file a claim for refund within such period of time as to avoid application of any statute of limitations which would otherwise prevent the Member from having any claim based on the final outcome of that review.
 
 
35

 
 
(d)             Tax Matters Member . The Company and each Member hereby designate the Managing Member as the “tax matters partner” for purposes of Code Section 6231(a)(7) (the “ Tax Matters Member ”).
 
(e)             Certain Filings . Upon the Transfer of an interest in the Company (within the meaning of the Code), a sale of Company assets or a liquidation of the Company, the Members shall provide the Managing Member with information and shall make tax filings as reasonably requested by the Managing Member and required under applicable law.
 
(f)              Section 754 Election . The Managing Member shall cause the Company to make and to maintain and keep in effect at all times, in accordance with Sections 734, 743 and 754 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and comparable state law provisions, an election to adjust basis in the event (i) any LLC Unit is Transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Exchange Agreement or (ii) any Company property is distributed to any Member.
 
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.1              Separate Agreements; Schedules . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including Section 9.4 , or of any subscription agreement between the Company and any Member, the Managing Member may, or may cause the Company to, without the approval of any other Member or other Person, enter into separate agreements with individual Members with respect to any matter, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering, supplementing or amending the terms of, this Agreement or any such subscription agreement. The parties hereto agree that any terms contained in any such separate agreement shall govern with respect to such Member(s) party thereto notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member may from time to time execute and deliver to the Members schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Company and any other matters deemed appropriate by the Managing Member. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.
 
Section 9.2              Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
 
 
36

 
 
Section 9.3              Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Successors in Interest; provided that no Person claiming by, through or under a Member (whether as such Member’s Successor in Interest or otherwise), as distinct from such Member itself, shall have any rights as, or in respect to, a Member (including the right to approve or vote on any matter or to notice thereof).
 
Section 9.4              Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion without the approval of any other Member or other Person; provided that except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, in Section 3.2(a) ), no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of Units, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of Units of the same Class without the consent of such holder (or, if there is more than one such holder that is so affected, without the consent of a majority of such affected holders in accordance with their holdings of Units), provided further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may, without the written consent of any other Member or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (1) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any Class of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities in accordance with this Agreement; (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement; (3) a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company; (4) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; or (5) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company, including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company; provided further, that the books and records of the Company shall be deemed amended from time to time to reflect the admission of a new Member, the withdrawal or resignation of a Member, the adjustment of the Units or other interests in the Company resulting from any issuance, Transfer or other disposition of Units or other interests in the Company, in each case that is made in accordance with the provisions hereof. If an amendment has been approved in accordance with this agreement, such amendment shall be adopted and effective with respect to all Members. Upon obtaining such approvals as may be required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution on the part of any other Member or other Person, any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the Managing Member and the other Members shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any other consent that may be required, any amendment of this Agreement that requires a holder of LLC Units on the date hereof to make a Capital Contribution (including as a condition to maintaining any rights necessary to permit such holders to exercise their rights under the Exchange Agreement) shall require the consent of such holder of LLC Units.
 
 
37

 
 
No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
Section 9.5              Notices . Whenever notice is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given, such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to any Member at such Member’s address or facsimile number shown in the Company’s books and records, or, if given to the Company, at the following address:
 
H.D.D. LLC
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10104
Attention: Anna T. Pinedo
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
Each proper notice shall be effective upon any of the following: (a) personal delivery to the recipient, (b) when sent by facsimile to the recipient (with confirmation of receipt), (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (d) three Business Days after being deposited in the mails (first class or airmail postage prepaid).
 
Section 9.6               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.
 
Section 9.7               Power of Attorney . Each Member hereby irrevocably appoints the Managing Member as such Member’s true and lawful representative and attorney in fact, each acting alone, in such Member’s name, place and stead, (a) to make, execute, sign and file all instruments, documents and certificates which, from time to time, may be required to set forth any amendment to this Agreement or which may be required by this Agreement or by the laws of the United States of America, the State of California or any other state in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof and (b) to execute, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the Company or to qualify and continue the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal from the Company of any Member for any reason and shall survive and shall not be affected by the disability, incapacity, Bankruptcy or dissolution of such Member. No power of attorney granted in this Agreement shall revoke any previously granted power of attorney.
 
 
38

 
 
Section 9.8               Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the other documents and agreements referred to herein or entered into concurrently herewith embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein; provided that such other agreements and documents shall not be deemed to be a part of, a modification of or an amendment to this Agreement. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement and the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Section 9.9               Remedies . Each Member shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies that such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights that such Person has under any applicable law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security) to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by applicable law.
 
Section 9.10             Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
 
Section 9.11             Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Company profits, losses, distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor.
 
Section 9.12             Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
Section 9.13             Further Action . The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
 
39

 
 
Section 9.14             Delivery by Facsimile or Email . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or email with scan or facsimile attachment, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.
 
 
MANAGING MEMBER:
 
       
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
 
By:
   
  Name:     
  Title:    
       
 
 
OTHER MEMBERS:
 
       
 
THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST dated August 1, 2004
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 
       
       
  By:    
    Sylvia M. Hurst, Co-Trustee  
 
 
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
    a California limited partnership
 
       
 
 
 
 
By:       HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC., a California corporation
Its:       General Partner
 
     
       
 
By:
   
   
William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D dated August 24, 2005
 
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Heath E. Dolan, Trustee
 
 
 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
 
 
41

 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A dated June 5, 2003
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Trustee
 
       
       
  THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED APRIL 5, 1996  
       
       
  By:    
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Trustee
 
       
       
  By:      
    Stasia A. Obremskey, Trustee  
 
 
       
   
Mark De Meulenaere
 
 
 
       
   
Forrester R. Hambrecht
 
 
 
       
   
Barrie Graham
 
 
  
       
   
Anna Schweizer
 
 

       
   
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
 
 
42

 
 
ANNEX A
MEMBERS
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
The Hurst Family Revocable Trust dated August 1, 2004
 
Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.
 
The Dolan 2005 Family Trust u/t/d dated August 24, 2005
 
The Dolan 2003 Family Trust u/t/a dated June 5, 2003
 
The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust dated April 5, 1996
 
Mark De Meulenaere
 
Forrester R. Hambrecht
 
Barrie Graham
 
Anna Schweizer
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
 
43 

Exhibit 10.2
 
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this " Agreement "), dated as of August 1, 2012, is made by and between BRANDON STAUBER (" Seller ") and H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (" Buyer ").
 
  RECITALS
 
 
A.
Seller owns fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding membership interests in Wine Spies, LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company ").    
 
 
B.
Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, and the Seller desires to sell to Buyer, all of the membership interests in the Company held by Seller (the " Purchased Interest "), on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
  AGREEMENT
 
1.              Acquisition Of the Purchased Interest .  On the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller agrees to sell the Purchased Interest to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase the Purchased Interest from Seller.  Seller shall sell, assign, and transfer the Purchased Interest free and clear of any and all Encumbrances (as defined in Section 4.3(b)) and any voting agreements, proxies, or similar agreements to Buyer as of the close of business on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3).  This Agreement, the Noncompetition Agreement (as defined in Section 6.3 below), the Consulting Agreement (as defined in Section 6.4 below) and the Transfer Documents (as defined in Section 6.11 below) shall be collectively referred to herein as the " Transaction Documents ."
 
2.              Consideration .
 
 
2.1. 
Purchase Price .  The aggregate purchase price to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Purchased Interest shall be Three Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($325,000) (the " Purchase Price ").
 
 
2.2. 
Payment of the Purchase Price .  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller (i) Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000) by check or wire transfer, and (ii) a non-interest bearing promissory note payable to Seller in the principal amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the " Note ").  The Note shall be due and payable on or before March 1, 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
 
2.3. 
Purchase Price Adjustment .
 
(a)            Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
(1)           " Net Working Capital " shall mean the difference of (i) cash and total current accounts receivable of the Company as of the Closing Date less (ii) total current accounts payable of the Company within as of the Closing Date, each as computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(2)           " Net Working Capital Target " shall mean Zero Dollars ($0.00).
 
(b)            Net Working Capital Adjustment .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted as follows:  (i) in the event that the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date exceeds the Net Working Capital Target by more than $10,000, then the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward by an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the difference between the excess amount and $10,000, in which case Buyer shall promptly, but in any event within five (5) business days following the determination in accordance with Section 2.3(b) hereof, increase the principal balance of the Note by one-half (1/2) of the difference between the excess amount and $10,000; or (ii) in the event that the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date is less than the Net Working Capital Target by more than $10,000, then the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward in an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the difference between the deficiency amount and $10,000, in which case Buyer shall offset such difference between the deficiency amount and $10,000 against the principal balance of the Note.
 
(c)            Determination of Net Working Capital .  No later than thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a statement (the " Closing Balance Sheet ") setting forth its computation of the Net Working Capital.  The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  The Closing Balance Sheet shall become final and binding upon the parties fifteen (15) days following Seller's receipt thereof unless Seller gives written notice of his disagreement (" Dispute Notice ") to Buyer prior to such date.  Seller shall have such fifteen (15)-day period to bring a dispute, but only on the basis that the amounts reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet were not presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or were inaccurate or incomplete.  Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Dispute Notice, the parties hereto shall attempt to resolve such dispute and agree in writing upon the final content of the disputed Closing Balance Sheet.  If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any dispute within the thirty (30)-day period after Seller's receipt of a Dispute Notice, Seller and Buyer shall jointly engage as arbitrator an accounting firm acceptable to and jointly engaged by both Buyer and Seller, provided such accounting firm has not performed accounting, tax or auditing services for Buyer or Seller or any of their respective affiliates during the past three (3) years (the " Arbitrating Accountant ").  The Arbitrating Accountant shall promptly, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date of its appointment, determine, based solely on presentations by Buyer and Seller, and not by independent review, only those issues in dispute and shall render a written report as to the dispute and the resulting computation of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Net Working Capital, which shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and not subject to appeal or judicial review.  In resolving any disputed item, the Arbitrating Accountant may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either party.  Upon the resolution of all such disputes, the Closing Balance Sheet shall be revised to reflect such resolution.  The Arbitrating Accountant shall determine the proportion of its fees and expenses to be paid by each of Seller and Buyer, based primarily on the degree to which the Arbitrating Accountant has accepted the positions of the respective parties.
 
 
2

 
 
3.              Closing .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to closing set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the " Closing ") shall take place at 10:00 a.m. on July ____, 2012 (the " Closing Date "), at the offices of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP, located at 90 South E Street, Suite 200, Santa Rosa, California  95404, or at such other time, date, and place as may be mutually agreed upon.
 
4.              Representations and Warranties of Seller .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:
 
4.1.            Good Standing .  The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has all necessary power and authority to own and conduct the business now being conducted.
 
4.2.            Authorization .  Seller has the full right, capacity, power, and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents, to perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Each of the Transaction Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Seller, and assuming due authorization, execution, and delivery by Buyer, constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Seller enforceable in accordance with its respective terms and conditions, except as such enforcement may be limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application affecting creditors' rights generally, or (ii) by general principles of equity.
 
4.3.            Trademark .  The Company has all right, title and interest in any trademark of the Company's name "The Wine Spies" (the " Trademark ") and in the Service Marks (as defined in Section 6.5), together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.
 
4.4.            Ownership of the Company .
 
(a)           The Purchased Interest represents fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding interests and rights in the Company including, without limitation, all economic interest, all rights to vote or participate in management, and all rights to information concerning the business and affairs of the Company.
 
(b)           Seller owns beneficially and of record the Purchased Interest and has full power and authority to sell and transfer the Purchased Interest to Buyer in the manner provided herein, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges, security interest, pledges, mortgages, rights of setoff, preemptive rights, trust arrangements, or other encumbrances of any character whatsoever (whether arising from contract, by operation of law, or otherwise) (collectively, " Encumbrances ") or any voting agreements, proxies, or similar agreements.
 
 
3

 
 
(c)           There are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire from the Company any membership interests or other equity interest or rights, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for membership interests or other equity interest or rights of the Company.  The outstanding membership interests of the Company are owned by the persons, with the respective percentage interests specified in the Amended Operating Agreement of the Company dated as of March 26, 2007 (the " Operating Agreement ").
 
4.5.            Noncontravention .  The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of, or default or loss of benefit under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification, or cancellation under, or require any notice, consent, or waiver under, any material contract, indebtedness, or agreement to which Seller or the Company is a party which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or business as now conducted (a " Material Adverse Effect "); (ii) violate or result in the loss of any benefit under any order, judgment, or decree applicable to the Company; or (iii) result in any violation, or conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Company's Articles of Organization or the Operating Agreement.
 
4.6.            No Consents .  No consent, approval, or authorization of, or declaration, filing, or registration with, any governmental authority or any other person is required to be obtained or made by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
 
4.7.            Books and Records .  The books and records of the Company, all of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and correct and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices.
 
4.8.            Taxes .  Within the times and in the manner prescribed by law, the Company has filed all federal, state, and local tax returns required by law and has paid, or will pay prior to becoming delinquent, all taxes, assessments, and penalties shown to be due and payable on such returns, including without limitation all sales and use taxes and the annual minimum franchise tax and "gross receipts" fee applicable to limited liability companies such as the Company, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.9.            Claims and Legal Proceedings .  There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened, or any order, injunction or decree outstanding, against the Company.  To Seller's knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for future claims, litigations, proceedings, or investigations against the Company.
 
 
4

 
 
4.10.          Title; Liens .  The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no material mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (i) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due, (iii) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers' compensation laws or similar legislation, and (iv) liens, encumbrances and defects in title which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or have a Material Adverse Effect, and which have not arisen otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.
 
4.11.          Financial Statements . The unaudited balance sheet (the " Balance Sheet ") at June 30, 2012 (the " Balance Sheet Date "), the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows as of and for the period beginning January 1, 2011 and ended December 31, 2011 and the interim statements of income and cash flows as of and for the period beginning January 1, 2012 and ended June 30, 2012 (collectively, the " Financial Statements ") of the Company, are attached as Exhibit B hereto. The Financial Statements were prepared in good faith, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (" GAAP "), and fairly and accurately present the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
 
4.12.          Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities .  The Company does not have any liability (whether known or unknown and whether absolute or contingent), except for (a) liabilities shown on the Balance Sheet, (b) liabilities not in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate, which have arisen since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business and which are similar in nature and amount to the liabilities which arose during the comparable period of time in the immediately preceding fiscal period, and (c) contractual and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not required by U.S. GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet and which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.13.          Absence of Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has been no material adverse change in the business, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of the Company, other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business (which ordinary course changes have not, individually or in the aggregate, had a Material Adverse Effect).
 
4.14.          Related Parties . None of the Company's members, managers, officers or employees, or any members of their immediate families, or any affiliate of the foregoing are, directly or indirectly, indebted to the Company or have any (i) material commercial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting or familial relationship with any of the Company's customers, suppliers, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees and competitors, (ii) direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or in any firm or corporation which competes with the Company except that such persons may own stock in (but not exceeding three percent (3%) of the outstanding capital stock of) publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company or (iii) financial interest in any contract with the Company.
 
 
5

 
 
4.15.          Brokers and Finders .  Seller has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Transaction Documents.
 
4.16.            Disclosure .  To Seller's knowledge, no representation or warranty by Seller contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any other document, certificate, or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.  The representations and warranties made to Buyer are made with the knowledge and expectation that Buyer is relying thereon and the same shall not be affected by any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by or on behalf of Buyer.
 
5.              Representations and Warranties of Buyer .  Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
 
5.1.            Good Standing .  Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has all necessary power and authority to own and conduct the business now being conducted.
 
5.2.            Authorization .  Buyer has the full right, capacity, power, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer, and assuming due authorization, execution, and delivery by Seller, constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as such enforcement may be limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application affecting creditors' rights generally, or (ii) by general principles of equity.
 
5.3.            Noncontravention .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of Buyer's obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of, or default or loss of benefit under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification, or cancellation under, or require any notice, consent, or waiver under, any material contract, indebtedness, or agreement to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound; (ii) violate or result in the loss of any benefit under any order, judgment, or decree applicable to Buyer; or (iii) result in any material violation, or material conflict with, or constitute a material default under, Buyer's organizational documents, as may be amended to date.
 
5.4.            No Consents .  No consent, approval, or authorization of, or declaration, filing, or registration with, any governmental authority or any other person is required to be obtained or made by Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
5.5.            Brokers and Finders .  Buyer has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents and neither Seller nor Buyer has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by Buyer, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.
 
 
6

 
 
5.6.            Disclosure .  To Buyer's knowledge, no representation or warranty by Buyer contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.  The representations and warranties made to Seller are made with the knowledge and expectation that Seller is relying thereon and the same shall not be affected by any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by or on behalf of Seller.
 
6.              Certain Covenants .
 
6.1.            Inspection .  Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall (i) give Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors full access, during normal business hours, to all facilities of the Company; (ii) furnish Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors with all documents and information relating to the Company as may be reasonably requested by Buyer and their authorized representatives and advisors; and (iii) permit Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors to review all books, records, and contracts relating to the Company's operations.  The Buyer shall keep confidential and not use or disclose to any party any confidential information acquired by Buyer from Seller pursuant to this Section 6.1 or otherwise disclosed in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, unless Seller shall give its written consent to the contrary , or unless otherwise required or permitted by law.
 
6.2.            Company's Books and Records .  Prior to the Closing, Seller shall, upon at least twenty-four (24) hours advance written notice by Buyer, permit Buyer to inspect the Company's books and records.
 
6.3.            Noncompetition Agreement .  Seller shall enter into a Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation, and Nondisclosure Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the " Noncompetition Agreement ") pursuant to which Seller shall agree not to compete with the Company within the United States for a period of four (4) years.
 
6.4.            Consulting Agreement .  Seller shall enter into a consulting agreement between the Company and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D   (the " Consulting Agreement ") pursuant to which Seller shall provide services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth therein.
 
6.5.            Use of Names .  Seller hereby agrees to not, and to cause each of his Affiliates (as defined herein) to not use the terms "The Wine Spies," "Agent White," "Agent Red," "Agent Sparkle," and "Agent Blush," or any derivation thereof (collectively, the " Service Marks ", and together with the Trademark, the " Marks "), in connection with the formation, development, or expansion of any existing or new business venture.  As used herein, the term " Affiliate " shall mean any individual, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, estate, association or any other entity, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlled by, or under common control of Seller.  The term "control" as used in the immediately preceding sentence shall mean with respect to a corporation or limited liability company the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attributable to the controlled corporation or limited liability company, and, with respect to any individual, partnership, trust, association, or other entity, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
 
 
7

 
 
6.6.            Assignment of Marks .  Seller hereby recognizes and acknowledges the Company as the sole owner of the Marks.  To the extent Seller has, or may acquire, any rights in the Marks, Seller hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest he has, or may acquire, in and to the ownership of the Marks together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.  To the extent Jason Seeber has, or may acquire, any rights in the Marks, Seller hereby agrees to obtain and deliver to Buyer at Closing an assignment of marks duly executed by Jason Seeber (the " Assignment of Marks ") in which Jason Seeber irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest he has, or may acquire, in and to the ownership of the Marks together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.
 
6.7.            Resignation .  Effective as of the Closing Date, Seller does hereby resign as manager and employee of the Company.
 
6.8.            Seller's Release .
 
(a)           Except for the obligations created by this Agreement and that certain Joinder Agreement by and between Seller and Jason Seeber of even date herewith, Seller and his successors, heirs and assigns, do hereby absolutely, fully and forever release, relieve, waive, relinquish, absolve, acquit and discharge Buyer and the Company and their respective managers, members, agents and representatives of and from any and all manner of claims, demands, promises, cause or causes of action, action or actions, suits, debts, liabilities, obligations, costs, expenses, sums of money, controversies, damages, accounts, reckonings and liens of every kind or nature whatsoever, whether mature, contingent, direct, derivative, subrogated, personal, assigned, discovered, undiscovered, suspected, unsuspected or otherwise, which they have, may have or have owned, or held at any time by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof in any way arising out of or relating to, or in connection with, the Company's operations, Seller's ownership of membership interest in the Company, Seller's employment by the Company, Seller's relationship with the Company, or Seller's relationship with Buyer.
 
 
8

 
 
(b)           Seller acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth in Section 6.8(a) above is a full and final release applying not only to all claims that are presently known, anticipated, or disclosed, but also to all claims that are presently unknown, unanticipated, and undisclosed.  SELLER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OR BENEFITS THAT HE MAY NOW HAVE OR MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE REGARDING CLAIMS, UNDER THE TERMS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542 (" Section 1542 "), WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:
 
"A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."
 
Seller, being aware of Section 1542, hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any rights or benefits he has or may have thereunder in connection with the release provided herein, as well as under any other statute or common law principle of similar effect.
 
6.9.            Right to Offset .  The Buyer expressly reserves against Seller the right to offset against sums payable to Seller under this Agreement and/or the Note an amount equal to any Damages (as defined in Section 8.2(a) below) sustained by either of Buyer or the Company for which they are entitled to be indemnified pursuant to Section 8.2(a) below.
 
6.10.          Public Announcements .  Each party agrees not to make any public announcement in regard to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby without the other party’s prior written consent, except as may be required by law, in which case the parties shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate with each other with respect to the timing, form, and content of such required disclosures.
 
6.11.          Company Documents .  Upon request by Buyer, Seller hereby agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such consents, minutes or waivers of the Company's members or managers reasonably necessary and appropriate to authorize the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to comply with the requirements of the California Corporations Code (the " Company Documents ").
 
6.12.          Transfer Documents .  Upon request by Buyer, Seller hereby agrees to deliver any agreements or instruments reasonably required by Buyer to evidence the unencumbered transfer of the Purchased Interest from Seller to Buyer (the " Transfer Documents ").
 
6.13.          Taxes .  Seller shall pay all sales, use, transfer, and other taxes associated with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
6.14.          Further Actions .  At the Closing, and from time to time thereafter, upon the request of either party, the other party agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney, assurances, and other documents as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party to evidence and implement the transactions described in this Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
7.              Conditions to Closing .
 
7.1.            Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer .  The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are expressly conditioned upon satisfaction of all the following conditions on or prior to the Closing, unless waived by each of Buyer:
 
(a)            Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in the Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though made on and as of such date;
 
(b)            Good Standing Certificates .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at the Closing (i) a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of California, dated as of a date within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company and (ii) a certificate of the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California dated as of a date within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company;
 
(c)            Certificate of Release .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at the Closing a Certificate of Release from the California Employment Development Department (the " EDD ") stating that, as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days before the Closing Date, no contributions, interest or penalties are due to the EDD from the Company;
 
(d)         Operating Agreement .  The Company, Buyer, and Jason Seeber shall enter into a mutually agreeable Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated as of the Closing Date;
 
(e)          Approval . Seller shall satisfy, and the Company shall pay all fees and other costs related thereto, any and all applicable federal or state filing or licensing requirements and deliver to Buyer receipts of any and all applicable federal or state regulatory approvals which are required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;
 
(f)          Taxes .  The Company shall have filed all tax returns and paid in full all sales and income taxes in a timely manner, including estimated taxes, due to the Franchise Tax Board, Board of Equalization, and the Internal Revenue Service.
 
(g)            Bank Accounts .  The Company shall establish new signature cards and appoint Jim Bielenberg and Phillip Hurst as authorized persons and signatories for all of the Company's bank accounts.
 
(h)            Title and Transfer .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer an Assignment of Membership Interests representing the Purchased Interest in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the " Assignment of Membership Interest ");
 
(i)            Spousal Consent .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed Spousal Consent substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the " Spousal Consent ");
 
 
10

 
 
(j)            Assignment of Marks .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer an original of the Assignment of Marks duly executed by Jason Seeber;
 
(k)           Noncompetition Agreement .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed counterpart of the Noncompetition Agreement;
 
(l)            Consulting Agreement .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed counterpart of the Consulting Agreement;
 
(m)          Company Documents .  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall deliver or cause the delivery of the Company Documents to Buyer;
 
(n)           Transfer Documents .  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall deliver or cause the delivery of the Transfer Documents to Buyer; and
 
(o)           Performance .  Seller shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements required by the Transaction Documents to be performed and complied with by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
7.2.          Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller .  The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are expressly conditioned upon satisfaction of all the following conditions on or prior to the Closing, unless waived by Seller:
 
(a)            Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though made on and as of such date;
 
(b)            Promissory Note .  Buyer shall deliver to Seller a duly executed original of the Note;
 
(c)            Noncompetition Agreement . Buyer shall cause the delivery to Seller of a duly executed counterpart to the Noncompetition Agreement;
 
(d)            Consulting Agreement .  Buyer shall cause the delivery to Seller of a duly executed counterpart to the Consulting Agreement; and
 
(e)            Performance .  Buyer shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
 
8.
Survival and Indemnification .
 
8.1.            Survival .  All representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the Closing for a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date, and shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by any investigation made or any knowledge acquired with respect thereto.  The covenants and agreements of Seller contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall continue until all obligations with respect thereto shall have been performed or satisfied or shall have been terminated in accordance with their terms.
 
 
11

 
 
 
8.2.
Indemnification .
 
(a)           Seller shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Buyer and the Company (including each of their respective successors and assigns) from and against all losses, claims, assessments, demands, damages, liabilities, obligations, costs, and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney fees and costs (collectively, " Damages ") sustained or incurred by either of Buyer or the Company (i) by reason of the breach of any of the obligations, covenants, or provisions of the Transaction Documents, or the inaccuracy of any of the representations or warranties made by Seller; (ii) arising out of or relating to any liabilities or obligations of Seller; (iii) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation relating to the intentional acts, willful misconduct, or negligence of Seller; or (iv) arising out of or relating to any liabilities of the Company not disclosed to Buyer in the Financial Statements.
 
(b)           Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Seller, from and against all Damages sustained or incurred by Seller (i) by reason of the breach of any of the obligations, covenants or provisions of this Agreement, or the inaccuracy of any of the representations or warranties made by, Buyer herein; (ii) arising out of or relating to any liabilities or obligations of Buyer; (iii) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation relating to incidents occurring after the Closing Date in connection with the Company, except any Damages arising from or relating to the acts or omissions of Seller; or (iv) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation related to any services provided by the Company after the Closing Date.
 
9.              Legal Representation .  The parties acknowledge that the law firm of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP has prepared this Agreement and represents solely the interests of Buyer.  Seller does hereby represent and warrant that he has received, or has had the opportunity and adequate time to receive, independent tax and legal advice from counsel of such party's choice with respect to the advisability of entering into and performing such party's obligations under this Agreement.  Seller does hereby represent and warrant that such party has read and understands the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
10.            Notice .  Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered as described herein.  A notice shall be deemed effectively given as follows:  (i) upon personal delivery and actual receipt by intended recipient; (ii) one (1) business day after transmission by electronic means, provided such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted and a copy of such notice is deposited within 24 hours for either overnight delivery or for registered or certified mail, in accordance with clause (iii) or (iv) below, respectively; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service, prepaid for overnight delivery; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested.  Addresses for notice shall be as, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the other parties:
 
 
12

 
 
 
If to Seller:
 
 
Brandon Stauber
 
150 Front Street #24
 
Exeter, NH 03833
 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
 
Ronald J. Stauber, Inc.
 
1880 Century Park East Suite 315
 
Los Angeles, CA  90067
 
Attn: Ronald J. Stauber
 
 
If to Buyer
 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
P.O. Box 1532
 
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
Attn: Managers
 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
 
Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP
 
90 South E Street, Suite 200
 
Santa Rosa, CA  95404
 
Attn: Kevin J. McCullough
 
 
 
11.
Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
11.1.   Further Assurances .  Each party shall execute and deliver such papers, documents, and instruments, and perform such acts as are necessary or appropriate to implement the terms of this Agreement and the intent of the parties hereto.
 
11.2.   Survival .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, representations, warranties, covenants, and other provisions of this Agreement shall survive and remain in effect after the Closing Date.
 
11.3.   Expenses .  Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of their respective legal counsel and financial advisers incidental to the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
11.4.   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements of the parties, whether written or oral.
 
11.5.   Amendments .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the party or parties to be bound thereby.
 
 
13

 
 
11.6.   Waivers .  No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or remedy under this Agreement on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
11.7.   Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
 
11.8.   Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
11.9.   Survival .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, representations, warranties, covenants, and other provisions of this Agreement shall survive and remain in effect after the date of this Agreement.
 
11.10.   Construction .  Any rule of construction to the affect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Agreement.  Every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party.  All words used herein will be construed to be of the gender or number the circumstances require.  Terms that are not specifically defined herein shall be given their ordinary meaning.  Every exhibit, schedule, attachment, or other appendix attached to this Agreement and referred to herein shall constitute a part of this Agreement and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, (i) plural and singular numbers will each be construed to include the other; (ii) the masculine, feminine, and neutral genders will each be construed to include the others; (iii) "shall," "will," "must," "agree," and "covenants" are each mandatory; (iv) "may" is permissive; (v) "or" is not exclusive; (vi) "includes" and "including" are not limiting; and (vii) "knowledge" will mean actual   knowledge.
 
11.11.   Headings .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
11.12.   Governing Law; Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was made in the County of Sonoma in the State of California, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such county.
 
11.13.   Dispute Resolution .
 
 
14

 
 
(a)            Mutual Discussion .  If any claim, controversy, or dispute of any kind whatsoever (a " Dispute ") shall arise among the parties (including their subsidiaries and affiliates) in connection with, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, including without limitation the interpretation, performance, nonperformance, or termination hereof or thereof, the parties shall initially attempt to settle such Dispute through mutual discussion.  Such request shall be made by any party hereto by written notice to the other parties referencing this provision.  If such Dispute has not been resolved through mutual discussion within thirty (30) days following such notice, such Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 11.13(b) hereof.
 
(b)            Arbitration .  Arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitration and Mediation Center (the " AMC ") of Sonoma County or such other arbitration service mutually agreeable to the parties.  Arbitration shall be conducted in Sonoma County, California, and in accordance with the California Arbitration Act, section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, provided such rules are not inconsistent with the express provisions set forth in this Agreement.  Arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator with the AMC panel or such other arbitrator mutually agreeable to the parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Discovery may be conducted if determined necessary or appropriate by the arbitrator, but such arbitrator shall limit such discovery to the minimum necessary for preparation of the parties' prosecution and defense of any claim made in arbitration.  Costs of arbitration (including attorneys' fees and expenses) shall be made a part of the arbitrator's award to the prevailing party.  Arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.13 shall be the parties sole and exclusive venue for resolution of a Dispute.
 
(c)            Exclusions .  The dispute resolution provisions of this Section 11.13 shall not prohibit the parties from filing a judicial action to enable the recording of a notice of pending action or order of attachment, receivership, injunction, or other provisional remedy.
 
11.14.   Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
 
11.15.   Attorneys’ Fees .  If any legal action or other proceeding, including arbitration or action for declaratory relief, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled.  As used herein, "prevailing party" shall include without limitation:  (i) the party who dismisses an action in exchange for sums allegedly due; (ii) the party who receives performance from the other party of an alleged breach of covenant of a desired remedy where that is substantially equal to the relief sought in an action; or (iii) the party determined to be the prevailing party by a court of law or arbitrator.
 
11.16.   Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence with respect to the terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein.
 
 
15

 
 
11.17.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
IN WITNESS THEREOF. the parties have executed this Membership Interest Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.



 
SELLER:
     
  /s/ Brandon Stauber
 
Brandon Stauber
     
     
     
     
 
BUYER:
     
 
H.D.D. LLC.
 
a California limited liability company
     
     
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager


 
Exhibits :
A - Form of Promissory Note
B - Financial Statements of Company
C - Form of Noncompetition Agreement
D - Form of Consulting Agreement
E - Form of Assignment of Membership Interest
F - Form of Spousal Consent
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A to MIPA – Form of Promissory Note
 
 

 
 
PROMISSORY NOTE

$50,000
Santa Rosa, California
July ______, 2012

 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Maker ”), promises to pay to the order of Brandon Stauber (“ Payee ”) the principal sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).
 
This Promissory Note (this “ Note ”) shall be payable on or before March 1, 2013.  No interest shall accrue on this Note.
 
This Note is issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of July ____, 2012 by and between Maker and Payee (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).
 
Maker expressly reserves against Payee the right to offset against any sums due and payable under this Note an amount equal to the damages sustained by Maker in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
In the event of default in the terms and conditions of this Note (or any document or agreement securing performance hereunder), such default not being cured, the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest shall, at the option of Payee, become immediately due and payable.  No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
Maker shall pay a late charge of three percent (3%) of the payment due if not received by Payee within ten (10) days after issuance of written notice that such payment is due.  The parties agree that such sum is not a penalty, but represents the reasonable costs that would be incurred by Payee for any such delay in payment.  In addition, interest shall accrue on any principal amount past due at the rate equal to six percent (6%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360-day year.
 
Presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest are hereby waived.
 
If any claim, controversy, or dispute (a “ Dispute ”) shall arise between Maker and Payee in connection with this Note, Maker agrees to settle such Dispute in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 11.13 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
Exhibit A to MIPA – Form of Promissory Note
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has executed this Promissory Note as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
MAKER
 
     
  H.D.D. LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
     
     
       
 
By:
   
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit A to MIPA – Form of Promissory Note
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:46 AM
3/26/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2011
 

   
Dec 31, 11
 
ASSETS
     
Current Assets
     
Checking/Savings
     
MoneyBookers
    4.09  
UBOC Checking
    123,779.80  
UBOC Savings
    10.02  
Total Checking/Savings
    123,793.91  
Accounts Receivable
       
Accounts Receivable
    793.50  
Total Accounts Receivable
    793.50  
Total Current Assets
    124,587.41  
Other Assets
       
Security Deposits
    550.00  
Total Other Assets
    550.00  
TOTAL ASSETS
    125,137.41  
         
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
       
Liabilities
       
Current Liabilities
       
Accounts Payable
       
Accounts Payable
    117,018.12  
Total Accounts Payable
    117,018.12  
Credit Cards
       
Visa Credit Card
    945.56  
Total Credit Cards
    945.56  
Other Current Liabilities
       
Sales Tax Payable
    3,602.07  
Total Other Current Liabilities
    3,602.07  
Total Current Liabilities
    121,565.75  
Total Liabilities
    121,565.75  
         
Equity
       
Retained Earnings
    2,625.58  
Net Income
    946.08  
Total Equity
    3,571.66  
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY
    125,137.41  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:47 AM
03/26/12
The Wine Spies, LLC
Statement of Cash Flows
January through December 2011
 

   
Jan – Dec 11
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     
Net Income
    946.08  
Adjustments to reconcile Net Income
to net cash provided by operations:
       
Accounts Receivable
    391.50  
Accounts Payable
    46,844.67  
Visa Credit Card
    78.83  
Sales Tax Payable
    246.69  
Net cash provided by Operating Activities
    48,507.77  
         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
       
Vehicles: Delivery Van
    2,194.47  
Net cash provided by Investing Activities
    2,194.47  
Net cash increase for period
    50,702.24  
Cash at beginning of period
    73,091.67  
Cash at end of period
    123,793.91  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:45 AM
03/26/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Profit & Loss
January through December 2011
 
 
   
Jan - Mar 11
   
Apr - Jun 11
   
Jul - Sep 11
   
Oct - Dec 11
   
TOTAL
 
Ordinary Income/Expense
                             
Income
                             
Sales
                             
CQD Incentive
    0.00       0.00       0.00       1,981.13       1,981.13  
Internet Wine Sales
    341,520.37       431,384.60       369,167.56       449,526.19       1,591,598.72  
Marketing Service Fees
    0.00       0.00       9.79       0.00       9.79  
Retail Sales
    2,344.44       1,789.91       1,922.61       2,720.70       8,777.66  
Shipping and Handling
    9,812.14       11,959.62       10,594.06       12,074.35       44,440.17  
Total Sales
    353,676.95       445,134.13       381,694.02       466,302.37       1,646,807.47  
Total Income
    353,676.95       445,134.13       381,694.02       466,302.37       1,646,807.47  
Cost of Goods Sold
                                       
Cost of Wine Sold
    207,112.24       275,550.93       225,741.54       280,200.43       988,605.14  
Merchant Processing Fees
    11,471.98       15,633.01       15,962.64       17,885.14       60,952.77  
Packaging Expense
    9,012.83       10,339.21       8,190.41       10,456.67       37,999.12  
Sales Promotions and Discounts
    2,129.78       3,244.94       4,137.50       3,941.04       13,453.26  
        Shipping Expense      38,222.97       35,326.95        38,045.30        48,553.03        160,148.25  
Total COGS
     267,949.80        340,095.04        292,077.39        361,036.31        1,261,158.54  
Gross Profit
    85,727.15       105,039.09       89,616.63       105,266.06       385,648.93  
Expense
                                       
Automobile Expense
                                       
Employee Automobile Expense
    3,060.00       3,000.00       3,060.00       3,060.00       12,180.00  
Fuel Expense
    806.03       910.12       960.00       911.02       3,587.17  
License Fees
    211.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       211.00  
Repairs & Maintenance
    112.00       898.65       1,023.75       24.92       2,059.32  
Automobile Expense - Other
    0.00       1.25       0.00       0.00       1.25  
Total Automobile Expense
    4,189.03       4,810.02       5,043.75       3,995.94       18,038.74  
Bank Service Charges
                                       
Payroll Processing Expense
    89.97       89.97       89.97       89.97       359.88  
Bank Service Charges - Other
    0.00       100.00       -38.53       0.01       61.48  
Total Bank Service Charges
    89.97       189.97       51.44       89.98       421.36  
Depreciation Expense
    658.33       658.33       658.33       219.48       2,194.47  
Dues and Subscriptions
    0.00       98.95       49.95       99.90       248.80  
Insurance
                                       
Automobile Insurance
    402.90       0.00       420.90       0.00       823.80  
Liability Insurance
    173.39       173.37       256.74       373.00       976.50  
Workers Compensation
    210.83       210.82       312.18       490.04       1,223.87  
Insurance - Other
    0.00       0.00       0.00       47.00       47.00  
Total Insurance
    787.12       384.19       989.82       910.04       3,071.17  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
     
Jan - Mar 11
     
Apr - Jun 11
     
Jul - Sep 11
     
Oct - Dec 11
     
TOTAL
 
Internet Hosting
    1,497.90       1,154.70       1,154.70       1,579.70       5,387.00  
Licenses and Permits
    549.51       564.00       0.00       0.00       1,113.51  
Marketing & Advertising
                                       
Affiliate Programs
    600.00       800.00       700.00       700.00       2,800.00  
Email Marketing
    0.00       0.00       405.00       405.00       810.00  
Public Relations
    0.00       246.66       0.00       0.00       246.66  
Search Engine Marketing
    300.00       194.82       300.00       300.00       1,094.82  
Marketing & Advertising - Other
    35.00       35.00       24.11       0.00       94.11  
Total Marketing & Advertising
    935.00       1,276.48       1,429.11       1,405.00       5,045.59  
Merchant Fees
    308.42       303.57       310.27       329.17       1,251.43  
Office Expenses
                                       
Office Equipment
    0.00       0.00       48.48       0.00       48.48  
Office Supplies
    1,003.25       343.69       591.15       992.91       2,931.00  
Postage and Delivery
    28.79       0.00       0.00       211.92       240.71  
Office Expenses - Other
    0.00       4,000.00       0.00       9,200.00       13,200.00  
Total Office Expenses
    1,032.04       4,343.69       639.63       10,404.83       16,420.19  
Payroll Expenses
                                       
Bonus & Holiday Pay
    0.00       0.00       0.00       350.00       350.00  
Guaranteed Salary
    3,000.00       16,000.00       12,300.00       9,000.00       40,300.00  
Hourly Payroll
    4,160.70       4,672.25       5,266.52       5,767.08       19,866.55  
Outside Contractors
    1,026.66       539.22       812.00       829.00       3,206.88  
Salaries
    53,500.00       59,500.00       55,000.00       61,500.00       229,500.00  
Total Payroll Expenses
    61,687.36       80,711.47       73,378.52       77,446.08       293,223.43  
Professional Fees
                                       
Accounting
    49.95       0.00       0.00       0.00       49.95  
Logistics
    170.00       0.00       250.00       145.00       565.00  
Total Professional Fees
    219.95       0.00       250.00       145.00       614.95  
Rent
    1,650.00       1,650.00       1,650.00       1,650.00       6,600.00  
Software Development
    0.00       0.00       0.00       326.25       326.25  
Taxes
                                       
Employer FICA
    3,574.97       3,978.67       3,736.53       3,206.45       14,496.62  
Employer FUTA
    145.29       37.37       26.62       13.69       222.97  
Employer Medicare
    836.09       930.49       873.86       980.46       3,620.90  
EMPLOYER UNEM. CALC
    369.47       158.85       150.84       77.51       756.67  
State Taxes
    5,414.24       800.00       0.00       0.00       6,214.24  
TRAINING TAX
    0.73       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.73  
UNEMP TAX ADJUSTMENT
    -0.73       0.00       0.00       0.00       -0.73  
Total Taxes
    10,340.06       5,905.38       4,787.85       4,278.11       25,311.40  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:45 AM
03/26/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Profit & Loss
January through December 2011
 

   
 
Jan - Mar 11
   
 
Apr - Jun 11
   
 
Jul - Sep 11
   
 
Oct - Dec 11
   
 
TOTAL
 
Telephone
                             
Employee Telephone Expense
    1,650.00       1,650.00       1,650.00       1,650.00       6,600.00  
Telephone - Other
    0.00       70.00       0.00       60.00       130.00  
Total Telephone
    1,650.00       1,720.00       1,650.00       1,710.00       6,730.00  
Travel & Ent Meals
    32.25       29.10       92.35       113.75       267.45  
Total Travel & Ent
    32.25       29.10       92.35       113.75       267.45  
Total Expense
    85,626.94       103,799.85       92,135.72       104,703.23       386,265.74  
Net Ordinary Income
    100.21       1,239.24       -2,519.09       562.83       -616.81  
Other Income/Expense
                                       
Other Income
                                       
Other Income
                                       
Tax Discounts
    237.22       25.98       1,183.50       16.19       1,462.89  
Other Income - Other
    0.00       0.00       0.00       100.00       100.00  
Total Other Income
    237.22       25.98       1,183.50       116.19       1,562.89  
Total Other Income
    237.22       25.98       1,183.50       116.19       1,562.89  
Net Other Income
    237.22       25.98       1,183.50       116.19       1,562.89  
Net Income
    337.43       1,265.22       -1,335.59       679.02       946.08  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:54 AM
07/30/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Balance Sheet
As of June 30, 2012
 

   
Jun 30, 12
 
ASSETS
     
Current Assets
     
Checking/Savings
     
MoneyBookers
    4.09  
UBOC Checking
    131,523.57  
UBOC Savings
    10.02  
Total Checking/Savings
    131,537.68  
Accounts Receivable
       
Accounts Receivable
    793.50  
Total Accounts Receivable
    793.50  
         
Total Current Assets
    132,331.18  
Other Assets
       
Security Deposits
    550.00  
Total Other Assets
    550.00  
TOTAL ASSETS
    132,881.18  
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
       
Liabilities
       
Current Liabilities
       
Accounts Payable
       
Accounts Payable
    130,334.36  
Total Accounts Payable
    130,334.36  
Credit Cards
       
Visa Credit Card
    448.96  
Total Credit Cards
    448.96  
Other Current Liabilities
       
Sales Tax Payable
    937.24  
Total Other Current Liabilities
    937.24  
Total Current Liabilities
    131,720.56  
Total Liabilities
    131,720.56  
         
Equity
       
Retained Earnings
    3,571.66  
Net Income
    -2,411.04  
Total Equity
    1,160.62  
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY
    132,881.18  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:54 AM
07/30/12
The Wine Spies, LLC
Statement of Cash Flows
January through June 2012
 

   
Jan - Jun 12
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     
Net Income
    -2,411.04  
Adjustments to reconcile Net Income
to net cash provided by operations:
       
Accounts Receivable
       
Accounts Payable
    13,316.24  
Visa Credit Card
    -496.60  
Sales Tax Payable
    -2,664.83  
Net cash provided by Operating Activities
    7,743.77  
         
Net cash increase for period
    7,743.77  
Cash at beginning of period
    123,793.91  
Cash at end of period
    131,537.68  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 

9:53 AM
07/30/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Profit & Loss
January through June 2012
 

   
Jan - Jun 12
 
Ordinary Income/Expense
     
Income
     
Sales
     
CQD Incentive
    0.00  
Discounts Given
    -66.48  
Internet Wine Sales
    657,496.74  
Retail Sales
    1,560.81  
Shipping and Handling
    18,712.42  
Total Sales
    677,703.49  
Total Income
    677,703.49  
Cost of Goods Sold
       
Cost of Wine Sold
    398,164.43  
Merchant Processing Fees
    27,371.89  
Packaging Expense
    15,041.90  
Sales Promotions and Discounts
    6,008.08  
Shipping Expense
    78,997.66  
Total COGS
    525,583.96  
Gross Profit
    152,119.53  
Expense
       
Automobile Expense
       
Employee Automobile Expense
    6,140.00  
Fuel Expense
    1,615.01  
License Fees
    190.00  
Repairs & Maintenance
    56.66  
Automobile Expense - Other
    1.25  
Total Automobile Expense
    8,002.92  
Bank Service Charges
       
Payroll Processing Expense
    179.94  
Total Bank Service Charges
    179.94  
Dues and Subscriptions
    484.00  
Insurance
       
Automobile Insurance
    420.90  
Liability Insurance
    361.50  
Workers Compensation
    422.54  
Total Insurance
    1,204.94  
Internet Hosting
    2,802.60  
Licenses and Permits
    1,103.91  
Marketing & Advertising
       
Affiliate Programs
    1,200.00  
Public Relations
    37.92  
Search Engine Marketing
    600.00  
Marketing & Advertising - Other
    11.00  
Total Marketing & Advertising
    1,848.92  
Merchant Fees
    605.54  
Miscellaneous
    82.25  
Office Expenses
       
Office Equipment
    21.64  
Office Supplies
    1,478.12  
Office Expenses - Other
    63.88  
Total Office Expenses
    1,563.64  
Payroll Expenses
       
Guaranteed Salary
    2,000.00  
Hourly Payroll
    12,046.07  
Outside Contractors
    1,623.00  
Salaries
    96,500.00  
Total Payroll Expenses
    112,169.07  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
9:53 AM
07/30/12
Accrual Basis
The Wine Spies, LLC
Profit & Loss
January through June 2012
 

   
Jan - Jun 12
 
Professional Fees
     
Accounting
    94.90  
Logistics
    395.00  
Total Professional Fees
    489.90  
Rent
    3,300.00  
Software Development
    79.00  
Taxes
       
Employer FICA
    6,729.86  
Employer FUTA
    223.92  
Employer Medicare
    1,573.92  
Employer Taxes
    369.14  
EMPLOYER UNEM. CALC
    1,053.46  
State Taxes
    7,040.40  
TRAINING TAX
    32.98  
Total Taxes
    17,023.68  
Telephone
       
Employee Telephone Expense
    3,300.00  
Total Telephone
    3,300.00  
Travel & Ent
       
Meals
    177.10  
Travel
    1.25  
Total Travel & Ent
    178.35  
Total Expense
    154,418.66  
Net Ordinary Income
    -2,299.13  
Other Income/Expense
       
Other Income
       
Other Income
       
Tax Discounts
    -45.43  
Other Income - Other
    -66.48  
Total Other Income
    -111.91  
Total Other Income
    -111.91  
Net Other Income
    -111.91  
Net Income
    -2,411.04  
 
Exhibit B to MIPA – Financial Statements
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT C
 
FORM OF NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND
NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
 
THIS NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NONDISCLOSURE   AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July ____, 2012, is made by and among H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (“ HDD ”), THE WINE SPIES, LLC, a California   limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and BRANDON STAUBER (“ Seller ”).
 
RECITALS
 
 
A.
Pursuant to that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of July __, 2012, by and between HDD and Seller, HDD acquired fifty percent (50%) of the total membership interests of the Company   (the “ Purchased Interest ”).
 
 
B.
Seller owned fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding membership interests of the   Company prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the   Purchase Agreement.
 
 
C.
HDD would not be willing to consummate the transactions contemplated by the   Purchase Agreement unless Seller agreed to be bound by the terms of this   Agreement to protect the goodwill of the Company.
 
 
D.
In order to induce HDD to consummate the transactions contemplated by the   Purchase Agreement, Seller has agreed to execute and deliver to the Company   this Agreement.
 
AGREEMENT
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the value of the goodwill included in the   purchase price contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and for other good and valuable   consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto   agree as follows:
 
1.   Definitions .  Capitalized terms not expressly defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.
 
2.   Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending four (4) years after the date of this Agreement (the “ Term ”).
 
3.   Consideration .  Consideration for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller shall be Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) which is included in HDD’s payment of the Purchase Price under the Purchase Agreement.
 
4.   Noncompetition .
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
(a)   Noncompetition .  During the Term, Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing or control of, be employed by, engaged as a consultant by, associated with or in any manner connected with, or render services or advice or other aid to, or guarantee any obligation of, any person engaged in or planning to become engaged in any business or company whose products or activities compete in whole or in part with the Company (each, a “ Competitive Company ”), anywhere within the United States; provided, however, that Seller may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) three percent (3%) of any class of securities of any person (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Seller agrees that this covenant is reasonable with respect to its duration, geographical area and scope.
 
(b)   Extension of Term .  In the event of a breach by Seller of any covenant set forth in this Section, without limiting the availability of any other remedy, the term of such covenant will be extended by the period of the duration of such breach.
 
5.   Nonsolicitation .
 
(a)   Non-Solicitation of Customers .  During the Term, Seller shall not directly   or indirectly, solicit, or attempt to persuade, influence or induce, or assist any other person in so   persuading or inducing, any customer or supplier of the Company to cease doing business with   the Company or to reduce the amount of business it does with the Company.  Seller   acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the Company to maintain a stable   customer and supplier base in order to remain in business, and that it would disrupt, damage,   impair and interfere with the Company’s business if Seller were to engage in such solicitation.
 
(b)   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Term, Seller shall not directly   or indirectly, solicit, or attempt to persuade, influence or induce, or assist any other person in so   persuading or inducing, any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or   to accept any other employment or position unless (in each case prior to any such inducement or   attempted inducement) such employee is no longer employed by the Company or has given   written notice of his or her intention to terminate employment with the Company resulting in his   or her termination of employment with the Company.  Seller acknowledges that the purpose of   this covenant is to enable the Company to maintain a stable workforce in order to remain in   business, and that it would disrupt, damage, impair and interfere with the Company’s business if   Seller were to engage in such solicitation.
 
(c)   Extension of Term .  In the event of a breach by Seller of any covenant set   forth in this Section, without limiting the availability of any other remedy, the term of such   covenant will be extended by the period of the duration of such breach.
 
6.   Nonuse .  Seller shall not use the terms “The Wine Spies,” “Agent White,” “Agent Red,” “Agent Sparkle,” or “Agent Blush,” or any trade or service name of the Company or any   derivative or abbreviation of any of the foregoing in any Competitive Company or in any manner   a reasonable person would find confusingly similar to the Company being operated by the   Company, provided, however, that Seller may use the name “The Wine Spies” for his tax filings   to the extent necessary.  In the event of a breach by Seller of any covenant set forth in this Section, without limiting the availability of any other remedy, the term of such covenant will be   extended by the period of the duration of such breach.
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
7.   Nondisparagement .  During the Term, Seller shall not disparage the Company, the Company or any officer, director, shareholder, member, manager, officer, employee, or agent of   the Company.  In the event of a breach by Seller of any covenant set forth in this Section,   without limiting the availability of any other remedy, the term of such covenant will be extended   by the period of the duration of such breach.
 
8.   Nondisclosure .
 
(a)   Confidential Information .  Seller acknowledges that he has occupied a   position of trust and confidence with respect to the Company prior to the date hereof and has had   access to and has become familiar with the following, any and all of which constitute   confidential information of the Company (collectively the “ Confidential Information ”): (i) any   and all trade secrets concerning the business and affairs of the Company; (ii) any and all   information concerning the business and affairs of the Company (which includes historical   financial statements, financial projections and budgets, historical and projected sales, capital   spending budgets and plans, the names and backgrounds of key personnel, contractors, agents,   suppliers and potential suppliers, personnel training and techniques and materials, and   purchasing methods and techniques, however documented); and (iii) any and all notes, analysis,   compilations, studies, summaries and other material prepared in connection with the Company   containing or based, in whole or in part, upon any information included in the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” does not include any information that   (i) was in the public domain at the time Seller learned of such information, (ii) is in the public   domain at the time of communication by Seller through no fault of Seller, (iii) is or becomes   available to Seller on a non-confidential basis from a source not known by Seller to be prohibited   from disclosing such information by a legal or fiduciary obligation, or (iv) is disclosed with the   prior written consent of the Company.  Seller acknowledges that (I) HDD has required that Seller   make the covenants set forth in this Section as a condition to HDD’s purchase of the Purchased   Interest; (II) the provisions of this Section are reasonable and necessary to protect and preserve   HDD’s interests in the Purchased Interest from and after the Closing; and (III) HDD would be   irreparably damaged if Seller were to breach the covenants set forth in this Section.
 
(b)   Nondisclosure .  Seller hereby agrees not to disclose to any unauthorized   persons or use for his own account or for the benefit of any third party any Confidential   Information, whether or not such information is embodied in writing or other physical form or is   retained in the memory of Seller, without the Company’s prior written consent, unless and to the   extent that the Confidential Information is or becomes generally known to and available for use   by the public other than as a result of the fault of Seller or the fault of any other person bound by   a duty of confidentiality to Seller.
 
9.   Notice of Agreement .  During the Term, Seller shall, within ten (10) days after accepting any employment, engagement as a consulting or independent contractor, or admission   as an owner of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other association, advise   the Company of the identity of the new employer, client, partner, limited liability company, or   other person with whom Seller has become associated.  The Company may serve notice upon each such person that Seller is bound by this Agreement and furnish each such person with a   copy of this Agreement or relevant portions thereof.
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
10.   Specific Performance .  Seller acknowledges and agrees that (i) any breach of the   restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will result in   irreparable damage to the Company, for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and   (ii) in the event a court of competent jurisdiction determines Seller has committed a breach of   any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, Seller   consents to an injunction in favor of the Company enjoining any breach of such covenant by any   court of competent jurisdiction, without prejudice to any other right or remedy to which the   Company may be entitled.
 
11.   Modification .  If any provision of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement or the   application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be determined by any court   of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended for too great a   period of time or too large a geographic area or over too great a range of activities, it should be   interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, geographic area, or range of   activities as to which such court would find it enforceable, and such determination of   unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement.
 
12.   Waiver .  Failure by the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the   terms, covenants, or conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such   term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any relinquishment of any right or power under this   Agreement by the Company at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of   such right or power by the Company at any other time or times.
 
13.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Amendments .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the   observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular   instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of all of the   parties.
 
(b)   Waivers .  No failure on the part of a party hereto or any of its agents to   exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or   remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or   remedy under this Agreement on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or   remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
(c)   Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms   and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and   their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
 
(d)   Assignment .  This Agreement may not be assigned by Seller (whether by   operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Company.  Any   assignment or purported assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
(e)   Headings .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
(f)   Governing Law; Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California   residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  The parties hereby   acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was made and shall be performed in the County of   Sonoma in the State of California, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of   such county.
 
(g)   Dispute Resolution .
 
(i)   Mutual Discussion .  If any claim, controversy, or dispute of any   kind whatsoever (a “ Dispute ”) shall arise among the parties (including their subsidiaries and   affiliates) in connection with, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement   contemplated hereby, including without limitation the interpretation, performance, non­performance, or termination hereof or thereof, the parties shall initially attempt to settle such   Dispute through mutual discussion.  Such request shall be made by any party hereto by written   notice to the other parties referencing this provision.  If such Dispute has not been resolved   through mutual discussion within thirty (30) days following such notice, such Dispute shall be   settled by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 13(g)(ii) hereof.
 
(ii)   Arbitration .  Arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitration and   Mediation Center (the “ AMC ”) of Sonoma County or such other arbitration service mutually   agreeable to the parties.  Arbitration shall be conducted in Sonoma County, California, and in   accordance with the California Arbitration Act, section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of   Civil Procedure, provided such rules are not inconsistent with the express provisions set forth in   this Agreement.  Arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator with the AMC panel or such   other arbitrator mutually agreeable to the parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the   arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Discovery may be conducted if   determined necessary or appropriate by the arbitrator, but such arbitrator shall limit such   discovery to the minimum necessary for preparation of the parties’ prosecution and defense of   any claim made in arbitration.  Costs of arbitration (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) shall   be made a part of the arbitrator’s award to the prevailing party.  Arbitration pursuant to this   Section 13(g) shall be the parties sole and exclusive venue for resolution of a Dispute.
 
(h)   Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any   provision of this Agreement shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such   provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating   the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
(i)   Counterparts and Signature Pages .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall   constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile   shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Noncompetition,   Nonsolicitation, and Nondisclosure Agreement effective as of the date first above written.
 
 
HDD:
 
     
  H.D.D. LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
     
       
 
By:
   
    Phillip L. Hurst, Manager  
       
       
  COMPANY:  
     
  THE WINE SPIES, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
       
       
  By:    
    Jason Seeber, Manager  
       
     
  SELLER:  
       
     
  Brandon Stauber  
 
 
 
Exhibit C – Form of Noncompetition Agreement
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT D
 
FORM OF CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D – Form of Consulting Agreement
 
 

 
 
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July ___, 2012, is made by and between THE WINE SPIES, LLC, a California limited liability company (the   Company ”) and BRANDON STAUBER, an individual (“ Consultant ”).
 
RECITALS
 
 
A.
Consultant has executed that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement of   even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which H.D.D. LLC,   a California limited liability company, purchased from Consultant all of his   membership interests of the Company.
 
 
B.
The Company desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to provide   certain services, and Consultant desires to be retained by the Company to provide   such services, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
AGREEMENT
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable   consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto   agree as follows:
 
1.   Term .  This Agreement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement and   shall continue in full force on a month-to-month basis until otherwise terminated by either party   with thirty (30) days written notice.
 
2.   Compensation .  Consultant shall perform services related to the Company’s   financial management and website-related activities.  Consultant shall work sixty (60) hours per   month.  The Company shall pay to Consultant compensation at the rate of $4,500 per month,   payable in accordance with the Company’s standard practices for independent contractors.
 
3.   Services .  Consultant shall provide consulting services to and consult with the   Company in an advisory capacity on matters pertaining to the Company’s financial management   and website-related activities, and other duties as mutually agreed upon by the parties (the   Services ”).
 
4.   Expense Reimbursements .  In accordance with procedures established by the   Company, and upon receipt of all documentation required by the Company, the Company shall   reimburse Consultant for reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Consultant in connection   with the performance of the Services, including without limitation telephone charges and travel   and entertainment expenses, provided such costs and expenses were approved in advance in   writing by the Company.
 
Exhibit D – Form of Consulting Agreement
 
 

 
 
5.   Nature of Relationship .  No partnership or joint venture is formed by this
 
Agreement.  Consultant shall perform the Services hereunder as an independent contractor.  As an independent contractor, Consultant acknowledges and agrees that he may, but is not obligated, to do the following: (i) perform Services at times of Consultant’s choosing, provided the timing of performance of Services meets the reasonable expectations of the Company; (ii) hire,   supervise and pay others in order to provide the Services; (iii) perform Services in any order or   manner Consultant chooses, provided the performance of Services are in accordance with the   Company’s accepted business practices; and (iv) perform service contracts for more than one   person or entity concurrently, except as expressly limited by this Agreement.  As an independent   contractor, Consultant acknowledges and agrees that he must do the following: (i) be   responsible for any tools, materials and other equipment necessary to accomplish the Services;   (ii) be responsible for any training of Consultant or Consultant’s personnel; and (iii) be   responsible for satisfactory completion of all Services provided.  Consultant shall not enter into any agreement or incur any obligations on the Company’s behalf, or commit the Company in any   manner without the Company’s prior written consent.  Any employees of Consultant are not   employees of the Company.
 
6.   Taxes .  Consultant acknowledges and agrees that Consultant is obligated to report   as income all fees received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement, and Consultant agrees to   and acknowledges the obligation to pay all self-employment and other taxes thereon.  Neither   Consultant nor Consultant’s employees shall be treated by the Company as its employees with   respect to any Services performed hereunder for state or federal tax or any other purposes.
 
7.   Worker’s Compensation .  As an independent contractor, Consultant specifically   requests that the Company not provide worker’s compensation coverage, and hereby waives any   right Consultant may have to file a claim under worker’s compensation or similar laws.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, including any other agreements and   schedules to be entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, constitutes   and embodies the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject   matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings of the parties hereto,   whether written or oral.
 
(b)   Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended   and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a   particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the   party or parties to be bound thereby.  No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy under this   Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or remedy   under this Agreement on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy   on any subsequent occasion.
 
(c)   Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Except as   otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit   of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal   representatives, successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is   intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and   assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement,   except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(d)   Construction .  Any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to   be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Agreement.  Every   covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair   meaning and not strictly for or against any party.
 
(e)   Headings .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for   convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
(f)   Governing Law, Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed by and   construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California   residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  The parties consent to the   exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the County of Sonoma in the State of California.
 
(g)   Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall   be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any   provision of this Agreement shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such   provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating   the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
 
(h)   Attorneys’ Fees .  If any legal action or other proceeding, including   arbitration or action for declaratory relief, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement or   because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with this   Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other   costs, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled.  As used herein,   “prevailing party” shall include without limitation: (i) the party who dismisses an action in   exchange for sums allegedly due; (ii) the party who receives performance from the other party of   an alleged breach of covenant of a desired remedy where that is substantially equal to the relief   sought in an action; or (iii) the party determined to be the prevailing party by a court of law or   arbitrator.
 
(i)   Dispute Resolution .
 
(i)   Mutual Discussion .  If any claim, controversy, or dispute of any   kind whatsoever (a “ Dispute ”) shall arise among the parties (including their subsidiaries and   affiliates) in connection with, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement   contemplated hereby, including without limitation the interpretation, performance, non-performance, or termination hereof or thereof, the parties shall initially attempt to settle such   Dispute through mutual discussion.  Such request shall be made by any party hereto by written   notice to the other parties referencing this provision.  If such Dispute has not been resolved   through mutual discussion within thirty (30) days following such notice, such Dispute shall be   settled by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 8(i)(ii) hereof.
 
Exhibit D – Form of Consulting Agreement
 
 

 
 
(ii)   Arbitration .  Arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitration and   Mediation Center (the “ AMC ”) of Sonoma County or such other arbitration service mutually   agreeable to the parties.  Arbitration shall be conducted in Sonoma County, California, and in   accordance with the California Arbitration Act, section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of   Civil Procedure, provided such rules are not inconsistent with the express provisions set forth in this Agreement.  Arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator with the AMC panel or such   other arbitrator mutually agreeable to the parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the   arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Discovery may be conducted if   determined necessary or appropriate by the arbitrator, but such arbitrator shall limit such   discovery to the minimum necessary for preparation of the parties’ prosecution and defense of   any claim made in arbitration.  Costs of arbitration (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) shall   be made a part of the arbitrator’s award to the prevailing party.  Arbitration pursuant to this   Section 8(i) shall be the parties sole and exclusive venue for resolution of a Dispute.
 
(j)   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the   same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D – Form of Consulting Agreement
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consulting Agreement as of the date set forth above.
 
 
COMPANY:
 
       
  THE WINE SPIES, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
     
     
 
By:
   
    Jason Seeber, Manager  
       
       
  CONSULTANT:  
       
     
  Brandon Stauber  
 
 
 
Exhibit D – Form of Consulting Agreement
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT E
 
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
The undersigned hereby assigns, and transfers to H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company, all of his right, title and interest in a fifty percent (50%) Membership Interest (the “ Membership Interest ”) in THE WINE SPIES, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), and irrevocably constitutes and appoints Spaulding McCullough & Tansil, LLP as agent to transfer the Membership Interest, with full power of substitution in the premises.  The undersigned represents and warrants that the Membership Interest transferred hereby represents all of the interest the undersigned holds in the LLC and all of his right, title and interest in the equity and profits of the LLC.
 
Dated: July __, 2012
 
 
By:
   
    Brandon Stauber  
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit E – Form of Assignment of Membership Interest
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT F
 
CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER
 
I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Membership Interest Purchase Agreement to which a copy of this Consent is attached (the “ Agreement ”), and that I know and agree to its contents.  I am aware that by its provisions my spouse or registered domestic partner agrees to sell all of his Membership Interest in the Company (the “ Purchased Interest ”), including my community interest therein (if any).  I hereby consent to such sale, approve the provisions of the Agreement, and agree that the Purchased Interest and my interest in them are subject to the provisions of the Agreement and that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the Agreement on the Purchased Interest.  I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss this consent with legal counsel of my choice and that I have had the time and opportunity to do so.
 
     
Date
 
(Signature)
     
     
   
(Printed Name)

 
OR
 
By his signature below, Member represents that he is not legally married or in a registered domestic partnership as of the date of executing this Agreement.
 
     
Date
 
(Member’s Signature)
     
     
   
(Member’s Printed Name)

 
 
 
 
Exhibit F – Consent of Spouse  

Exhibit 10.5
 
 

 
RECORDING REQUESTED BY:
 
Bank of the West
 
AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:
 
Bank of the West
Fresno Documentation Center
6873 N. West Avenue, Suite 102
Fresno, California 93711
 
Attention: Collateral Unit (North Coast ABC)
 
Assessor's Identification Number: 090-230-030 and 090-230-040.
 

SPACE ABOVE THE LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE
 
 
DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS, AND PROFITS,
AND FIXTURE FILING
 
This DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS, AND PROFITS, AND FIXTURE FILING (this "Deed of Trust") is entered into as of July 16, 2012 , among H.D.D. LLC , a California limited liability company, with an address of 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448 (the "Trustor") and First Santa Clara Corporation, with an address of  2527 Camino Ramon, San Ramon, California 94583 (the "Trustee") for the use and benefit of Bank of the  West, a California banking corporation, with an address of 700 Main Street, Suite 212, Napa, California 94559 (the "Beneficiary"), and the Beneficiary.
 
The real property which is the subject matter of this Deed of Trust has the following address(es): 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, Sonoma County, California 95448 (the "Address(es)").
 
NOTICE: THE OBLIGATIONS SECURED HEREBY PROVIDE FOR PERIODIC INCREASES AND/OR DECREASES IN THE APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE AND ACCRUAL OF INTEREST WHICH MAY RESULT IN INCREASES IN THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE ABOVE THE FACE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE APPLICABLE NOTE(S).
 
 
 
 

 
 
1.             DEED OF TRUST, OBLIGATIONS AND FUTURE ADVANCES
 
1.1            Deed of Trust .  For valuable consideration paid and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally mortgages, grants, bargains, transfers, sells, conveys, sets over and assigns to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary forever, WITH POWER OF SALE AND RIGHT OF ENTRY AND POSSESSION, all of Trustor's right, title and interest in and to the "Property" described below, to secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), including without limitation, all amounts due and owing to the Beneficiary and all obligations respecting the Term Note, in the original principal amount of $3,381,000.00 ; dated July 16, 2012 , by H.D.D. LLC in favor of the Beneficiary (the "Note"; and collectively, along with this Deed of Trust and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith, the "Loan Documents"), and any substitutions, modifications, extensions or amendments to any of the Loan Documents.
 
The amount of principal obligations outstanding and evidenced by the Loan Documents and secured by this Deed of Trust total $3,381,000.00 as of the date of this Deed of Trust.
 
1.2           Security Interest in Property . As continuing security for the Obligations the Trustor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns, a security interest in any of the Property (as hereinafter defined) constituting personal property or fixtures. This Deed of Trust is and shall be deemed to be a security agreement and financing statement pursuant to the terms of the Uniform Commercial Code of California (the "Uniform Commercial Code") as to any and all personal property and fixtures and as to all such property the Beneficiary shall have the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code in addition to its rights hereunder. This Deed of Trust constitutes a financing statement filed as a fixture filing under Section 9-502(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code covering any Property which now is or later may become a fixture.
 
1.3             Collateral Assignment of Leases and Rents . The Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to the Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns, as collateral security for the Obligations all of the Tustor's rights and benefits under any and all Leases (as hereinafter defined) and any and all rents and other amounts now or hereafter owing with respect to the Leases or the use or occupancy of the Property.  This collateral assignment shall be absolute and effective immediately, but the Trustor shall have a license, revocable by the Beneficiary, to continue to collect rents owing under the Leases until an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs and the Beneficiary exercises its rights and remedies to collect such rents as set forth herein.
 
1.4            Conditions to Grant . The Trustee shall have and hold the above granted Property unto and to the use and benefit of the Beneficiary, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, and to the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and their successors and assigns, forever; provided, however, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust are upon the express condition that, if Trustor shall irrevocably pay and perform the Obligations in full, including, without limitation, all principal, interest and premium thereon and other charges, if applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) and this Deed of Trust, shall pay and perform all other Obligations as set forth in this Deed of Trust and shall abide by and comply with each and every covenant and condition set forth herein and in the Loan Documents, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust shall be appropriately released and discharged.
 
1.5            Property . The term "Property," as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean that certain parcel of land and the fixtures, structures and improvements and all personal property constituting fixtures, as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, now or hereafter thereon located at the Address(es), as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto, together with: (i) all rights now or hereafter existing, belonging, pertaining or appurtenant thereto; (ii) all water, water rights, watercourses and ditch rights (including stock in utilities with ditch or irrigation rights); (iii) all judgments, awards of damages and settlements hereafter made as a result or in lieu of any Taking, as hereinafter defined; (iv) all of the rights and benefits of the Trustor under any present or future leases and agreements relating to the Property, including, without limitation, rents, issues and profits, or the use or occupancy thereof together with any extensions and renewals thereof, specifically excluding all duties or obligations of the Trustor of any kind arising thereunder (the "Leases"); and (v) all contracts, permits and licenses respecting the use, operation or maintenance of the Property.
 
 
2

 
 
1.6           Obligations . The term "Obligation(s)," as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean all amounts outstanding when due pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Trustor or due from the Trustor to the Beneficiary from time to time and all advances, costs and expenses referred to in this Deed of Trust, including without limitation  the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) of enforcement of the Beneficiary's rights hereunder or pursuant to any document or instrument executed in connection herewith. In addition, Obligations shall also include any amounts due and owing, directly or indirectly, to Lender in connection with any rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest  rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions or currency options, whether now existing or hereafter entered in connection with any indebtedness evidenced by any of the Loan Documents, all of which shall be deemed additional interest or a related expense (in the sole discretion of Lender) due in connection with such underlying indebtedness.
 
2.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS
 
2.1            Representations and Warranties . The Trustor represents and warrants that:
 
(a)
This Deed of Trust has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustor and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally;
 
(b)
The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the Property, holding good and marketable fee simple title to the Property, subject to no liens, encumbrances, leases, security interests or rights of others, other than as set forth in detail in Exhibit B hereto (the "Permitted Encumbrances");
 
(c) 
The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the entire lessor's interest in Leases, if any, with full power of attorney to  encumber the Property in the manner set forth herein, and the Trustor has not executed any other assignment of Leases or any of the rights or rents arising thereunder;
 
(d) 
As of the date hereof, there are no Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) in, on or under the Property, except as disclosed in writing to and acknowledged by the Beneficiary; and
 
(e) 
Each Obligation is a commercial obligation and does not represent a loan used for personal, family or household purposes and is not a consumer transaction.
 
2.2            Recording Further Assurances . The Trustor covenants that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon the request of the Beneficiary, cause this Deed of Trust, and each amendment, modification or supplement hereto, to be recorded and filed in such manner and in such places, and shall at all times comply with all such statutes and regulations as may be required by law in order to establish, preserve and protect the interest of the Beneficiary in the Property and the rights of the Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust. Trustor will from time to time execute and deliver to the Beneficiary such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as the Beneficiary may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Beneficiary all rights contemplated by this Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in, or assure to the Beneficiary the security interest in, the Property or to comply with applicable statute or law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Trustor authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction.  The Beneficiary may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto that describe the Property as defined in this Deed of Trust and which contain any other information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Trustor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Trustor; Trustor also authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements describing any agricultural liens or other statutory liens held by the Beneficiary. Trustor agrees to furnish any such information to the Beneficiary promptly upon request.  In addition, Trustor shall at any time and from time to time, take such steps as the Beneficiary may reasonably request for the Beneficiary (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Beneficiary, of any bailee having possession of any of the Property that the bailee holds such Property for the Beneficiary, and (ii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Beneficiary's security interest in any of the Property and the preservation of its rights therein.   Trustor hereby constitutes the Beneficiary its attorney-in-fact to execute and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Deed of Trust terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are paid in full and the Property is released.
 
 
3

 
 
2.3          Restrictions on the Trustor . The Trustor covenants that it will not, nor will it permit any other person to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written approval of the Beneficiary in each instance:
 
(a) 
Sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, lease or dispose of all or any part of any legal or beneficial interest in the Trustor or the Property or any part thereof or permit any of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted by the terms of this Deed of Trust;
 
(b) 
Permit the use, generation, treatment, storage, release or disposition of any oil or other material or substance constituting hazardous waste or hazardous materials or substances under any applicable Federal or state law, regulation or rule ("Hazardous Substances"); or
 
(c) 
Permit to be created or suffer to exist any mortgage, lien, security interest, attachment or other encumbrance or charge on the Property or any part thereof or interest therein (except for the Permitted Encumbrances), including, without limitation, (i) any lien arising under any Federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or law pertaining to the release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances and (ii) any mechanics' or materialmen's lien. The Trustor further agrees to give the Beneficiary prompt written notice of the imposition, or notice, of any lien referred to in this Section and to take any action necessary to secure the prompt discharge or release of the same.  The Trustor agrees to defend its title to the Property and the Beneficiary’s interest therein against the claims of all persons and, unless the Beneficiary requests otherwise, to appear in and diligently contest, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, any action or proceeding that purports to affect the Trustor's title to the Property or the priority or validity of this Deed of Trust or the Beneficiary's interest hereunder.
 
2.4            Operation of Property . The Trustor covenants and agrees as follows:
 
(a) 
The Trustor will not permit the Property to be used for any unlawful or improper purpose, will at all times comply with all Federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, and the provisions of any Lease, easement or other agreement affecting all or any part of the Property, and will obtain and maintain all governmental or other approvals relating to the Trustor, the Property or the use thereof, including without limitation, any applicable zoning or building codes or regulations and any laws or regulations relating to the handling, storage, release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and will give prompt written notice to the Beneficiary of (i) any violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by the Trustor or relating to the Property, (ii) receipt of notice from any Federal, state or local authority alleging any such violation and (iii) the presence or release on the Property of any Hazardous Substances;
 
(b)
The Trustor will at all times keep the Property insured for such losses or damage, in such amounts and by such companies as may be required by law and which the Beneficiary may require, provided that, in any case, the Trustor shall maintain: (i) physical hazard insurance on an "all risks" basis in an amount not less than 100% of the full replacement cost of the Property; (ii) flood insurance if and as required by applicable Federal law and as otherwise required by the Beneficiary; (iii) comprehensive commercial general liability insurance; (iv) rent loss and business interruption insurance; and (v) such other insurance as the Beneficiary may require from time to time, including builder's risk insurance in the case of construction loans. All policies regarding such insurance shall be issued by companies licensed to do business in the state where the policy is issued and also in the state where the Property is located, be otherwise acceptable to the Beneficiary,  provide deductible amounts acceptable to the Beneficiary, name the Beneficiary as mortgagee, loss payee and additional insured, and provide that no cancellation or material modification of such policies shall occur without at least 30 days prior written notice to the Beneficiary. Such policies shall include (i) a mortgage endorsement determined by the Beneficiary in good faith to be equivalent to the "standard" mortgage endorsement so that the insurance, as to the interest of the Beneficiary, shall not be invalidated by any act or neglect of the Trustor or the owner of the Property, any foreclosure or other proceedings or notice of sale relating to the Property, any change in the title to or ownership of the Property, or the occupation or use of the Property for purposes more hazardous than are permitted at the date of inception of such insurance policies; (ii) a replacement cost endorsement; (iii) an agreed amount endorsement; (iv) a contingent liability from operation endorsement; and (v) such other endorsements as the Beneficiary may request.  The Trustor will furnish to the Beneficiary upon request such original policies, certificates of insurance or other evidence of the foregoing as are acceptable to the Beneficiary. The terms of all insurance policies shall be such that no coinsurance provisions apply, or if a policy does contain a coinsurance provision, the Trustor shall insure the Property in an amount sufficient to prevent the application of the coinsurance provisions;
 
 
4

 
 
(c) 
Trustor will not enter into or modify the Leases in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, execute any assignment of the Leases except in favor of the Beneficiary, or accept any rentals under any Lease for more than one month in advance and will at all times perform and fulfill every term and condition of the Leases;
 
(d) 
Trustor will at all times (i) maintain complete and accurate records and books regarding the Property in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) permit the Beneficiary and the Beneficiary's agents, employees and representatives, at such reasonable times as the Beneficiary may request, to enter and inspect the Property and such books and records; and
 
(e) 
Trustor will at all times keep the Property in good and first-rate repair and condition (damage from casualty not excepted) and will not commit or permit any strip, waste, impairment, deterioration or alteration of the Property or any part thereof.
 
2.5            Payments . The Trustor covenants to pay when due: all Federal, state, municipal, real property and other taxes, betterment and improvement assessments and other governmental levies, water rates, sewer charges, insurance premiums and other charges on the Property, this Deed of Trust or any Obligation secured hereby that could, if unpaid, result in a lien on the Property or on any interest therein. If and when requested by the Beneficiary, the Trustor shall deposit from time to time with the Beneficiary sums determined by the Beneficiary to be sufficient to pay when due the amounts referred to in this Section.  The Trustor shall have the right to contest any notice, lien, encumbrance, claim, tax, charge, betterment assessment or premium filed or asserted against or relating to the Property; provided that it contests the same diligently and in good faith and by proper proceedings and, at the Beneficiary's request, provides the Beneficiary with adequate cash security, in the Beneficiary's reasonable judgment, against the enforcement thereof. The Trustor shall furnish to the Beneficiary the receipted real estate tax bills or other evidence of payment of real estate taxes for the Property within 30 days prior to the date from which interest or penalty would accrue for nonpayment thereof. The Trustor shall also furnish to the Beneficiary evidence of all other payments referred to above within fifteen (15) days after written request therefor by the Beneficiary.  If Trustor shall fail to pay such sums, the Beneficiary may, but shall not be obligated to, advance such sums.  Any sums so advanced by the Beneficiary shall be added to the Obligations, shall bear interest at the highest rate specified in any note evidencing the Obligations, and shall be secured by the lien of this Deed of Trust.
 
2.6            Notices; Notice of Default . The Trustor will deliver to the Beneficiary, promptly upon receipt of the same, copies of all notices or other documents it receives that affect the Property or its use, or claim that the Trustor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms hereof or that the Trustor or any tenant is in default of any terms of the Leases.  The Trustor further agrees to deliver to the Beneficiary written notice promptly upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder.
 
 
5

 
 
2.7            Takings . In case of any condemnation or expropriation for public use of, or any damage by reason of the action of any public or governmental entity or authority to, all or any part of the Property (a "Taking"), or the commencement of any proceedings or negotiations that might result in a Taking, the Trustor shall immediately give written notice to the Beneficiary, describing the nature and extent thereof. The Beneficiary may, at its option, appear in any proceeding for a Taking or any negotiations relating to a Taking and the Trustor shall immediately give to the Beneficiary copies of all notices, pleadings, determinations and other papers relating thereto. The Trustor shall in good faith and with due diligence and by proper proceedings file and prosecute its claims for any award or payment on account of any Taking. The Trustor shall not settle any such claim without the Beneficiary's prior written consent. The Trustor shall hold any amounts received with respect to such awards or claims, by settlement, judicial decree or otherwise, in trust for the Beneficiary and immediately pay the same to the Beneficiary.  The Trustor authorizes any award or settlement due in connection with a Taking to be paid directly to the Beneficiary in amounts not exceeding the Obligations.  The Beneficiary may apply such amounts to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine.
 
2.8            Insurance Proceeds . The proceeds of any insurance resulting from any loss with respect to the Property shall be paid to the Beneficiary and, at the option of the Beneficiary, be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine; provided, however, that if the Beneficiary shall require repair of the Property, the Beneficiary may release all or any portion of such proceeds to the Trustor for such purpose.  Any insurance proceeds paid to the Trustor shall be held in trust for the Beneficiary and promptly paid to it.
 
3.      CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARY
 
3.1            Legal Proceedings . The Beneficiary shall have the right, but not the duty, to intervene or otherwise participate in any legal or equitable proceeding that, in the Beneficiary's reasonable judgment, might affect the Property or any of the rights created or secured by this Deed of Trust. The Beneficiary shall have such right whether or not there shall have occurred an Event of Default hereunder.
 
3.2            Appraisals/Assessments . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, to obtain appraisals, environmental site assessments or other inspections of the portions of the Property that are real estate at such times as the Beneficiary deems necessary or as may be required by applicable law, or its prevailing credit or underwriting policies.
 
3.3            Financial Statements . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, to require delivery of financial statements in form and substance acceptable to the Beneficiary from the Trustor or any guarantor of any of the Obligations and the Trustor hereby agrees to deliver such financial statements and/or cause any such guarantor to so deliver any such financial statement when required by the Beneficiary.
 
3.4            Substitution of Trustee . The Beneficiary may from time to time, without notice to the Trustor or Trustee and with or without cause and with or without the resignation of Trustee, substitute a successor or successors to the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder.  Upon such appointment, the successor trustee shall be vested with all title, powers and duties conferred upon the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder. Each such appointment and substitution shall be made by a writing executed by Beneficiary and when duly recorded in the appropriate office shall be conclusive proof of proper appointment of such successor Trustee. The procedure herein provided for substitution of the Trustee shall be conclusive of all other provisions for substitution, statutory or otherwise.
 
4.      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
 
4.1            Events of Default . Event of Default shall mean default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Trustor or the occurrence of an event of default under this Deed of Trust or any of the other Loan Documents including without limitation under any note evidencing any of the Obligations and, with respect to any Obligation due and payable on DEMAND, the failure of any such Obligation to be paid upon DEMAND.
 
4.2            Remedies . On the occurrence of any Event of Default the Beneficiary may, at any time thereafter, at its option and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without notice, exercise any or all of the following remedies:
 
(a) 
Declare the Obligations due and payable, and the Obligations shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without presentment, protest, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Trustor except for Obligations due and payable on demand, which shall be due and payable on demand whether or not an event of default has occurred hereunder;
 
 
6

 
 
(b)
Direct the Trustee to, or enter, take possession of, manage and operate the Property (including all personal property and all records and documents pertaining thereto) and any part thereof and exclude the Trustor therefrom, take all actions it deems necessary or proper to preserve the Property and operate the Property as a mortgagee in possession with all the powers as could be exercised by a receiver or as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law; provided, however, the entry by the Beneficiary upon the Property for any reason shall not cause the Trustee or the Beneficiary to be a mortgagee in possession, except upon the express written declaration of the Beneficiary;
 
(c)
With or without taking possession, by itself or through a receiver, receive and collect all rents, income, issues and profits ("Rents") from the Property (including all real estate and personal property and whether past due or thereafter accruing), including as may arise under the Leases, and the Trustor appoints the Beneficiary as its true and lawful attorney with the power for the Beneficiary in its own name and capacity to demand and collect Rents and take any action that the Trustor is authorized to take under the Leases.  The Beneficiary shall (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred) apply any Rents received by it to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary determines, or in accordance with any applicable statute, and the Trustor agrees that exercise of such rights and disposition of such funds shall not be deemed to cure any default or constitute a waiver of any foreclosure once commenced nor preclude the later commencement of foreclosure for breach thereof. The Beneficiary shall be liable to account only for such Rents actually received by the Beneficiary. Lessees under the Leases are hereby authorized and directed, following notice from the Beneficiary, to pay all amounts due the Trustor under the Leases to the Beneficiary, whereupon such lessees shall be relieved of any and all duty and obligation to the Trustor with respect to such payments so made
 
(d)
In addition to any other remedies, to sell the Property or any part thereof or interest therein pursuant to exercise of its power of sale or otherwise at public auction on terms and conditions as the Beneficiary may determine, or otherwise foreclose this Deed of Trust in any manner permitted by law, and upon such sale the Trustor shall execute and deliver such instruments as the Beneficiary may request in order to convey and transfer all of the Trustor's interest in the Property, and the same shall operate to divest all rights, title and interest of the Trustor in and to the Property.  In the event this Deed of Trust shall include more than one parcel of property or subdivision (each hereinafter called a "portion"), the Beneficiary shall, in its sole and exclusive discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, be empowered to foreclose upon any such portion without impairing its right to foreclose subsequently upon any other portion or the entirety of the Property from time to time thereafter.  In addition, the Beneficiary may in its sole and exclusive discretion subordinate this Deed of Trust to one or more Leases for the sole purpose of preserving any such Lease in the event of a foreclosure;
 
(e) 
Choose to dispose of some or all of the Property in any combination consisting of both real and personal property, together in one sale, public or private, to held in accordance with law and procedures applicable to real property, as permitted by Section 9604 of the Uniform Commercial Code.  Trustor agrees that such a sale of personal property together with real property constitutes a commercially reasonable sale of the personal property. Before any sale, Beneficiary or Trustee shall give such notice of default and election to sell as may then be required by law.  When all time periods then legally mandated have expired, and after such notice of sate as may then be legally required has been given, Trustee may sell the property being sold at a public auction to be held at the time and place specified in the notice of sale. Neither Trustee nor Beneficiary shall have any obligation to make demand on Trustor before any sale, From time to time in accordance with then applicable law, Trustee may, and in any event at Beneficiary's request shall, postpone any sale by public announcement at the time and place noticed for that sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Beneficiary shall be under no obligation to consummate a sale if, in its judgment, none of the offers received by it equals the fair value of the property offered for sale.  At any sale, any person including Beneficiary may bid for and acquire the property or any part thereof to the extent permitted by then applicable law. Instead of paying cash for such property, Beneficiary may settle for the purchase price by crediting the sales price of the property against the expenses of sale, costs of any action and any other sums for which Trustor is obligated to pay or reimburse Beneficiary or Trustee under this Deed of Trust and all other Obligations in any order and proportion as Beneficiary in its sole discretion may choose.  The foregoing procedures do not constitute the only procedures that may be commercially reasonable and, Beneficiary and Trustee may choose, for example, if the Property consists of more than one parcel, to sell and dispose of such parcels in separate or combined sales in such order as Beneficia ry may elect. The proceeds of any such disposition of Property shall not cure any Event of Default or reinstate any Obligations for purposes of Section 2924c of the California Civil Code. For purposes of this power of sale, either a sale of real prope rt y alone, or a sale of both real and personal prope rt y together in accordance with Uniform Commercial Code Section 9604, will sometimes be referred to as a "Trustee's Sale";
 
 
7

 
 
(f) 
In accordance with Section 736 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Beneficiary may bring an action for breach of contract against Trustor for breach of any "environmental provision" (as such term is defined in such Section) made by Trustor herein or in any other Loan Document for the recovery of damages and/or the enforcement of the environmental  provision.  In accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5, Beneficiary may waive the security under this Deed of Trust with respect to any parcel of the Property that is "environmentally impaired" or is an "affected property" (as such terms are defined in such Section), and as to any personal property which is attached to such parcel, and thereafter exercise against Trustor, to the extent permitted by such Section, the rights and remedies of an unsecured creditor, including reduction of Beneficiary's claim against Trustor to judgment, and any other rights and remedies permitted by law.  In the event Beneficiary elects, in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5, to waive all or part of the security under this Deed of Trust and proceed against Trustor on an unsecured basis, the valuation of the real property, the determination of the environmentally impaired status of such security and any cause of action for money judgment shall, at the request of Beneficiary, be referred to a referee in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 638 et seq.  Such referee shall be an M.A.I. appraiser selected by Beneficiary and approved by Trustor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The decision of such referee shall be binding upon both Beneficiary and Trustor and judgment upon the award rendered by such referee shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 644 and 645.  Trustor shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Beneficiary in connection with any proceeding under the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5;
 
(g) 
Cause one or more environmental assessments to be taken, arrange for the cleanup of any Hazardous Substances or otherwise cure the Truste's failure to comply with any statute, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and the Trustor shall provide the Beneficiary or its agents with access to the Property for such purposes; provided that the exercise of any of such remedies shall not be deemed to have relieved the Trustor from any responsibility therefor or given the Beneficiary "control" over the Property or cause the Beneficiary to be considered to be a mortgagee in possession, "owner" or "operator" of the Property for purposes of any applicable law, rule or regulation pertaining to Hazardous Substances; and
 
(h) 
Take such other actions or proceedings as the Beneficiary deems necessary or advisable to protect its interest in the Property and ensure payment and performance of the Obligations, including, without limitation, appointment of a receiver (and the Trustor hereby waives any right to object to such appointment) and exercise of any of the Beneficiary's remedies provided herein or in any other document evidencing, securing or relating to any of the Obligations or available to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or under other applicable law.
 
 
8

 
 
Due on Sale or Transfer . Beneficiary may, at its option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by this Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Beneficiary's prior written consent, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest in the Property. A "sale or transfer" means the conveyance of the Property or any right, title or interest therein; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, option contract, or by sale, assignment or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Property, or by any other method of conveyance of a real property interest. If Trustor is a corporation, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding capital stock.  For a general partnership, limited partnership, or limited liability partnership, transfer shall include a change in any general partner or a change affecting the control of the Trustor. For a limited liability company, transfer includes any change in a manager or member or change affecting control of the Trustor. This option shall not be exercised by Beneficiary if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.
 
Power of Sale .   Trustor hereby grants to the Trustee, and its successor and assigns, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, a power of sale under California Civil Code Section 2924, and accordingly, the Beneficiary and the Trustee shall have all of the rights and powers granted by California law to the holder of a Deed of Trust containing a power of sale, including the right, to the extent permitted by California law, to foreclose, by exercising the power of sale, without first commencing a foreclosure action or obtaining a foreclosure decree, and to give such notices and to do all other acts as are permitted or required by California Civil Code Section 2924 to foreclose a Deed of Trust without judicial action.
 
In addition, the Trustee and the Beneficiary shall have all other remedies provided by applicable law, including, without limitation, the right to pursue a judicial sale of the Property or any portion thereof by deed, assignment or otherwise.
 
The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the acceptance by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any payments from either the Trustor or any guarantor after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the exercise by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any remedy set forth herein or the commencement, discontinuance or abandonment of foreclosure proceedings against the Property shall not waive Trustee's or the Beneficiary's subsequent or concurrent right to foreclose or operate as a bar or estoppel to the exercise of any other rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Beneficiary. The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the Trustee or the Beneficiary, by making payments or incurring costs described herein, shall be subrogated to any right of the Trustor to seek reimbursement from any third parties, including, without limitation, any predecessor in interest to the Trustor's title or other party who may be responsible under any law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances.
 
4.3            Advances . If the Trustor fails to pay or perform any of its obligations respecting the Property, the Beneficiary may in its sole discretion do so without waiving or releasing Trustor from any such obligation. Any such payments may include, but are not limited to, payments for taxes, assessments and other governmental levies, water rates,  insurance  premiums,  maintenance,  repairs  or  improvements constituting part of the Property.  Any amounts paid by the Beneficiary hereunder shall be, until reimbursed by the Trustor, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and shall be due and payable to the Beneficiary, on demand, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the highest rate permitted under any of the notes evidencing the Obligations.
 
4.4            Cumulative Rights and Remedies .  All of the foregoing rights, remedies and options (including without limitation the right to enter and take possession of the Property, the right to manage and operate the same, and the right to collect Rents, in each case whether by a receiver or otherwise) are cumulative and in addition to any rights the Beneficiary might otherwise have, whether at law or by agreement,. and may be exercised separately or concurrently and none of which shall be exclusive of any other.  The Trustor further agrees that the Trustee and the Beneficiary may exercise any or all of its rights or remedies set forth herein without having to pay the Trustor any sums for use or occupancy of the Property.
 
4.5           Trustor's Waiver of Certain Rights . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives the benefit of all present and future laws (i) providing for any appraisal before sale of all or any portion of the Property or (ii) in any way extending the time for the enforcement of the collection of the Obligations or creating or extending a period of redemption from any sale made hereunder.
 
4.6            Transfer of Title .  Upon the completion of any sale or sales of any Property, Trustee shall execute and deliver to the accepted purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed of conveyance or assignment and transfer, lawfully conveying, assigning, and transferring the Property sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied.
 
 
9

 
 
4.7            Effect of Sale . Any sale or sales made by virtue of or under this Deed of Trust, whether under any power of sale herein granted or through judicial proceedings, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, operate to divest all right, title, estate, interest, claim, and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Trustor in and to the property so sold, or any part thereof from, through or under Trustor, its successors and assigns.  The receipt by Trustee of such purchase money shall be full and sufficient discharge to any purchaser of the Property or any part thereof sold as aforesaid for the purchase money; and no purchaser or his representatives, grantees or assigns after paying such purchase money, shall be bound to see to the application of such purchase money upon or for any trust or purpose of this Deed of Trust, or in any manner whatsoever be answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application of any such purchase money or be bound to inquire as to the authorization, necessity, expedience or regularity of any such sale.
 
4.8           Reconveyance . Upon written request of the Beneficiary and surrender of this Deed of Trust and any Notes to Trustee for cancellation or endorsement, and upon payment of its fees and charges, Trustee shall reconvey, without warranty, all or any part of the Property then subject to this Deed of Trust. Any reconveyance, whether full or partial, shall be made to the person or persons legally entitled thereto, and the recitals in such reconveyance of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof.
 
5.      MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1            Costs and Expenses .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor shall pay to the Trustee and the Beneficiary, on demand, all reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses and reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, brokerage and similar professional fees and charges) incurred by the Trustee and the Beneficiary in connection with the Trustee's and the Beneficiary's interpretation, recordation of this Deed of Trust, exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights, remedies and options set forth in this Deed of Trust and in connection with any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise relating to the Obligations, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, until paid in full by the Trustor at the highest rate set forth in any of the notes evidencing the Obligations. Any amounts owed by the Trustor hereunder shall be, until paid, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and the Beneficiary shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to receive and retain such amounts in any action for a deficiency against or redemption by the Trustor, or any accounting for the proceeds of a foreclosure sale or of insurance proceeds.
 
5.2            Limit on Interest . If from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Deed of Trust, any Note or any other Loan Document, at the time performance of such provision becomes due, would exceed the limit on interest then permitted by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, the Beneficiary may, at its option (a) reduce the Obligations to be fulfilled to such limit on interest, or (b) apply the amount in excess of such limit on interest to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the Obligations, and not to the payment of interest, with the same force and effect as though Trustor had specifically designated such sums to be so applied to principal and Beneficiary had agreed to accept such extra payments(s) as a premium-free prepayment, so that in no event shall any exaction he possible under this Deed of Trust or any other Loan Document that is in excess of the applicable limit on interest. It is the intention of Trustor and Beneficiary that the total liability for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the limits imposed by any applicable state or federal interest rate laws. The provisions of this Section shall control every other provision of this Deed of Trust, and any provision of any other Loan Document in conflict with this Section.
 
5.3            Indemnification Regarding Leases. The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold the Beneficiary, Trustee, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless from all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) resulting from the assignment of the Leases and from all demands that may be asserted against such Indemnitees arising from any undertakings on the part of the Beneficiary to perform any obligations under the Leases. It is understood that the assignment of the Leases shall not operate to place responsibility for the control or management of the Property upon the Beneficiary or any Indemnitee or make them liable for performance of any of the obligations of the Trustor under Leases, respecting any condition of the Property or any other agreement or arrangement, written or oral, or applicable law.
 
 
10

 
 
5.4            Indemnification Regarding Hazardous Substances . The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each lndemnitee from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses, including, without limitation, litigation costs and attorneys' fees and expenses and fees or expenses of any environmental engineering or cleanup firm incurred by such Indemnitee and arising out of or in connection with the Property or resulting from the application of any current or future law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances on or affecting the Property.   The Trustor agrees its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive termination or discharge of this Deed of Trust and/or the repayment of all debts to the Beneficiary including repayment of all Obligations.
 
5.5             Indemnitee's Expenses . If any lndemnitee is made a party defendant to any litigation or any claim is threatened or brought against such Indemnitee concerning this Deed of Trust or the Property or any part thereof or therein or concerning the construction, maintenance, operation or the occupancy or use thereof by the Trustor or other person or entity, then the Trustor shall indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against all liability by reason of said litigation or claims, including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any such litigation or claim, whether or not any such litigation or claim is prosecuted to judgment. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Beneficiary in favor of the Trustor.
 
5.6             Waivers . The Trustor waives notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.  No delay or omission of the Beneficiary in exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges, remedies, immunities or discretion (all of which are hereinafter collectively referred to as "the Beneficiary's rights and remedies") hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof; and no waiver by the Beneficiary of any default of the Trustor hereunder or of any demand shall operate as a waiver of any other default hereunder or of any other demand.  No term or provision hereof shall be waived, altered or modified except with the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which consent makes explicit reference to this Deed of Trust. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no other agreement or transaction, of whatsoever nature, entered into between the Beneficiary and the Trustor at any time (whether before, during or after the effective date or term of this Deed of Trust) shall be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary's rights and remedies under this Deed of Trust (nor shall anything in this Deed of Trust be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary's rights and remedies under any such other agreement or transaction) but all the Beneficiary's rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Deed of Trust but also under any such other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Beneficiary at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Beneficiary in its sole discretion may determine.
 
5.7           Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting the Property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
5.8           Joint and Several .  If there is more than one Trustor, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for payment and/or performance of all obligations secured by this Deed of Trust and the term "Trustor" shall include each as well as all of them.
 
5.9           Severability . If any provision of this Deed of Trust or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Deed of Trust (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
 
5.10          Complete Agreement . This Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.
 
 
11

 
 
5.11         Binding Effect of Agreement . This Deed of Trust shall run with the land and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Beneficiary shall be entitled to rely thereon) until all Obligations are fully and indefeasibly paid. The Beneficiary may transfer and assign this Deed of Trust and deliver any collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Beneficiary; and the Beneficiary shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Deed of Trust and such collateral. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Deed of Trust or the other Loan Documents.
 
5.12          Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Deed of Trust shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Trustor or Beneficiary, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Trustor or Beneficiary at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
5.13          Governing Law . This Deed of Trust shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Beneficiary and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
5.14          Reproductions . This Deed of Trust and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Trustor to the Beneficiary may be reproduced by the Beneficiary by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).
 
5.15          Jurisdiction and Venue . The Trustor irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deed of Trust.  The Trustor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Trustor hereby consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding (i) by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Trustor's address set forth herein or such other address as has been provided in writing to the Beneficiary and (ii) in any other manner permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Trustor.
 
5.16           Waiver Of Jury Trial. THE TRUSTOR AND BENEFICIARY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
5.17           Judicial Reference Provision. In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
 
12

 
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
EXECUTED as of the date first above written.
 
 
Trustor:
 
H.D.D. LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
     
   
 
 
 
 
13

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 14 th , 2012, before me, Morgan Merritt (Notary Public), personally appeared J. Barrie Graham who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Morgan Merritt (Seal)  
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 16 th , 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Daniel A. Carroll who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)  
 
 
16

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 21 st , 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Philip L. Hurst who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF _________
 
On____________________, before me, _________________________, personally appeared William R, Hambrecht who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
 
   
Signature _______________________ (Seal)  
 
 
14

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF _________
 
On____________________, before me, _________________________, personally appeared Phillip L. Hurst who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
 
   
Signature _______________________ (Seal)  
 
 
STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK
 
On August 23, 2012, before me, Allison Corado, personally appeared William R, Hambrecht who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Allison Corado (Seal)  
 
 
14

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 17, 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Paul E. Dolan, III who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 17, 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Heath E. Dolan who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
15

 
 
EXHIBIT “A”

Property Description
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Order Number:   4017990
Page Number: 6

 
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
 
Real property in the unincorporated area of the County of Sonoma, State of California, described as follows:
 
PARCEL ONE:
 
BEING A PORTION OF THE ORIGINAL J.G. BEST PLACE, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS, TO WIT:
 
BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE LANDS OF W.G. RACKLIFF, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE SOUTH TO THE LAND OF BULLOCK, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE WEST TO DRY CREEK; THENCE NORTH TO THE SAID LAND OF W.G. RACKLIFF, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE EAST TO THE PLACE OF BEGINNING.
 
PARCEL TWO:
 
BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE LAND OF O.J. LEBARON, NOW OR FORMERLY THE J.G. BEST PLACE, AND RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 75° 52’ WEST TO THE CENTERLINE OF DRY CREEK; THENCE MEANDERING UP THE MIDDLE LINE OF DRY CREEK TO A POINT WHERE THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF THE VALLEY LAND OF O.J. LEBARON IF PRODUCED WESTERLY WOULD INTERSECT THE MIDDLE LINE OF DRY CREEK; THENCE NORTH 39° 45’ EAST TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE VALLEY LANDS OF O.J. LEBARON, NOW OR FORMERLY BEING ALSO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE LANDS OF O.F. PHILLIPS, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE WITH THE WESTERLY LINE OF LANDS OF O.J. LEBARON TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.  COMMONLY KNOWN AND DESCRIBED AS “BEST PLACE”.
 
PARCEL THREE:
 
A PART OF LOT TWENTY-THREE (23) OF THE TZABACO RANCHO BOUNDED AS FOLLOWS, TO WIT:  NORTH BY THE LANDS OF HOTTMAN AND LEBARON, NOW OR FORMERLY, EAST BY THE COUNTY ROAD LEADING UP THE EAST SIDE OF DRY CREEK VALLEY; SOUTH BY THE LANDS OF JOHN W. SKELTON, NOW OR FORMERLY, AND WEST BY THE LAND OF KELLY, NOW OR FORMERLY.
 
SAVING AND EXCEPTING THEREFROM:
 
FIRST:  THAT PORTION OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED LANDS CONVEYED TO NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, A CORPORATION, BY O.J. LEBARON AND LORA LEBARON, HIS WIFE, BY DEED DATED MAY 27, 1911, AND RECORDED JUNE 12, 1911, IN LIBER 277 OF DEEDS, PAGE 42, AND LIBER 277 OF DEEDS, PAGE 44, RESPECTIVELY, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS.
 
First American Title
 
 

 
Order Number:   4017990
Page Number:  7
 
SECOND:  BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT OF LAND WITH THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF THE COUNTY ROAD LEADING UP THE EAST SIDE OF DRY CREEK VALLEY; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID COUNTY ROAD, A DISTANCE OF 208.7 FEET; THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY, AND PARALLEL WITH THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT OF LAND, A DISTANCE OF 208.7 FEET; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY PARALLEL TO THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID COUNTY ROAD, A DISTANCE OF 208.7 FEET TO THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT OF LAND; THENCE NORTHEASTERLY ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT OF LAND, A DISTANCE OF 208.7 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
 
PARCEL FOUR :
 
COMMENCING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF THE VALLEY LAND OF O.J. LEBARON RANCH, NOW OWNED BY ALBERTO RAFANELLI, IDENTICAL WITH THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF VALLEY LAND OF HAROLD PHILLIPS IN THE CENTER OF THE COUNTY ROAD LEADING UP THE EAST SIDE OF DRY CREEK; THENCE SOUTH 37° 45’ EAST ALONG CENTER OF SAID ROAD, 310.00 FEET TO A POINT, THE PLACE OF BEGINNING, THENCE NORTH 60° 35’ EAST, 95 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE; THENCE SOUTH 16° 35’ EAST 130.50 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE; THENCE SOUTH 65° 20’ WEST, 67 FEET TO A POINT IN THE CENTER OF SAID COUNTY ROAD; THENCE UP THE CENTER OF SAID ROAD NORTH 29° 4’ WEST, 121.28 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
 
PARCEL FIVE :
 
ALL THAT PORTION OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED TRACT OF LAND LYING WESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF THE COUNTY ROAD LEADING UP THE EAST SIDE OF DRY CREEK,TO-WIT:
 
BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE LANDS OF W.G. RACKLIFF, NOW OR FORMERLY, AND RUNNING THENCE SOUTH TO THE LAND OF BULLOCK, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE EAST ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE EASTERN BOUNDARY OF THE FRISBIE & PATTERSON HILL TRACT; THENCE NORTH TWO RODS MORE THAN HALF THE DISTANCE TO THE LAND OF ELLA G. RACKLIFF, TO THE LAND OF W.G. RACKLIFF, NOW OR FORMERLY; THENCE WEST ALONG THE LINE OF W.G. RACKLIFF’S LAND TO THE PLACE OF BEGINNING.
 
PARCEL SIX:
 
ALSO A STRIP OF LAND 100 FEET IN WIDTH LYING 50 FEET ON EACH SIDE OF THE ORIGINAL LOCATED CENTERLINE OF THE NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY’S RAILROAD SAID CENTERLINE BEING DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
 
BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF SAID CENTERLINE WITH THE NORTHWESTERLY BOUNDARY OF LAND NOW OR FORMERLY OF O.J. LEBARON AND LORA LEBARON, HIS WIFE; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY, 1200 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT IN THE SOUTHWESTERLY EXTENSION OF THE NORTHWESTERLY BOUNDARY OF LAND NOW OR FORMERLY OF J.E. DUTRO.  THE SIDE LINES OF SAID STRIP OF LAND TERMINATE ON THE NORTH IN SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF LAND NOW OR FORMERLY OF O.J. LEBARON AND LORA LEBARON, HIS WIFE, AND ON THE SOUTH IN SAID NORTHWESTERLY BOUNDARY OF LAND NOW OR FORMERLY OF J.E. DUTRO, AND THE SOUTHWESTERLY EXTENSION THEREOF.
 
First American Title
 
 

 
Order Number:   4017990
Page Number:  8
 
BEING ALL OF THAT CERTAIN 1.47 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED IN DEED DATED MAY 27, 1911 FROM O.J. LEBARON AND LORA LEBARON, HIS WIFE, TO NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, RECORDED JUNE 12, 1911 IN BOOK 277 OF DEEDS, PAGE 44, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS, ALL OF THAT CERTAIN 0.27 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED IN DEED DATED MAY 27, 1911, FROM O.J. LEBARON AND LORA LEBARON TO THE NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, RECORDED JUNE 12, 1911 IN BOOK 277 OF DEEDS, PAGE 42, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS, AND A PORTION OF THAT CERTAIN 3.07 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED IN DEED DATED MAY 20, 1911 FROM WILLIAMS KELLY AND MARGARET E. KELLY, HIS WIFE, TO NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, RECORDED MAY 31, 1911 IN BOOK 273 OF DEEDS, PAGE 479, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS.
 
EXCEPTING FROM PARCELS ONE THROUGH SIX ABOVE THOSE PORTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE FOLLOWING INSTRUMENTS :
 
(A) BOOK 2031 OFFICIAL RECORDS, PAGE 876 (B) BOOK 2273 OFFICIAL RECORDS, PAGE 60 (C) BOOK 2573 OFFICIAL RECORDS, PAGE 892.
 
ALSO EXCEPTING FROM THE ABOVE PARCELS ALL THAT PORTION LYING SOUTHWESTERLY AND SOUTHERLY OF THE OF THE AGREED BOUNDARY LINE, AS DISCLOSED BY BOUNDARY LINE AGREEMENT RECORDED MARCH 2, 2004, AS DOCUMENT NO. 2004028638, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS.
 
PARCEL SEVEN:
 
ALL THAT PORTION LYING NORTHEASTERLY AND NORTHERLY OF THE AGREED BOUNDARY LINE, AS DISCLOSED BY BOUNDARY LINE AGREEMENT RECORDED MARCH 2, 2004, AS DOCUMENT NO. 2004028638, SONOMA COUNTY RECORDS.
 
APN:  090-230-040 and 090-230-030
 
 
 
First American Title
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT “B”

Permitted Encumbrances

A lien of first encumbrance, certain real property described in the attached Exhibit “A” (the “Real Property”), located in the County of Sonoma, State of California, subject only to current taxes and assessments not yet due and payable and exceptions numbered 1 – 8, 12 – 20, all as listed on a certain Preliminary Title Report No. 4017990 (the “Permitted Title Exceptions”) dated June 21, 2012 and issued by First American Title Company for the Real Property located in Sonoma County.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
Exhibt 10.11
 
 
 
 
October 2, 2012
 
 
James D. Bielenberg
H.D.D. LLC
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
 
 
Dear Mr. Bielenberg:
 
The members of the Direct Equipment Finance Department are pleased that H.D.D. LLC has chosen Bank of the West to provide equipment financing and we look forward to servicing your transaction. Enclosed are the following documents for execution:
 
 
1.
Master Equipment Financing Agreement
 
2.
Schedule No. 100-0022757-001
 
3.
Schedule A - Equipment Description
 
4.
Insurance Authorization
 
5.
Automatic Transfer and Authorization Control Agreement – please complete this form if you would like to establish an automatic debit for the loan payments.
 
6.
Closing Invoice
 
 
A Certificate of Insurance naming Bank of the West, Direct Equipment Finance, 2527 Camino Ramon / NC-B07-3F-V, San Ramon, CA 94583 as sole loss payee with respect to the financed equipment, is required before funds can be disbursed. Please contact your insurance agent to have this equipment added to your policy and request a Certificate of Insurance to be faxed to my attention at 323-837-3042 or sent via email to Lynn.Mifune@bankofthewest.com as soon as possible.
 
Please overnight the executed documents and your check to:
Bank of the West / DEF 951
 
Direct Equipment Finance - Attn: Lynn Mifune
 
2527 Camino Ramon, NC-B07-3F-V
 
San Ramon, CA 94583
 
Upon receipt of all executed documents and other items noted above (as applicable), Bank of the West will execute the documents and commence your agreement.
 
We would like to thank you for doing business with us. If you have any questions regarding your financing, please feel free to contact me at 925-843-2488 or contact Frank Lee at (650) 344-5193. Thank you for choosing Bank of the West.  
 
Regards,
 
Lynn Mifune
Contract Administration
 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 
Page 1 of 1

 
   
 
MASTER EQUIPMENT FINANCING AGREEMENT
 
THIS MASTER EQUIPMENT FINANCING AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of October 2, 2012 between Bank of the West ("Creditor") and H.D.D. LLC ("Debtor").
 
Creditor and Debtor agree as follows:
 
1.
EQUIPMENT; SECURITY INTEREST. Under this agreement Creditor will provide Debtor financing as to each item of machinery, equipment and other property (individually with all accessions, additions and replacements an "Item" and collectively the "Equipment") described in a schedule referencing this Agreement and incorporated herein executed by Creditor and Debtor (individually a "Schedule"). Debtor shall acquire and maintain title or, in the case of software, alternatively a license, to each Item subject only to Creditor's lien described below and the lien of current property taxes not in default. Debtor hereby grants Creditor a security interest in and to all Debtor's right, title and interest in and to the Equipment under the Uniform Commercial Code, such grant with respect to an Item to be as of the later of Debtor's execution of a related proposal or Schedule or Debtor acquiring an interest in the Item. Such security interest is granted to secure performance by Debtor of Debtor's obligations hereunder and under any other agreements under which Debtor now or hereafter has obligations to Creditor.
 
2.
DEBTOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Debtor's obligations respecting an Item, except the related installment payment obligation which is governed by paragraph 3 below, commence upon the grant to Creditor of a security interest in the Item. Debtor's obligations with respect to an Item and Creditor's security interest will continue until full performance of all related obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if this Agreement is then in default, said obligations and security interest will continue during the continuance of said default. Upon termination of Creditor's security interest in an Item, Creditor will provide such release of interest with respect thereto as Debtor reasonably requests.
 
3.
INSTALLMENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS. Debtor will repay Creditor's advance as to an Item in installments of principal and interest in the amounts and at the times set forth in the applicable Schedule at the office of Creditor set forth at the foot hereof or as Creditor may from time to time otherwise designate on notice to Debtor. Other amounts required to be paid by Debtor hereunder are due upon Debtor's receipt of an invoice therefor and will be payable as directed in the invoice. Payments under this Agreement may be applied to Debtor's then accrued obligations to Creditor in such order as Creditor may choose.
 
4.
DEPOSIT. Debtor will have deposited or will deposit with Creditor any "Deposit" amount set forth in a Schedule. Creditor may, at its option, apply a Deposit amount toward any of Debtor's past due obligations to Creditor in which event Debtor will promptly restore the Deposit amount to the full amount originally deposited. Upon termination of Creditor's security interest as to all Items covered by a Schedule, Creditor will return to Debtor the remaining balance of any related Deposit amount without interest.
 
5.
NO OFFSET; SURVIVAL. Debtor will not be entitled to any abatement of installment or other payments due hereunder or any reduction thereof under any circumstances. Debtor waives any and all existing and future claims, as offsets, against any payments due hereunder and agrees to pay all amounts when due regardless of any claim which may be asserted by Debtor. Debtor has not waived any rights Debtor may have to prosecute any claim against Creditor in an action unrelated to this Agreement. This Agreement is not terminable by Debtor for any reason and will otherwise terminate only as provided herein. In no event will Creditor, if liable to Debtor with respect to this Agreement, be liable for punitive, consequential or similar damages. The obligations and liabilities of Debtor hereunder will survive the termination of Creditor's security interest in the Equipment and Debtor's covenants under any credit agreement with Creditor or an affiliate shall survive payment of all amounts due thereunder until payment of all amounts due hereunder
 
6.
FINANCING AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT IS SOLELY A FINANCING AGREEMENT. DEBTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EQUIPMENT HAS OR WILL HAVE BEEN SELECTED AND ACQUIRED SOLELY BY DEBTOR FOR DEBTOR'S PURPOSES, THAT CREDITOR IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE THE VENDOR OF ANY EQUIPMENT AND THAT CREDITOR HAS NOT MADE AND WILL NOT MAKE ANY AGREEMENT, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION, QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR VALUE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT THERETO IN ANY RESPECT WHATSOEVER.
 
 
Page 1 of 7

 
 
7.
NO AGENCY. NO AGENT OF THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER SUPPLIER OF ANY ITEM OR OF ANY FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY IS AN AGENT OF CREDITOR. CREDITOR IS NOT BOUND BY A REPRESENTATION OF ANY SUCH PARTY, AND, AS CONTEMPLATED IN PARAGRAPH 28 BELOW, THE PARTIES' ENTIRE AGREEMENT AS TO THE EQUIPMENT IS CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
 
8.
ACCEPTANCE. Upon receipt from Creditor of a Schedule covering the Equipment or any Items, Debtor will either (a) execute and deliver the Schedule or (b) give Creditor notice specifying any objection to the Equipment covered thereby. Debtor's execution of a Schedule will conclusively establish as between Creditor and Debtor that the Equipment covered thereby is acceptable to, and has been accepted by, Debtor for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
9.
LOCATION; INSPECTION; USE. Except as otherwise consented to in writing by Creditor, Debtor will keep, or permanently garage and not remove from the United States, as appropriate, each Item in Debtor's possession and control at the Equipment Location designated in the applicable Schedule, or at such other location to which such Item may have been moved or at which such Item is permanently garaged with the prior written consent of Creditor. Upon request by Creditor, Debtor will advise Creditor as to the exact location of an Item. Creditor may inspect an Item and observe its use during normal business hours, and Debtor will ensure Creditor's ability to enter into and upon the premises where the Item may be located for such purpose. The Equipment will at all times be used solely for commercial or business purposes and operated in a careful and proper manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, all requirements of the required insurance and all manufacturer's instructions and warranty requirements. Any modifications or additions to an Item required by any such governmental edict or insurance policy, will be promptly made by Debtor at its own expense.
 
10.
ALTERATIONS. Without the prior written consent of Creditor, Debtor will not make any alterations, additions or improvements to an Item which detract from its economic value or functional utility, except as may be required under paragraph 9 above. All additions and improvements made to an Item which cannot be removed without detracting from its economic value or functional utility will be deemed accessions thereto and thus subject to the security interest of Creditor.
 
11.
MAINTENANCE. Debtor will maintain the Equipment in good repair, condition and working order, will furnish all parts, mechanisms, devices and labor required to keep the Equipment in such condition and will pay all costs of the Equipment's operation. Debtor will cause each Item for which a service contract is generally available to be covered by such a contract which provides coverages typical as to property of the type involved and is issued by a competent servicing entity or alternatively maintain such Equipment to the same standards.
 
12.
LOSS AND DAMAGE; CASUALTY VALUE. Upon the occurrence of the loss of, theft of, requisition of, damage to or destruction of an Item from any cause ("Casualty Occurrence") Debtor will give Creditor notice thereof within 24 hours and will thereafter place the affected Item in good repair, condition and working order; provided, however, that if the Item is determined by Creditor to be lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged beyond repair or is requisitioned or suffers a constructive total loss as defined in any insurance policy carried hereunder, Debtor, at Creditor's option, will (a) replace the Item with like, new equipment in good repair, condition and working order and obtain clear title to such replacement equipment whereupon such replacement equipment will be deemed such Item for all purposes hereof, including Creditor's security interest therein, or (b) pay Creditor the "Stipulated Loss Value" of such Item which will equal the total of (A) all installment payments and other amounts, if any, due from Debtor to Creditor hereunder at the time of such payment, plus (B) the remaining balance of the advance made as to the Item calculated by applying payments received as to the Item as of receipt first to accrued interest at the rate implicit in this agreement assuming timely payments and a year of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each and then to reduce the outstanding advance as to the Item. For these purposes each installment will be allocated to an individual Item based on the relationship that the advance as to the Item has to the total advance for the Equipment. Upon such replacement or payment, as appropriate, this Agreement will terminate with, and only with, respect to the Item so replaced or paid for, and Debtor will become entitled thereto "AS-IS, WHERE-IS."
 
13.
TITLING; REGISTRATION. Each Item subject to title registration laws will at all times be titled and/or registered by Debtor at its own expense in such manner and in such jurisdiction or jurisdictions as Creditor directs. Debtor will promptly notify Creditor of any necessary or advisable retitling and/or re-registration of an Item. Whenever a title document is issuable to Creditor, Debtor will use reasonable efforts to cause any and all documents of title to be issued by the applicable state authority to Creditor within 60 days of the date of filing the titling application.
 
 
Page 2 of 7

 
 
14.
TAXES. Debtor will make all filings as to and pay when due all personal property and other ad valorem taxes and all other taxes, fees, charges and assessments based on the ownership or use of the Equipment and will pay as directed by Creditor or reimburse Creditor for all other taxes, including, but not limited to, gross receipts taxes (exclusive of federal and state taxes based on Creditor's net income, unless such taxes are in substitution for or relieve Debtor from any taxes which Debtor would otherwise be obligated to pay under the terms of this paragraph 14), fees, charges and assessments whatsoever, however designated, whether based on the installment payments or other amounts due hereunder, levied, assessed or imposed upon the Equipment or otherwise related hereto or to the Equipment, now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed under the authority of a federal, state or local taxing jurisdiction, regardless of when and by whom payable. Filings with respect to such other assessments will, at Creditor's option, be made by Creditor or by Debtor as directed by Creditor.
 
15.
INSURANCE. Debtor will continuously maintain and pay for all risk insurance against loss of or damage to the Equipment from any cause whatsoever for not less than the full replacement value thereof naming Creditor as Loss Payee. If requested by Creditor, Debtor will similarly carry related combined public liability and property damage insurance with a single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, or such greater or lesser amount as Creditor may from time to time require on notice to Debtor, naming Creditor as an Additional Insured. All such insurance must be in a form and with companies approved by Creditor, must designate Debtor as a Named Insured, must provide at least 30 days advance written notice to Debtor of cancellation, change or modification in any term, condition or amount of protection provided therein, must provide breach of warranty protection to Creditor, if applicable, and must provide that the coverage does not require contribution from Creditor's or any other applicable coverage. Debtor will keep Creditor provided with a current policy or certificate evidencing such insurance. Debtor will promptly notify any appropriate insurer and Creditor of any occurrence which may become the basis of a claim or cause of action against the insureds and provide Creditor with all data pertinent to such occurrence. The proceeds of such insurance, at the option of Creditor, will be applied toward (a) the repair or replacement of the appropriate Item or Items, (b) payment of the Stipulated Loss Value thereof or (c) payment of, or as a provision for, satisfaction of any other accrued obligations of Debtor hereunder. Any excess of such proceeds remaining will belong to Debtor. Debtor appoints Creditor as Debtor's attorney-in-fact to do all things, including, but not limited to, making claims, receiving payments and endorsing documents, checks or drafts, necessary or advisable to secure payments due on account of a Casualty Occurrence under any such policy.
 
16.
CREDITOR'S PAYMENT. If Debtor fails to pay an amount hereunder or to perform any of its other obligations, Creditor may, at its option, pay such amount or perform such obligation, and Debtor will reimburse Creditor the payment amount or cost of performance.
 
17.
INDEMNITY. Debtor will indemnify, defend, protect and keep harmless Creditor from any and all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements, including court costs and legal expenses, of whatsoever nature and whenever arising or asserted, imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Creditor (whether or not also indemnified against by any other person) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the Equipment, including Creditor's lawful acts in the administration and enforcement hereof, including, without limitation, any claim alleging latent and other defects, whether or not discoverable by Creditor or Debtor, any other claim arising out of strict or vicarious liability in tort and any claim for environmental remediation or patent, trademark or copyright infringement. Each party shall give the other notice of any claim or liability hereby indemnified against promptly following learning thereof.
 
18.
DEFAULT. Any of the following will constitute an event of default hereunder: (a) Debtor's failure to pay when due any installment payment or other amount due hereunder, which failure continues for 10 days; (b) Debtor's default in performing any other obligation, term or condition of this Agreement or any other agreement between Creditor and Debtor or default under any other agreement providing security for the performance by Debtor of its obligations hereunder, provided such default will have continued for more than 20 days after notice of default, except as provided in (c) and (d) below, or default under any lease or any mortgage or other instrument contemplating the provision of financial accommodation applicable to the real estate where an Item is located; (c) a writ or order of attachment or execution or other legal process being levied on or charged against any Item and not released or satisfied within 10 days; (d) Debtor's failure to comply with its obligations under paragraph 15 above or any attempted assignment of Debtor's interest in an Item in violation of paragraph 22 below; (e) a final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 is rendered by a court against Debtor which Debtor does not discharge or make provision for discharge in accordance with the terms thereof within 90 days from the date of entry thereof; (f) death or incompetency of Debtor, if an individual; (g) the filing by Debtor of a petition under the Bankruptcy Act or under any other insolvency law or law providing for the relief of debtors, including, without limitation, a petition for reorganization, arrangement or extension, or commission by Debtor of an act of bankruptcy;(h) the filing against Debtor of any such petition not dismissed or permanently stayed within 30 days of the filing thereof; (i) the voluntary or involuntary making of an assignment of a substantial portion of its assets by Debtor for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a receiver or trustee for Debtor or for any of Debtor's assets, institution by or against Debtor of any other type of insolvency proceeding (under the Bankruptcy Act or otherwise) or of any formal or informal proceeding for dissolution, liquidation, settlement of claims against or winding up of the affairs of Debtor, Debtor's cessation of business activities, Debtor's failure to pay its debts generally as due or the making by Debtor of a transfer of all or a material portion of Debtor's assets or inventory not in the ordinary course of business; (j) the occurrence of any event described in parts (e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) hereinabove with respect to a guarantor or other party liable respecting this Agreement; or (k) any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit heretofore or hereafter furnished with respect thereto by or on behalf of Debtor or any guarantor or other party liable respecting this Agreement proving to have been false in any material respect at the time as of which the facts therein set forth were stated or certified or having omitted any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against Debtor or any such guarantor or other party, (l) a change in control of Debtor not consented to by Creditor; (m) an event of default occurs under any other agreement providing leasing services or financial accommodation to Debtor where the maximum commitment amount or aggregate rentals exceed $250,000, without regard to any waiver thereof or decision not to pursue remedies on account thereof by the lessor or creditor, or (n) Debtor's lending relationship with Creditor unrelated to this Agreement ceases.
 
 
Page 3 of 7

 
 
19.
REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Creditor will have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party, and Debtor will have the rights and duties of a debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code (regardless of whether such Code or a law similar thereto has been enacted in a jurisdiction wherein the rights or remedies are asserted) and, without limiting the foregoing, Creditor may exercise any one or more of the following remedies: (a) declare the Stipulated Loss Value or such lesser amount as may be set by law immediately due and payable with respect to any or all Items without notice or demand to Debtor; (b) sue from time to time for and recover all installment payments and other amounts then accrued and which accrue during the pendency of such action with respect to any or all Items; (c) take possession of and, if deemed appropriate, render unusable any or all Items, without demand or notice, wherever same may be located, without any court order or other process of law and without liability for any damages occasioned by such taking of possession and remove, keep and store the same or use and operate or lease the same until sold; (d) require Debtor to assemble any or all Items at the Equipment Location therefor, such location to which such Equipment may have been moved with the written consent of Creditor or such other location in reasonable proximity to either of the foregoing as Creditor designates; (e) upon 10 days notice to Debtor or such other notice as may be required by law, sell or otherwise dispose of any Item, whether or not in Creditor's possession, in a commercially reasonable manner at public or private sale at any place deemed appropriate and apply the net proceeds of such sale, after deducting all costs of such sale, including, but not limited to, costs of transportation, repossession, storage, refurbishing, advertising and broker's fees, to the obligations of Debtor to Creditor hereunder or otherwise, with Debtor remaining liable for any deficiency and with any excess being returned to Debtor; or (f) utilize any other remedy available to Creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar provision of law or otherwise at law or in equity. Amounts past due under this paragraph 19 will bear interest at 18% per annum or at such lesser maximum rate as may be set by law until paid. No right or remedy conferred herein is exclusive of any other right or remedy conferred herein or by law; but all such remedies are cumulative of every other right or remedy conferred hereunder or at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, and may be exercised concurrently or separately from time to time. Any sale contemplated by subparagraph (e) of this paragraph 19 may be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale, or for any such adjourned sale, without further published notice, and Creditor may bid and become the purchaser at any such sale. Any sale of an Item, whether under said subparagraph or by virtue of judicial proceedings, will operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Debtor in and to said Item and will be a perpetual bar to any claim against such Item, both at law and in equity, against Debtor and all persons claiming by, through or under Debtor.
 
20.
DISCONTINUANCE OF REMEDIES. If Creditor proceeds to enforce any right under this Agreement and such proceedings are discontinued or abandoned for any reason or are determined adversely, then and in every such case Debtor and Creditor will be restored to their former positions and rights thereunder.
 
21.
CREDITOR'S EXPENSES. Debtor will pay Creditor all costs and expenses, including repossession, Equipment disposition and court costs and attorney's fees (including a reasonable fee for services of salaried counsel employed by Creditor), not offset against sales proceeds under paragraph 19 above, incurred by Creditor in exercising any remedies hereunder. This obligation includes the payment or reimbursement of all such amounts, including those incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding, whether an action is ultimately filed or concluded.
 
22.
ASSIGNMENT. Without the prior written consent of Creditor, Debtor will not sell, lease, pledge or hypothecate, except as provided in this Agreement, an Item or any interest therein or assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate this Agreement or any interest in this Agreement or permit the Equipment to be subject to any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature except the security interest of Creditor contemplated hereby and property tax liens contemplated in paragraph 1. Debtor's interest herein is not assignable and will not be assigned or transferred by operation of law. Consent to any of the foregoing prohibited acts applies only in the given instance and is not a consent to any subsequent like act by Debtor or any other person. Debtor further acknowledges the Creditor's consent to any lease will be on the basis, among other considerations, that the lessee's rights are subordinate to the rights of Creditor under this Agreement. All rights of Creditor hereunder may be assigned, pledged, mortgaged, transferred or otherwise disposed of, either in whole or in part, without notice to Debtor but always, however, subject to the rights of Debtor under this Agreement. If Debtor is given notice of any such assignment, Debtor will acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and will thereafter pay any amounts due hereunder specified in said notice as directed therein. If Creditor assigns this Agreement or the installment payments due or to become due hereunder or any other interest herein, no breach or default by Creditor hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between Creditor and Debtor will excuse performance by Debtor of any provision hereof, it being understood that in the event of default or breach by Creditor that Debtor will pursue any rights on account thereof solely against Creditor No such assignee, unless such assignee agrees in writing, will be obligated to perform any duty, covenant or condition required to be performed by Creditor in connection with this Agreement.
 
 
Page 4 of 7

 
 
23.
MARKINGS; PERSONAL PROPERTY. If Creditor supplies Debtor with labels, plates, decals or other markings stating that the Equipment is subject to Creditor's lien, Debtor will affix and keep the same prominently displayed on the Equipment or will otherwise mark the Equipment, any Equipment Location or any other location where an Item may be located with the prior written consent of Creditor, at Creditor's request, to indicate Creditor's security interest in the applicable Equipment. As between the parties, the Equipment is, and at all times will remain, personal property notwithstanding that the Equipment or any Item may now be, or hereafter become, affixed to realty. If requested by Creditor, Debtor will obtain and deliver to Creditor waivers of interest or liens in recordable form satisfactory to Creditor from all persons claiming any interest in the real property on which an Item is or is to be installed or located.
 
24.
LATE CHARGE. If Debtor fails to pay any installment or any other payment to be paid by Debtor hereunder within 10 days after the due date thereof, Debtor will pay Creditor (a) a late charge of 5% of the amount, (b) Creditor's collection costs paid third parties relevant to the collection thereof and (c) Creditor's standard returned check charge, if relevant.
 
25.
NON-WAIVER. No covenant or condition of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of Creditor. Forbearance or indulgence by Creditor in regarding to any breach will not constitute a waiver of the related covenant or condition.
 
26.
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS. Debtor will procure and/or execute, have executed, acknowledge, have acknowledged, deliver to Creditor, record and file such requested documents and showings as Creditor may deem necessary or desirable to protect its interest in this Agreement and the Equipment. Debtor will pay as directed by Creditor or reimburse Creditor for all search, filing, attorney's services and other charges incurred by Creditor in connection with such documents and showings, any similar documents and showings Creditor may procure and any real property waivers provided under paragraph 23 above. Debtor acknowledges that Creditor will file financing statements with respect to the Equipment under the Uniform Commercial Code, authorizes Creditor to make such filings and ratifies Creditor's authority to make any such filings previously made. Debtor will furnish Creditor (a) an audited fiscal year end financial statement including balance sheet and profit and loss statement within 120 days of the close of each fiscal year prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") or if not audited, in a form acceptable to Creditor, (b) quarterly Debtor-prepared financial statements complying with GAAP, (c) any other information normally provided by Debtor to the public, (d) upon request of Creditor, a compliance certificate respecting Debtor's covenants to Creditor in form and substance satisfactory to Creditor and (e) such other data or financial information relative to this Agreement and the Equipment as Creditor may reasonably request. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is binding upon, the heirs, legatees, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
 
27.
DEBTOR'S WARRANTIES. Debtor warrants that the financial data and other information Debtor has submitted, or will submit, to Creditor in connection with this Agreement is, or will be, as appropriate, a true and complete statement of the matters therein contained. Debtor further warrants that (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Debtor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation, contract and agreement of Debtor enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms except as enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (b) this Agreement and each and every showing provided by or on behalf of Debtor in connection herewith may be relied upon by Creditor in accordance with the terms thereof. The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Debtor warrants that he or she has been fully authorized to do so.
 
28.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Creditor and Debtor relative to the Equipment and may be amended only by a writing signed by the party to be charged. If any provision hereof is declared invalid, such provision will be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement which will remain in full force and effect. If a signed copy of this Agreement or a Schedule is delivered to Creditor by facsimile transmission, a copy of the transmitted copy shall, notwithstanding any rule of evidence to the contrary, be deemed an original signed document.
 
 
Page 5 of 7

 
 
29.
NOTICES. Notices under this Agreement must be in writing and must be sent via courier or sent certified or registered mail with return receipt requested, duly addressed, with postage prepaid, or delivered to the party involved at its respective address set forth at the foot hereof or at such other address as such party may provide on notice to the other from time to time. Notices will be effective upon the earlier of three (3) business days after deposited or delivery. Each party will promptly notify the other of any change in the first party's address. Notices may also be emailed provided that each party will follow up with a written notice as outlined above.
 
30.
GENDER; NUMBER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. Where the context of this Agreement requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine or feminine and the singular number includes the plural; and whenever the word "Creditor" is used herein, it will include all assignees of Creditor. If there is more than one Debtor named in this Agreement, the liability of each will be joint and several.
 
31.
TITLES. The Agreement paragraph titles are for convenience only and are not an aid in the interpretation of the Agreement.
 
32.
GOVERNING LAW; VENUE. This Agreement will be governed by the law of the State of California. Venue for any action related to this Agreement will be in an appropriate court in Los Angeles County, California selected by Creditor, to which Debtor consents, or in another court selected by Creditor which has jurisdiction over the matter. If a provision hereof is declared invalid, such provision will be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement which will remain in full force and effect.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above appearing.
 
 
Bank of the West   Creditor
Creditor
 
H.D.D. LLC
Debtor
     
By:
   
By:
/s/ Philip L. Hurst
Name:
   
Name
Philip L. Hurst
Title:
   
Title:
Manager
         
Address:
   
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
Bank of the West / DEF 951
 
Name:
William R. Hambrecht
2527 Camino Ramon, NC-B07-3F-V
 
Title:
Manager
San Ramon, CA 94583      
     
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Name:
Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
     
Name:
Heath E. Dolan
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham
     
Name:
J. Barrie Graham
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
     
Name:
Daniel A. Carroll
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
Address:
     
5610 Dry Creek Road
   
Healdsburg, CA 95448
 
 
Page 6 of 7

 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 

 
 
 
 
Page 7 of 7

 
 
Schedule No. 100-0022757-001  
to Master Equipment Financing Agreement  
between Bank of the West as Creditor,
and H.D.D. LLC dba Truett-Hurst Winery as Debtor,  
dated as of October 2, 2012 (the "Agreement")
 
Creditor and Debtor acknowledge that the Items of Equipment described in this Schedule are subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and that following such description are the advance respecting said Items, the installment payments with respect thereto, any deposit provided or to be provided in connection therewith, the Equipment Location thereof, and certain other provisions applicable thereto. Debtor represents to Creditor that this Equipment has been delivered to, is now in the possession of and has been accepted by Debtor for all purposes of the Agreement and is correctly described herein. DEBTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT UPON CREDITOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS SCHEDULE CREDITOR WILL FUND THE ADVANCE RESPECTING THIS EQUIPMENT AND FURTHER THAT SUCH ACCEPTANCE WILL COMMENCE DEBTOR'S INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OBLIGATION UNDER THE AGREEMENT AS TO THIS EQUIPMENT. DEBTOR REAFFIRMS THAT THE AGREEMENT INVOLVES SOLELY A FINANCING UNDER WHICH CREDITOR IS A LENDER WHICH MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THIS EQUIPMENT.
 
1.
Equipment Description :     See Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof
 
 
Together with all replacements, parts, repairs, additions, accessions and accessories incorporated therein or affixed or attached thereto and any and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance recoveries.
 
2.
Equipment Advance :           $ 143,684.40
 
3.
Installment Payments: Creditor's advance shall be repayable as follows: 36 payments in the amount of $4,226.18 each, with the first payment due November 1, 2012 and subsequent payments payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month, together with an interim interest payment of $14.97 per day from the funding date to the commencement of the initial payment period.  These payments may be adjusted based on any difference between the "Index" as of the date of this Schedule and the Index as of the date Creditor makes the Equipment Advance.  For these purposes the Index is Creditor's internally prepared "Daily Fixed Price Indication Rate" for the Agreement term and structure applicable to this Schedule.
 
4.
Deposit:   
Not Applicable
 
5.
Equipment Location:  
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
6.
 
Intentionally left blank.
 
7.
Equipment Advance:
Debtor acknowledges that Creditor will advance the Equipment Advance as follows:
 
$143,434.40
 
H.D.D. LLC
$250.00
 
Bank of the West – Documentation Fee
$143,684.40
 
TOTAL DISBURSEMENT
 
 
 
Page 1 of 2

 
 
8.
Other Provisions:                Intentionally left blank.
 
 
9.
Documentation Fee:            $250.00
 
ACCEPTED AND APPROVED AS OF October 2, 2012 as a Schedule to and made a part of the Agreement.
 

Bank of the West  
Creditor
 
H.D.D. LLC dba Truett-Hurst Winery
Debtor
     
By:
   
By:
/s/ Philip L. Hurst
Name:
   
Name
Philip L. Hurst
Title:
   
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
   
Name:
William R. Hambrecht
   
Title:
Manager
       
     
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Name:
Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
     
Name:
Heath E. Dolan
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham
     
Name:
J. Barrie Graham
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
     
Name:
Daniel A. Carroll
     
Title:
Manager
 
NOTICE TO THE DEBTOR:   DO NOT SIGN UNLESS ALL ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR ALL PURPOSES OF THE AGREEMENT. IF ANY ITEMS ARE UNACCEPTABLE, NOTIFY CREDITOR PROMPTLY. CREDITOR'S OBLIGATIONS TO ACCEPT THIS SCHEDULE, NOTWITHSTANDING ITS PRIOR DATING, ARE TERMINABLE AS OF ANY COMMITMENT EXPIRATION WHICH MAY APPLY.
 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 
Page 2 of 2

 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
 
This Schedule A is incorporated into Schedule No. 100-0022757-001 to Master Equipment Financing Agreement between Bank of the West (“Creditor”) and H.D.D. LLC(“Debtor”), dated as of October 2, 2012 (the “Agreement”).
 
Vendor
Description
Santa Rosa Stainless Steel
(4) Stainless Steel Fermenting Tanks, 2405 Gallons each, 8’-0” x 6’-6”, Open Top and Sloping Bottom
Francois Freres USA, Inc.
(1) BG Tight Grain – 3 Year
(1) BG Very Special Grain – 3 Year
Billet Transportation
Shipping
Gamba USA
Delivery/Transportation
Northwest Cooperage
(18) 228 Liter Burgundy COF M+TH
(6) 228 Liter Burgundy A/J M+TH
(4) 228 Liter Burgundy COF Cru
(4) 228 Liter Burgundy A/J Cru
(20) 225 Liter Bordeaux COF M+TH
Generazioni
Delivery
Acrolon Technologies, Inc.
(4) TankNet PL-1 Thermostat, 120VAC, w/TP-1 Probe
C-Line Express
Shipping
Tonnellerie de Jarnac
(8) 228L Bourgogne Transport MT+S
(2) 228L Bougogne Transport MT+N
Saury France
(2) Burgundy Export Barrel - 228 Liters
Tonnellerie Sirugue
(7) Burgundy Export Barrel - 228 Liters, Split Oak French
Saury France
(10) Bourdeaux Export Barrel US Oak - 228 Liters
Les Tonnelleries de Bourgogne
(1) 228L Burgundy Export Damy Allier Oak Medium+Toast
(1) 228L Burgundy Export Damy Vosges Oak Medium+Toast
(6) 228L Burgundy Export Billon Troncais Oak Heavy Toast
Gamba USA
(5) 228 Liter Burgundy Export Allier/Jupilles Slow M+ w/Head Toasted
(3) 228 Liter Burgundy Export Jupilles Slow M+ w/Head Toasted
Generazioni
(4) Burgundy Export 228L Center of France Slow M+ w/Head Toasted

Together with all replacements, parts, repairs, additions, accessions and accessories incorporated therein or affixed or attached thereto and any and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance recoveries.
 
Equipment Location:
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Equipment Cost:   $143,684.40
 
Debtor Initials (Philip L. Hurst):
 
Debtor Initials (William R. Hambrecht):
 
Debtor Initials (Paul E. Dolan, III):
 
Debtor Initials (Heath E. Dolan):
 
Debtor Initials (J. Barrie Graham):
 
Debtor Initials (Daniel A. Carroll):
 
 
Page 1 of 1
 
 

 
 
INSURANCE AUTHORIZATION
 
October 2, 2012
To:          Bob Durler                                                                                                           
Gondola-Kinne Insurance Agency
414 Healdsburg Avenue
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Phone (707) 433-3344                                  Email:    bdurler@gondola-kinne.com

In connection with a transaction between Bank of the West (“Creditor”) and us, you are hereby authorized and instructed to provide to Creditor evidence of insurance for the coverage and endorsements indicated below. Evidence of insurance in the form of a certificate is acceptable until formal endorsements can be issued.
 
Please provide the evidence of insurance to Creditor:                  Bank of the West / DEF 951
Direct Equipment Finance
2527 Camino Ramon, NC-B07-3F-V
San Ramon, CA  94583
 
The insurance requirements listed below are required to cover the equipment described on the attached schedule:
 
PROPERTY DAMAGE REQUIREMENTS
 
a.
All risk extended coverage, malicious mischief and vandalism, for not less than $143,684.40 (greater of full replacement value or Stipulated Loss Value), with a maximum deductible of $5,000.00.
b. 
For vehicles, comprehensive and collision coverage with deductibles not exceeding $5,000.00.
c. 
Endorsement naming Creditor as the loss payee with respect to this equipment.
 
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 
a.
Endorsement giving Creditor thirty (30) days prior written notice of the effective date of any material alteration or cancellation of such coverage.
b.
Endorsement confirming that the interest of Creditor shall not be invalidated by any actions, inactions, breach of warranty or conditions or negligence of the undersigned party or any person other than Creditor

The Endorsement language should read:
“Bank of the West and all its subsidiaries, affiliated companies, its successors and or assigns and interests as may now or hereafter be constituted.”
 
H.D.D. LLC
Debtor
  H.D.D. LLC Debtor
       
By:
                                                                           
  By:
                                                                
         
Name:
Philip L. Hurst  
  Name:
Heath E. Dolan  
         
Title:  
Manager  
  Title:
Manager  
         
By:
                                                                           
  By:   
                                                             
         
Name:  
William R. Hambrecht  
  Name:
J. Barrie Graham                                                                 
         
Title:
Manager  
  Title:
Manager  
         
By:  
                                                                         
  By:
                                                                
         
Name:
Paul E. Dolan, III                                                                            
  Name:
Daniel A. Carroll                                                                 
         
Title:
Manager  
  Title:  
Manager  

Reference: Schedule No. 100-0022757-001
 
 
Page 1 of 1

EXHIBIT 10.12

AGREEMENT

This Agreement is dated for reference purposes the 24 th day of August, 2012, and is entered into by and among H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company ("HDD") and West Coast Paper Company, dba WCP Solutions, a Washington corporation ("WCP").

RECITALS

A.            HDD produces wines either directly or through affiliated entities. For purposes of this Agreement, HDD shall be deemed to include all of HDD's affiliated entities.

B.             WCP manufactures and sells paper, packaging and related materials either directly or through its affiliated entities. For purposes of this Agreement, WCP shall be deemed to include all of WCP's affiliated entities.

C.            HDD and WCP jointly developed and jointly invented a product now known as a "Wine Wrap", a photograph of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

D.             HDD desires to: (i) own all intellectual property related to the Wine Wrap and to apply for one or more patents and one or more trademarks and associated trade dress registrations to strengthen its rights in the Wine Wrap; and (ii) market and sell its wines packaged in the Wine Wrap as well as offer others the opportunity to sell their wines or other beverage products packaged in the Wine Wrap pursuant to a license.

E.             WCP is willing to transfer all of its intellectual property rights in the Wine Wrap to HDD provided that WCP has certain exclusive manufacturing rights with respect to the Wine Wrap as further described in this Agreement.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. RECITALS CONTRACTUAL. The above recitals shall be deemed contractual and part of this agreement.

2. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. WCP agrees to, and hereby does, assign to HDD 100% of its right, title and interest in any and all intellectual property rights associated with the Wine Wrap invention worldwide to HDD, including but not limited to any patents, copyrights, trademarks and/or trade dress, including all associated goodwill, existing now or in the future, relating to the Wine Wrap invention, for the entire term(s) of any such intellectual property rights, including reissues or extensions that may issue from foreign applications, divisions, continuations in whole or part or substitute applications filed claiming the benefit of the intellectual property. The right, title and interest conveyed in this Assignment is to be held and enjoyed by HDD and HDD's successors as fully and exclusively as it would have been held and enjoyed by WCP had this assignment not been made.

 
AGREEMENT - 1

 

At HDD's reasonable expense, WCP further agrees to: (a) cooperate with HDD in the protection of the intellectual property rights and prosecution and protection of foreign counterparts; (b) execute, verify, acknowledge and deliver all such further papers, including patent applications and instruments of transfer; and (c) perform such other acts as HDD lawfully may request to obtain or maintain the patent, trademark, copyright and/or trade dress and any and all applications and registrations for the invention in any and all countries. This assignment includes all intellectual property that WCP possesses in and to the Wine Wrap including, without limitation, its drawings, designs, specifications, developments, prototypes, and all other information in any form of media concerning the Wine Wrap jointly developed by WCP.  HDD will exercise reasonable due diligence to file one or more patent applications and one or more trademark applications to further protect its intellectual property rights in the Wine Wrap, all at the expense of HDD.  WCP shall reasonably cooperate with HDD at HDD's expense in executing such forms of assignment, affidavits or other documents as may be reasonably helpful to HDD in filing for patent and/or trademark registrations for the Wine Wrap. If, during the term of this Agreement, the Wine Wrap is modified or substantially altered, then: (i) such modifications or alterations shall be deemed the intellectual property of HDD; (ii) HDD may in its sole discretion, and at its expense, file, if reasonably necessary, with the appropriate governmental agencies, applications to protect the intellectual property of the Wine Wrap as so modified or altered, at HDD's expense; (iii) WCP shall cooperate reasonably with HDD at HDD's expense in executing such forms of assignment, affidavits or other documents reasonably necessary to support such applications; and (iv) any such modified or altered Wine Wraps shall be deemed within the scope of this Agreement.

3. MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY RIGHTS. For a period of not less than three (3) years, HDD shall grant to WCP the exclusive right to manufacture and supply HDD with all Wine Wraps which are used by HDD, or any third parties licensed by HDD, in the packaging, marketing and/or sale of wine or other beverage products. During the term of this Agreement and extension or renewal thereof, HDD shall not contract with any person, firm or entity to manufacture the Wine Wrap, or to modify or alter the same, other than WCP, except only that HDD may subcontract out artwork to be printed or integrated into the Wine Wrap by WCP. The exclusive rights granted under this Section are worldwide.

4. TERM.   Subject to the provisions of this Section, the term of this Agreement shall be not less than three (3) years from the date the Wine Wrap goes into mass or bulk production (the "Commencement Date"), which date is noted on Exhibit B (the "Initial Term"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of eighteen (18) months from the Commencement Date, HDD and WCP shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to agree on the terms and conditions applicable to an extension of the Initial Term of this Agreement for a two (2) year period beyond the Initial Term amending the term of this Agreement from three (3) years to five (5) years (the "Subsequent Term").  In any event, at the end of the Initial Term or Subsequent Term, this Agreement shall continue to extend for an indefinite number of one year terms (the "Extension Terms") provided that one party has not given written notice to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term, Subsequent Term or Extension Term, of intent not to renew or extend.  Any Subsequent Term or Extension Terms shall be considered part of the term of this Agreement for all purposes (the Initial Term, Subsequent Term and Extension Terms being referred to collectively as "The Agreement Term").

 
AGREEMENT - 2

 
 
5. BUSINESS TERMS.   During The Agreement Term, WCP shall supply all of HDD's needs of the Wine Wrap.  Ordering, shipment, delivery, payment and all other similar processes and procedures which are part and parcel of a manufacturing agreement shall be conducted in accordance with commercially reasonable industry standards.

6. PRICE. As of the Commencement Date, the prices for the various Wine Wraps shall be as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. As new Wine Wraps are designed or developed, the parties shall agree upon the initial price of the same, which shall be determined in a manner consistent with the determination of the prices on Exhibit B, and such additional Wine Wraps and relevant prices shall be added to Exhibit B as amendments to the same. WCP may increase the prices of the Wine Wraps from time to time consistent with published mill price increases.

7. INDEMNITY.

7.1.             HDD shall defend, indemnify and hold WCP, its members, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and representatives (the "WCP Indemnified Parties") harmless from any and all damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, arbitrations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of litigation or any legal proceeding (collectively "Losses") arising out of or related to HDD's creation, development, production, sales and marketing of wine including the bottle containing the same, or arising out of any infringement claims related to the Wine Wrap. The indemnification provisions set forth in this Subsection shall not extend to any claims, actions, suits or proceedings or Losses arising out of or related to the Wine Wraps manufactured by WCP, as all obligations and liabilities associated with defending the  manufacturing with respect to the Wine Wraps and defending, indemnifying and holding the HDD Indemnified Parties harmless from any Losses arising out of or relating to manufacturing claims related to one or more Wine Wraps, shall be the sole and exclusive liability of WCP, and be the subject of indemnity under Section 7.2 herein.

7.2.            WCP shall defend, indemnify and hold HDD, its members, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and representatives (the "HDD Indemnified Parties") harmless from any and all damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, arbitrations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of litigation or any legal proceeding (collectively "Losses") arising out of or related to the Wine Wraps manufactured by WCP except as provided in this Section. The indemnification provisions set forth in this Subsection shall not extend to any claims, actions, suits or proceedings or Losses arising out of or related to the assertion that one or more Wine Wraps infringe upon the rights of third parties, as all obligations and liabilities associated with defending intellectual property rights with respect to the Wine Wraps and defending, indemnifying and holding the WCP Indemnified Parties harmless from any Losses arising out of or relating to claims that one or more Wine Wraps infringe the rights of any third party, shall be the sole and exclusive liability of HDD, and be the subject of indemnity under Section 7.1 herein.

 
AGREEMENT - 3

 
 
8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each of the parties, in their performance under this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations which apply to their particular performance.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

9.1.            A party which has disclosed Confidential Information to the other party either before or after the Commencement Date is sometimes referred to herein as the "Disclosing Party". A party which has received Confidential Information before or after the Commencement Date is sometimes referred to herein as the "Receiving Party".

9.2.            Confidential Information shall include, but not be limited to:

9.2.1.             the conceptualization, design, development, and manufacturing of the Wine Wrap;

9.2.2.            all information pertaining to the respective businesses of WCP or HDD, their finances and operations which has been or is provided orally or in writing by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, all of which information the Parties regard as highly confidential provided it is not generally and publically known;

9.2.3.             information transmitted, displayed or evidenced in any form or manner, whether in writing or orally, or through electronic, digital, audio or video media, prototype, drawings,  specifications,  engineering,  software  assisted  presentations, specifications or in any other form of media.

9.3.             Non-Protected Information. The parties agree that their mutual covenant not to disclose Confidential Information shall not apply to any information or data or other materials imparted to the extent that any of the following conditions exist or come into existence:

9.3.1            Information, which at the time access is gained, is already in the recipient's possession or available to it or its employees from any other source having no obligation to the party which is the source of said information, however, this exception does not apply to information which the parties have provided or do provide to each other before or after the Commencement Date;

 
AGREEMENT - 4

 

9.3.2            Such information which is, or any time hereafter becomes, available to the public;

9.3.3             Such information which, after access is gained to the disclosure, is at any time obtained by the recipient from any other person, firm or company having no obligation to or relationship with the source of said information.

9.4.             Limitations on Use and Disclosure of Confidential Information.   The parties acknowledge that disclosure or use of Confidential Information or any portion thereof except as expressly authorized herein would cause the Disclosing Party significant and irrevocable damage. Except for such use and/or disclosure of the Confidential Information which is reasonably necessary to facilitate a party's performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement, neither party shall use or disclose Confidential Information of the other. The Parties agree to exercise the highest standard of care with respect to safeguarding the Confidential Information and preventing its unauthorized disclosure or use. The Parties agree that damages would be an inadequate remedy for any harm caused to a Party by the breach of this Agreement by the other Party and that the harmed Party shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief in addition to damages resulting from the other party's breach of this Agreement.

10. DEFAULT AND TERMINATION.

10.1.             Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an event of default ("Event of Default") under this Agreement:

10.1.1.              If either party fails to perform its material obligations under this Agreement, including failure to pay by HDD to WCP and failure of WCP to perform for HDD in a commercially reasonable manner, and if such failure shall continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by the non-breaching party to the breaching party specifying such failure.

10.1.2.               A party becomes the subject of insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, ceases doing business, makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, dissolves, or has a trustee appointed for all or a substantial portion of such party's assets.

10.2.             Termination.   Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the non- breaching party may elect to terminate or may not elect to terminate this Agreement, upon written notice of breach and failure of the breaching party to perform or cure its breach within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof by the non-breaching party. If the non-breaching party is HDD, and it elects to terminate this Agreement, then WCP shall have no claim of right to, or right of use of, the Wine Wrap going forward. If the non- breaching party is WCP, and it elects to terminate this Agreement, then HDD shall be deemed to have granted to WCP a royalty free license to use the Wine Wrap and related intellectual property rights for the longer of (i) the remainder of The Agreement Term at the time WCP terminates the agreement; or (ii) that period of time until HDD has paid WCP in full all sums due and owing or a court had determined that HDD no longer owes any sums to WCP. Such royalty free license may be sublicensed by WCP provided that WCP is the exclusive manufacturer of the Wine Wrap for such sublicensee, provided, however, that in order for such license to remain valid during the remainder of The Agreement Term, the quality of the Wine Wrap produced by WCP under such license must be equal to or better than the quality of the Wine Wrap produced by WCP at the time WCP terminates the Agreement.

 
AGREEMENT - 5

 
 
10.3.             Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the non-breaching party may assert any and all rights and avail itself of any and all remedies which apply in the event of breach of contract under Washington or California law, including, without limitation, specific performance, and the non-breaching party shall not be required to elect among its remedies except as required by applicable law.

10.4.             Survival of Rights and Obligations.   Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice any rights of either party hereto against the other which may have accrued up to the date of termination.  In addition, all covenants regarding indemnification, governing laws, attorneys fees, confidentiality, termination, rights upon breach and other provisions of this Agreement relative to the enforcement hereof, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11. MISCELLANEOUS.

11.1.             Assignment. Except as set forth herein, during The Agreement Term neither party shall have the right to assign, sublicense, subcontract, or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the other party.  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective successors, permitted assignees, sublicensees, and subcontractors.

11.2.             Modification/Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and executed with the same formality as this Agreement. No waiver by either party of any breach or default hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.

11.3.             Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed to have been severed from this Agreement, which shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.  In the event any provision of this Agreement shall not be enforceable as unreasonable or for any other reason, then said provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11.4.             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.   This Agreement may be executed with signatures transmitted among the parties by facsimile or by signature on a PDF version transmitted by electronic mail, and no party shall deny the validity of a signature or this Agreement signed and transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail on the basis that a signed document is represented by a facsimile, copy or PDF and not an original.

 
AGREEMENT - 6

 
 
11.5.             Mutual Negotiation in Drafting. The parties acknowledge each party and its counsel have materially participated in the drafting of this Agreement. Consequently, the rule of contract interpretation, that ambiguities, if any, in a writing be construed against the drafter, shall not apply.

11.6.             Headings. Headings and subheadings in this Agreement are not intended to and do not have any substantive content whatsoever.

11.7.             Attorneys Fees. In the event the services of an attorney at law are necessary to enforce any of the terms of this Agreement or to resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys fees from the losing party as set by the appropriate trial, appellate or bankruptcy court, or on a petition for review. The appropriate court shall have the right to determine the prevailing party based upon the totality of the results in the particular proceeding.

11.8.             Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable for any delay or default in performing its obligations if such default or delay is caused by any event beyond the reasonable control of such party, including, but not limited to, acts of nature, terrorism, war, or insurrection, civil commotion, damage or destruction of production facilities or materials by earthquake, fire, storm or flood, labor disturbances or strikes, epidemic, materials shortages, equipment malfunction, unavailability of raw materials, or other similar event.

11.9.             Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder ("Notices") shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if directed to the applicable party(ies) at his/its respective addresses set forth below, which Notice shall be effective at the time indicated if given in the following manner:

11.9.1.              When delivered, if personally delivered by hand;

11.9.2.              72 hours after mailing if mailed postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with an additional copy mailed to the addressee by regular mail; or

11.9.3.               At 5:00 p.m. (in the applicable time zone) on the day after the Notice is mailed to the addressee by a nationally recognized overnight mail/courier service which guarantees next day delivery and provides tracking services with respect to such delivery.

The addresses for all Notice purposes under this Agreement shall be as follows:

 
AGREEMENT - 7

 
To WCP:  
6703 S. 234 th Street
 
Kent, Washington 98032
 
Attention: Teresa Russell, President
   
 
2330 SW 1 st Street
 
Redmond, Oregon 97756
 
Attention: Thomas E. Groves, CEO
   
To HDD:  
4035 Westside Road
 
Healdsburg, California 95448
 
Attention: Phil Hurst, CEO/Managing Partner

 
However, if any party shall have designated in the manner provided above a different address by Notice to the others, then Notice shall be to the most recent address so designated.


West Coast Paper Company
dba WCP Solutions
 
H.D.D. LLC
     
By:
/s/ Thomas E. Groves
 
By:
/s/ Phil Hurst
Its:
CEO
 
Its:
CEO
Date:
9/12/2012
 
Date:
9/12/12
 
 
AGREEMENT - 8

 
 
Exhibit A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT B

Wine wrap price list.


See Attached Pricing:

Quote #                  201209071348
201209071352
201209071424
 
 
 
 
 
Commencement Date:                            8/24/12                       
 
 
AGREEMENT – 10
 
 

 
Price Quote
 
Quote #                      201209071348
 
Description                      HDD Wine Wrap - Print 4 CP
TERESA MENGALI
HDD, LLC
4035 WESTSIDE RD. BLDG 3
HEALDSBURG, CA  95448
(707) 431-4400
MIKE GROVES
WCP Solutions
4041 EASTSIDE ROAD
REDDING, CA  96001
(530) 591-3221

 
Item#
 
Description
 
Price
Prc
UOM
 
Min Qty
HDD Wine Wraps
Pricing reflects using 23x29 custom sheet and timeframe associated
Pricing includes all shipping & handling to Windsor, CA
Print 4 CP – Qty: 250,00 – $0.253/ea
Print 4 CP – Qty: 500,000 – $0.243/ea
Print 4 CP – Qty: 750,000 – $0.232/ea
Print 4 CP – Oty: 1,000,000 – $0.223/ea
Print 4 CP – Qty: 1,500,000 – $0.207/ea
 
 
 
Quoted prices are effective for 30 days as of 09/07/2012
 Page 1
www.wcpsolutions.com
 
 

 
Price Quote
 
Quote #                      201209071352
 
Description                      HDD Wine Wrap - Print 4 CP + 1
TERESA MENGALI
HDD, LLC
4035 WESTSIDE RD. BLDG 3
HEALDSBURG, CA  95448
(707) 431-4400
MIKE GROVES
WCP Solutions
4041 EASTSIDE ROAD
REDDING, CA  96001
(530) 226-1455

 
Item#
 
Description
 
Price
Prc
UOM
 
Min Qty
HDD Wine Wraps
Pricing reflects using 23x29 custom sheet and timeframe associated
Pricing includes all shipping & handling to Windsor, CA
Print 4 CP + 1 PMS – Qty: 250,000 – $0.255/ea
Print 4 CP + 1 PMS– Qty: 500,000 – $0.245/ea
Print 4 CP + 1 PMS – Qty: 750,000 – $0.234/ea
Print 4 CP + 1 PMS – Oty: 1,000,000 – $0.225/ea
Print 4 CP + 1 PMS – Qty: 1,500,000 – $0.209/ea
 
 
 
Quoted prices are effective for 30 days as of 09/07/2012
 Page 1
www.wcpsolutions.com
 
 

 

Price Quote

Quote #                      201209071424
 
Description                      HDD Wine Wrap - Print 4 CP + 2
TERESA MENGALI
HDD, LLC
4035 WESTSIDE RD. BLDG 3
HEALDSBURG, CA  95448
(707) 431-4400
MIKE GROVES
WCP Solutions
4041 EASTSIDE ROAD
REDDING, CA  96001
(530) 226-1455

 
Item#
 
Description
 
Price
Prc
UOM
 
Min Qty
HDD Wine Wraps
Pricing reflects using 23x29 custom sheet and timeframe associated
Pricing includes all shipping & handling to Windsor, CA
Print 4 CP + 2 PMS – Qty: 250,00 – $0.257/ea
Print 4 CP + 2 PMS– Qty: 500,000 – $0.246/ea
Print 4 CP + 2 PMS – Qty: 750,000 – $0.236/ea
Print 4 CP + 2 PMS – Oty: 1,000,000 – $0.227/ea
Print 4 CP + 2 PMS – Qty: 1,500,000 – $0.211/ea
 
 
 
Quoted prices are effective for 30 days as of 09/07/2012
 Page 1
www.wcpsolutions.com
 

 

Exhibit 10.13
 
LEASE
 
THIS LEASE (the " Lease "), dated as of February 8, 2011, is made by and between HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP L.P., a California limited partnership (" Landlord ") and H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (" Tenant ").
 
RECITALS
 
 
A.
Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California (the " Property ").
 
 
B.
Tenant desires to lease the Property from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease the Property to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
AGREEMENT
 
1.              Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California, including but not limited to the cottage; tasting room, lab and cellar (Building No. 2) (the " Tasting Room ") and the administrative offices, barrel storage (Building No. 3) (the " Winery "), two water tanks, chiller, and reservoir/holding ponds, including all rights and privileges appurtenant thereto, those improvements constructed thereon, and all equipment and trade fixtures contained therein (the " Premises "), excluding therefrom all of Building No. 4 currently occupied by Alysian Wines and its adjacent parking area.
 
The term Premises shall also include all personal property of Landlord located on the Premises including but not limited to forklifts, office equipment, computers, lab equipment, phones and all other equipment and fixtures relating to the Winery and Tasting Room.
 
2.              Term, Option to Extend, and Right to Purchase Property .
 
(a)            Term .  Subject to Section 2(b), the term of this Lease is for five (5) years (the " Term "), commencing on March 1, 2011 (the " Commencement Date "), and ending on February 29, 2016. Unless otherwise set forth, all references herein to the "Term" shall be deemed to include the Option Term (as defined in Section 2(b)).
 
(b)            Option to Extend . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option (the " Option ") to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of five (5) years (the " Option Term "). The Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (the " Option Notice ") delivered by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than nine (9) months and not later than four (4) months prior to the end of the initial Term of this Lease. Further, the Option shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if, as of the date of the Option Notice or at the end of the initial Term of this Lease Tenant is in default of this Lease. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Option, the initial Term of this Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. If Tenant fails to timely give the Option Notice, the Option shall thereupon expire. Monthly Rent (as defined in Section 4) for the Option Term shall be calculated and paid pursuant to Section 4.

 
 

 
 
(c)            Right of First Refusal . In the event Landlord desires to sell the Property, or any portion or interest in the Property (the " Sale Property "), and shall have received an acceptable bona fide offer to purchase the Property or such interest (the " Offer "), Landlord shall give written notice of its intent to sell (the " Notice of Intent to Sell ") to Tenant, together with an executed copy of the Offer setting forth all of the terms of the proposed purchase and identifying the prospective purchaser. Tenant shall then have an option to purchase the Sale Property on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Offer; provided, however, if the terms and conditions of the Offer provide for an exchange of like-kind real property as payment of all or a portion of the purchase price, Tenant may exercise its option to purchase by stating in its written notice of exercise its willingness to participate in an exchange transaction in which Landlord shall identify certain real property which Tenant, at no additional cost or expense to Tenant, shall acquire and exchange with Landlord for the Sale Property on terms and conditions otherwise consistent with the Offer. If no exchange is contemplated in the Offer, Tenant shall have the further option of paying Landlord in cash at closing the full amount of the purchase price of the Sale Property, notwithstanding any non-cash terms set forth in the Offer. If Tenant elects to exercise its option, it shall give Landlord written notice of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice of Intent to Sell. If Tenant fails to exercise its option within such thirty (30)-day period, (i) Landlord shall be free to accept an offer to sell the Sale Property on the terms set forth in the Offer at any time within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such thirty (30)-day period; provided (i) the prospective purchaser executes and delivers to Tenant any documents reasonably necessary to acknowledge that Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease; and (ii) Tenant shall, upon request, deliver to Landlord an acknowledgment of Tenant's failure to exercise the option and Landlord's right to sell the Sale Property pursuant to this Section 2(c). In the event Landlord has not completed such sale of the Sale Property within such ninety (90)-day period, Landlord shall not thereafter sell the Sale Property without first complying with the provisions of this Section 2(c). In the event the Sale Property comprises less than Landlord's entire interest in the Property, the remaining portion of or interest in the Property shall remain subject to this Section 2(c).
 
3.              Condition Upon Delivery .
 
(a)            Improvements . Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that certain alterations and improvements to the Premises will be needed in order for the Premises to meet the business goals of Tenant. The cost of such improvements is estimated to be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). Landlord and Tenant each agree to negotiate and, no later than sixty (60) days following the Commencement Date, to enter into a side letter agreement setting forth the manner in which Landlord and Tenant will share the cost of such alterations and improvements.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            Acceptance of Premises . Notwithstanding Section 3(a), Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in the condition existing as of the Commencement Date, "AS IS", and also accepts the Premises and this Lease subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, subject to all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property or Premises and subject to all liens, claims and encumbrances currently existing against the Premises or any part thereof, including all matters disclosed by any of the foregoing or by any exhibits attached hereto.
 
4.              Rent .
 
(a)            Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent an amount equal to the sum of the Winery Rent (as defined below) and the Tasting Room Rent (as defined below). Any rent amounts described below shall be payable in twelve (12) monthly installments (" Monthly Rent "). Monthly Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each month commencing on the Commencement Date, except for the Tasting Room Rent which shall commence on April 1, 2011. All Monthly Rent shall be paid to Landlord in lawful money of the United States at the address to which notices to Landlord are given, or at such other address as Landlord may give Tenant in writing from time to time.
 
(b)            Initial Winery Rent . Commencing on March 1, 2011 and continuing through August 31, 2011, rent for the Winery (the " Winery Rent ") shall be Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per month.
 
(c)            Annual Winery Rent . Commencing on September 1, 2011, the Winery Rent shall be calculated on a twelve (12) month basis commencing on September 1 and ending on August 31 of each year during the Term (a " Rent Year "), and shall be determined as follows:
 
(1)           Commencing on September 1, 2011, the Winery Rent for the first Rent Year shall be One Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Dollars ($171,000), which amount is equal to the Estimated Production Value (as defined below) for the first Rent Year, and which is subject to reconciliation to the Actual Production Value (as defined below) for such Rent Year pursuant to Section 4(c)(5) of this Lease.
 
(2)           Commencing on September 1, 2012 and on each September 1 of the Term thereafter (each a " Rent Adjustment Date "), the Winery Rent for the next Rent Year shall be adjusted to be an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Estimated Production Value for such Rent Year which shall be reconciled to the Actual Production Value for such Rent Year pursuant to Section 4(c)(5) of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, eighty percent (80%) of the Estimated Production Value shall not be less than the product of fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases multiplied by the then-applicable Per Case Value (as defined below).
 
(3)           Each year's " Estimated Production Value " shall be an amount equal to the Per Case Value multiplied by the number of cases of wine forecasted, in accordance with Section 4(c)(4), to be produced by Tenant in the Winery for such Rent Year. For the first Rent Year, the " Per Case Value " shall be Three Dollars ($3.00). On every Rent Adjustment Date the Per Case Value shall be increased by three percent (3%). As used in this Lease, the term " Actual Production Value " shall refer to the number of cases of wine actually produced by Tenant in the Winery as indicated in the Production Report (as defined below) for a given Rent Year multiplied by the then-applicable Per Case Value,
 
 
3

 
 
(4)           No later than thirty (30) days prior to each Rent Adjustment Date, Tenant shall, using commercially reasonable estimates, forecast the number of cases of wine to be produced by Tenant in the Winery for the Rent Year commencing on such Rent Adjustment Date and shall submit such written forecast to Landlord (each an " Estimated Production Report "). The Estimated Production Report shall be used to determine that Rent Year's Estimated Production Value pursuant to Section 4(c)(3) of this Lease. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases of wine are expected to be produced by Tenant in the Winery during the first Rent Year.
 
(5)           Commencing on September 30, 2012 and on each September 30 of the Term thereafter, the Winery Rent for the immediately preceding Rent Year shall be reconciled pursuant to this Section 4(c)(5) and Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a written statement showing the number of cases of wine actually produced by Tenant in the Winery during the immediately preceding Rent Year (each a " Production Report "). If the production totals set forth in such Production Report exceed the forecasts set forth in the applicable Estimated Production Report, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, no later than November 15 of that Rent Year, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Per Case Value multiplied by the greater of the number of cases of wine actually produced as stated in the Production Report or fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases, less the Winery Rent previously paid.
 
(d)            Tasting Room Rent . The annual rent to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for the Tasting Room shall be Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) (the " Tasting Room Rent "); provided, however, no Tasting Room Rent shall be due to Landlord until April 1, 2011 and on the first (l') day of each month thereafter during the Term. On every Rent Adjustment Date, the Tasting Room Rent shall be increased by three percent (3%).
 
(e)            Prorations . Monthly Rent for any partial month shall be prorated at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30th) of the Monthly Rent per day. If this Lease terminates before the expiration date for reasons other than Tenant's default, Month Rent shall be prorated to the date of such termination and shall be reconciled pursuant to Section 4(c)(5).
 
5.              Late Charge; Interest . If any installment of Monthly Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within fifteen (15) business days of the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) as a late charge, plus interest at ten percent (10%) per annum. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that such charges, interest, and fees represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant's late payment. Tenant's payment or Landlord's acceptance of any such charges, interest, or fees shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord's right to collect such charges, interest, or fees shall not be deemed an extension of the date Monthly Rent is due, or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement or under law.
 
 
4

 
 
6.              Personal Property Taxes .
 
(a)            Tenant Property . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees, and other charges that are levied and assessed on Tenant's personal property installed or located in or on the Premises, and that become payable during the Term. Upon written request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence of these payments.
 
(b)            Landlord Property . Landlord shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees, and other charges that are levied and assessed on Landlord's personal property, fixtures and equipment installed or located in or on the Premises, and that become payable during the Term. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish Tenant satisfactory evidence of these payments.
 
7.              Real Property Taxes . Landlord shall pay all real property taxes and general and special assessments levied and assessed against the Premises.
 
8.             Use . The Premises shall be used as a winery and tasting room and for activities related to such uses. No use shall be made or permitted to be made of the Premises, nor acts done in or about the Premises, which will in any way conflict with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation affecting the occupancy or use of the Premises which has been or is subsequently enacted or promulgated by any public authority, or which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the building, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the building or any part thereof, nor shall Tenant sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy.
 
Permits for the operation of the Premises for the production of alcoholic beverages shall be maintained in accordance with the terms of the Interim Management Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
 
9.              Utilities . Tenant shall pay for all utilities and services relating to the Premises, including without limitation janitorial, security services, electricity, gas, propane, telephone, cable, Internet service, water, septic, garbage, and recycling services (collectively, " Utilities "). If any Utilities are not separately metered to the Premises or otherwise separately provided for (collectively, " Shared Utilities "), (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent a reasonable portion, to be determined by Landlord in a manner reflecting actual usage, of the charges for such Shared Utilities; and (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all charges for such Shared Utilities used by all other tenants or occupants of the Property. Landlord shall use its best efforts to have all utilities separately metered to each tenant within the first year of the Term.
 
10.            Maintenance and Repairs .
 
(a)            Tenant Responsibilities .
 
(1)            General Responsibilities . Subject to Section 10(a)(2), Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain the Premises, including all equipment, trade fixtures, plumbing fixtures, electrical components, interior wall surfaces, floor and floor coverings, any and all alterations and additions made by Tenant, and signs located in the areas which are adjacent to or included with the Premises, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition. Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, immediately replace all interior, exterior or other glass in or about the Premises that may be broken during the Term with glass at least equal to the specification and quality of the glass so replaced.
 
 
5

 
 
(2)            Limitations . Notwithstanding Section 10(a)(1), Tenant's maintenance and repair responsibilities shall be limited as follows:
 
(A)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance, regardless of location, if the cost of such repair or maintenance would exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), except for repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(B)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on the exterior of the Premises, except that Tenant shall be responsible for any repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(C)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on any equipment, fixture, system, or component if such equipment, fixture, system, or component is (including any portion thereof) located on the exterior of the Premises, underground, under any floor, on any roof, above any suspended ceiling, or inside any wall or crawlspace.
 
(D)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on any structural component of the Premises (including, without limitation, any roof, roof surface, subfloor, foundation, or any structural component of any wall) regardless of location.
 
(E)           Tenant shall not be required to make any capital improvements or replace any equipment located within the Premises.
 
(b)            Landlord Responsibilities .
 
(1)            Repairs to Premises . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain:
 
(A)           all of the Premises' systems (including any portion thereof) located underground, under any floor, on any roof, above any suspended ceiling, or inside any wall or crawlspace including, with limitation, all electrical and gas systems, plumbing systems, and HVAC systems, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition; and
 
(B)           all of the Premises' structural components (including, without limitation, any roof, roof surface, subfloor, foundation, or any structural component of any wall or ceiling) regardless of location, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition.
 
 
6

 
 
(2)            Common Areas . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain all common areas of the Property, including, without limitation, all walks, driveways, parking and loading areas, lighting, fences, and lawns and landscaping, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition.
 
(3)            Major Repairs . Any required repair or maintenance to any portion of the Premises including, without limitation, all improvements, equipment, walls, floors, subfloors, floor coverings, and structural or nonstructural portion of any building where the cost of such repair or maintenance would equal or exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, except for repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(4)            Building Exteriors . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, maintain and repair all roofs (including surfaces) and all exterior walls of the Premises, regardless of cost.
 
(c)           All maintenance and repair work undertaken, or caused to be undertaken, by Tenant or Landlord shall be done in a workmanlike manner.
 
11.            Alterations .
 
(a)            Consent of Landlord . Except as provided in Section 12, Tenant shall not make any alterations to any portion of the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent. Unless otherwise provided by written agreement, all alterations shall be done at Tenant's sole cost and shall be done by or under the direction of Landlord, and shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises on expiration or termination of the Term.
 
(b)            Notice . If Tenant makes any alterations to the Premises, as provided herein, the alterations shall not be commenced until two (2) days after Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the installation of the alterations is to commence, so that Landlord can post and record an appropriate notice of non-responsibility.
 
12.            Trade Fixtures . Subject to the provisions of Section 11, Tenant may install and maintain its trade fixtures on the Premises, provided that such fixtures, by reason of the manner in which they are affixed, do not become an integral part of the building or Premises. Tenant, if not in default hereunder, may at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof, or upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, alter or remove any such trade fixtures so installed by Tenant. If not so removed by Tenant on or before the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant, upon the request of Landlord so to do, shall thereupon remove the same. Any damage to the Premises caused by any such installation, alteration or removal of such trade fixtures shall be promptly repaired at the expense of Tenant.
 
13.            Mechanics' Liens .
 
(a)            Cost . Except as otherwise agreed on in writing by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall pay all costs for construction done by it, or caused to be done by it, on the Premise s, permitted by this Lease. Tenant shall keep the Premises free and clear of all mechanics' liens resulting from construction done by or for Tenant.
 
 
7

 
 
(b)            Validity and Contest of Lien . Tenant shall have the right to contest the correctness or validity of any such lien if, immediately on demand by Landlord, Tenant procures and records a lien release bond issued by a corporation authorized to issue surety bonds in California in an amount equal to one and one-half (1-1/2) times the amount of the claim of the lien. The bond shall meet the requirements of Section 3143 of the California Civil Code and shall provide for the payment of any sum that the claimant may recover on the claim (together with costs of suit, if it recovers in the action).
 
14.            Indemnification .
 
(a)            Indemnification of Landlord . Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) arising from or relating to Tenant's use of the Premises, the conduct of Tenant's business, any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant's customers, agents, contractors, or employees in or about the Premises or elsewhere, or any negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, contractors, or employees.
 
(b)            Indemnification of Tenant . Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) arising from or relating to Landlord's or any of Landlord's other tenants' use of the Property, the conduct of Landlord's or any of Landlord's other tenants' business, any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by Landlord or any of Landlord's other tenants agents, contractors, or employees in or about the Property or elsewhere, or any negligence of Landlord or any of Landlord's other tenants, agents, contractors, or employees.
 
15.            Insurance .
 
(a)            General Liability . Tenant at its sole cost and expense, but for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant as named insureds, shall maintain commercial general liability insurance (" Liability Insurance ") on an "occurrence basis" against claims for "personal injury," including without limitation, bodily injury, death or property damage, occurring upon, in or about the Premises and on, in or about the adjoining sidewalks, streets and passageways and for all other areas appurtenant thereto, such insurance to afford immediate minimum protection, at the time of the inception of this Lease, and at all times during the Term, to a limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) with respect to personal injury or death to any one or more persons or to damage to property. Such insurance shall also include coverage against liability for bodily injury or property damage arising out of the use, by or on behalf of Tenant, or any other person or organization, of any owned, non-owned, leased or hired automotive equipment in the conduct of any and all operations called for under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall increase the amount of such insurance from time to time as mandated by Landlord to maintain commercially reasonable amounts of insurance.
 
 
8

 
 
(b)            Extended Coverage . During the Term, Landlord shall keep the Premises and all improvements, fixtures and personal property therein and thereupon insured against loss or damage by fire and lightning and against loss or damage by other risks embraced by coverage, of the type now known as the broad form of extended coverage, including but not limited to fire, riot and civil commotion, vandalism and malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk) and sprinkler leakage, and against such other risks or hazards as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate, in amounts sufficient to prevent Landlord or Tenant from becoming a coinsurer under the terms of the applicable policies, but in any event in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of all such improvements, fixtures and personal property, without deduction for physical depreciation.
 
(c)            Tenant's Personal Property . Tenant shall maintain on all of its personal property, Tenant's improvements, and alterations in, on, or about the Premises, a policy of standard fire and extended coverage insurance, with vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, to the extent of at least ninety percent (90%) of their full replacement value. The proceeds from any such policy shall be used by Tenant for the replacement of personal property or the restoration of Tenant's improvements or alterations.
 
(d)            Payment of Premiums . Each party shall pay the premiums for the insurance they are required to maintain under this Lease.
 
(e)            Policy Provisions . Each insurance policy maintained by Tenant under this Lease shall contain a provision requiring thirty (30) days' written notice from the insurance company to Landlord before any cancellation or change in the coverage, scope, or amount of the policy. Each policy, or a certificate of the policy, together with evidence of payment of premiums, shall be deposited with the other party at the commencement of the term, and on renewal of the policy, not less than twenty (20) days before expiration of the term of the policy.
 
16.            Waiver of Subrogation .
 
(a)            Waiver . The parties release each other, and their respective authorized representatives, from any claims for damage to any person, or to the Premises and to the fixtures, personal property, Tenant's improvements, and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant in or on the Premises that are caused by or result from the risks insured against under any insurance policies carried by the parties and in force at the time of any such damage.
 
(b)            Insurance . Each party shall cause each insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any damage covered by any policy. Neither party shall be liable to the other for any damage caused by fire or any of the risks insured against under any insurance policy required by this Lease. If any insurance policy cannot be obtained with a waiver of subrogation, or is obtainable only by the payment of an additional premium charge above that charged by insurance companies issuing policies without waiver of subrogation, the party undertaking to obtain the insurance shall notify the other party of this fact. The other party shall have a period of ten (10) days after receiving the notice either to place the insurance with a company that is reasonably satisfactory to the other party and that will carry the insurance with a waiver of subrogation, or to agree to pay the additional premium if such policy is obtainable at additional cost. If the insurance cannot be obtained or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium charged, the other party is relieved of the obligation to obtain a waiver of subrogation rights with respect to the particular insurance involved.
 
 
9

 
 
17.            Destruction . If the whole or any part of the Premises shall be destroyed by fire or other cause, or be so damaged thereby that they are untenantable and cannot be rendered tenantable within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such destruction or damage, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice. Within forty-five (45) days from date of such destruction or damage, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant as to whether or not the Premises will be rendered tenantable within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such destruction or damage. In case the damage or destruction does not permit termination of the Lease as provided above, or neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate the Lease as provided above, Landlord shall within a reasonable time, render said Premises tenantable. The provisions of Sections 1932(2) and. 1933(4) of the California Civil Code shall not apply to this Lease, and Tenant waives the benefit of such provisions.
 
18.            Condemnation . Should the whole or any part of the Premises be condemned and taken by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, all awards payable on account of such condemnation and taking shall be payable to Landlord, and Tenant hereby waives all interest in or claim to such awards, or any part thereof. If the whole of the Premises shall be so condemned and taken, then this Lease shall terminate. If only a part of the Premises is condemned and taken and the remaining portion thereof is not suitable for the purposes for which Tenant has leased said Premises, this Lease shall terminate. If only a part of the Premises is condemned and taken and the remaining portion thereof is suitable for the purposes for which Tenant has leased said Premises, this Lease shall continue, but the rental shall be reduced in an amount proportionate to the value of the portion taken as it related to the total value of the Premises.
 
19.            Assignment and Subletting . Tenant shall not assign, mortgage or pledge this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the agents and servants of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof.
 
20.            Tenant's Obligations Upon Termination . In addition to any other obligation contained in this Lease, upon termination hereof, Tenant shall (i) give Landlord all copies of all keys or opening devices to the Premises; (ii) vacate the Premises and surrender it to Landlord empty of all persons and personal property; (iii) vacate all parking and storage spaces; (iv) deliver the Premises to Landlord in the same condition specified in Section 2(c), normal wear and tear excepted, and in broom-clean condition; and (v) give written notice to Landlord of Tenant's forwarding address.
 
21.            Insolvency and Receivership . Either the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Tenant or a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency or bankruptcy act, shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant.
 
 
10

 
 
22.            Default and Re-Entry .
 
(a)            Right of Re-Entry . In the event of any breach of the terms and provisions of this Lease by Tenant, or if Tenant's interest herein, or any part thereof, be assigned or transferred without the written consent of Landlord, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by judgment, execution, death, receivership, or any other means, or if Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises, which shall be conclusively presumed if Tenant leaves the Premises closed or unoccupied continuously for twenty (20) days, then in any such event, Landlord, besides other rights or remedies it may have, shall have the immediate right of re-entry and may remove all persons and property from the Premises and may store such property at the cost of and for the account and risk of Tenant.
 
(b)            Possession and Termination . Should Landlord elect to re-enter as herein provided, or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, it may either terminate this Lease or, pursuant to Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and even though Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises, continue the Lease in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession, and Landlord may enforce, all its rights and remedies under the lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due.
 
(c)            Continuation . If Landlord elects to continue the Lease in effect, it may re-lease the Premises, or any part thereof, for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable and shall have the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.
 
(d)            Received Rents . Rents received by Landlord from such re-letting shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such re-letting, including a reasonable attorney's fee and any real estate commission actually paid, and any costs and expenses of such alterations and repairs; (ii) second, to the payment of any indebtedness, other than rent, due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (iii) third, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (iv) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent or other obligations as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the net rent from such re-letting during any month after first applying the rent received to such fees, costs, expenses, and other indebtedness, is less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord, and such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.
 
(e)            Election to Terminate . No such re-entry or taking possession of said Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such re-letting without termination, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.
 
 
11

 
 
(f)            Termination by Landlord . Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any breach, and thereafter seek relief pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, interest shall be allowed upon unpaid rent for the purposes of Section 1951.2(b) at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Landlord shall be entitled to recover at the time of an award of damages for default the worth of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that Tenant proves could reasonably be avoided. Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, any proof by Tenant under Sections 1951.2(a)(2), 1951.2(a)(3), or 1951.2(c)(1) of the California Civil Code, or any successor statutes, as to the amount of rental loss that could be reasonably avoided, shall be made in the following manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in the business of renting property of the same type and use as the leased Premises and in the same geographic vicinity, the real estate brokers so selected shall then select a third real estate broker similarly qualified, and the three so selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided for the balance of the Term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority of said brokers shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.
 
(g)            Remedies Cumulative . The foregoing rights and remedies shall be in addition to and cumulative with any other rights and remedies available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any applicable laws, statutes or regulations.
 
23.            Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.
 
24.            Removal of Property . Whenever Landlord shall remove any property of Tenant from the Premises and store the same elsewhere for the account, and at the expense and risk, of Tenant, as provided in Section 22, and Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale: first, to the cost and expenses of such sale, including reasonable attorney's fees actually incurred; second, to the payment of the charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof, and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.
 
25.            Waiver of Damages For Re-Entry . Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord's re-entering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing the property of Tenant as herein provided. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any loss, costs or damages occasioned thereby, and no such re-entry shall be considered or construed to be a forcible entry.
 
26.            Litigation Against Tenant . Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord's part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by or against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord the amount of any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof, and all costs and expenses, including all attorney's fees, incurred by Landlord in or in connection with such litigation.
 
 
12

 
 
27.            Subordination .
 
(a)            Effect of Subordination . This Lease, at Landlord's option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the Premises and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date or recording thereof.
 
(b)            Documentation . Tenant agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be, and failing to do so within ten (10) days after written demand, does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant's attorney-in-fact and in Tenant's name, place and stead, to do so. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's failure to deliver documents referred to above may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing or sale transaction. Tenant shall be liable for all consequential damages to Landlord in the event of such failure.
 
28.            Holding Over . If Tenant holds over after the Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month to month only, and not a renewal hereof or an extension for any further, term. In such case, rent shall be payable in the amount and at the time specified in Section 4, and such month to month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained in this Lease.
 
29.            Entry and Inspection . Tenant will permit Landlord and its agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of protecting the interest therein of Landlord, or to post notices of non-responsibility, or to make alterations or additions to the Premises, including the erection of scaffolding, props or other mechanical devices, or to provide any service provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, without any rebate of rent to Tenant for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or damage, injury or inconvenience thereby occasioned. Tenant will permit Landlord to bring prospective tenants or purchasers upon the Premises, for purposes of inspection or display. Landlord shall give Tenant twenty-four (24) hours' prior notice to any entry or inspection, unless shorter notice is reasonable under the circumstances.
 
 
13

 
 
30.            Sale or Transfer of Premises . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c), if Landlord sells or transfers all or any portion of the Premises, Landlord, on consummation of the sale or transfer, shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease. If any security deposit or prepaid rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord can transfer the security deposit or prepaid rent to Landlord's successor and on such transfer Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference to the security deposit or prepaid rent.
 
31.            Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written request therefore, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any encumbrances, and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the Monthly Rent, the date to which rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in, or extending financing with respect to the Premises shall be entitled to rely upon any such estoppel certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request therefore, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Premises or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant's failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate,
 
32.            Signs . Tenant may not erect or have erected any signs at or upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.
 
33.            Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
(a)            Notice . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered as described herein. A notice shall be deemed effectively given as follows: (i) upon personal delivery; (ii) one (1) business day after transmission by electronic means, provided such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted and a copy of such notice is deposited within 24 hours for either overnight delivery or for registered or certified mail, in accordance with clause (iii) or (iv) below, respectively; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service, prepaid for overnight delivery; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested. Addresses for notice shall be as follows, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the parties:
 
If to Tenant:
 
H.D.D. LLC
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg CA 95448
Attn:   Managers
 
 
14

 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP
90 South E Street, Suite 200
Santa Rosa, California 95404
Attn:  Kevin J. McCullough
 
If to Landlord:
 
Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.
c/o Hambrecht Wine Management, Inc. 4035 Westside Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attn:   William R. Hambrecht
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
WR Hambrecht & Co
Pier 1, Bay 3
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attn:  Helen Miazga
 
(b)            Legal Representation . The parties acknowledge that the law firm of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP has prepared this Lease and represents solely the interests of Tenant. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that such party has received, or has had the opportunity and adequate time to receive, independent tax and legal advise from counsel of such party's choice with respect to the advisability of entering into and performing such party's obligations under this Lease. Each party hereto represents and warrants that such party has read and understands the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
(c)            Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes and embodies the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings of the parties hereto, whether written or oral.
 
(d)            Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein.
 
(e)            Construction . Any rule of construction to the affect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Lease. Every covenant, term, and provision of this Lease shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. All words used herein will be construed to be of the gender or number the circumstances require. Terms that are not specifically defined herein shall be given their ordinary meaning.
 
(f)            Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Lease may be amended and the observance of any term of this Lease may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the party or parties to be bound thereby. No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy under this Lease shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or remedy under this Lease on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
 
15

 
 
(g)            Headings . The titles and subtitles used in this Lease are used for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Lease.
 
(h)            Governing Law Venue . This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. The parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the County of Sonoma in the State of California.
 
(i)            Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Lease shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Lease shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Lease.
 
(j)            Arbitration . Any controversy between the parties involving the construction or application of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Lease shall, on written request of one party served on the other, be submitted to binding arbitration, and such arbitration shall comply with and be governed by the provisions of the California Arbitration Act, Section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. This provision shall not prohibit the parties from filing a judicial action to enable the recording of a notice of pending action or order of attachment, receivership, injunction, or other provisional remedy.
 
(k)            Attorneys' Fees . If any legal action or other proceeding, including arbitration or action for declaratory relief; is brought for the enforcement of this Lease (including any action by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises) or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled. As used herein, "prevailing party" shall include without limitation: (i) the party who dismisses an action in exchange for sums allegedly due; (ii) the party who receives performance from the other party of an alleged breach of covenant or a desired remedy where that is substantially equal to the relief sought in an action; or (iii) the party determined to be the prevailing party by a court of law or arbitrator.
 
(1)            Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
16

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
 
 
LANDLORD:
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
 a California limited partnership
   
  By:
HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC.,
   
a California corporation
  Its:
General Partner
     
 
   
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
      William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 

 
 
TENANT:
 
H.D.D. LLC,
 a California limited liability company
   
   
  By: /s/ Phillip L. Hurst
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
     
  By: /s/ Mark De Meulenaere
   
Mark De Meulenaere, Manager
     

 
Exhibit :
A – Interim Management Agreement

 
17

 
 
EXHIBIT A

INTERIM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
INTERIM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 

THIS INTERIM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of February ___, 2011 (“ Commencement Date ”), is made by and between HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P., a California limited partnership (“ Permittee ”), and H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Manager ”).
 
RECITALS
 
 
A.
Manager leases from Permittee certain winery and tasting room facilities (the “ Premises ”) located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California, pursuant to a lease of even date herewith (the “ Lease ”).
 
 
B.
Permittee holds a basic winery permit issued by United States Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (“ TTB ”) and a Type 02 winegrower license issued by California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control (“ ABC ”) (collectively, the “ Permittee Permits ”).  Manager intends to apply for a basic winery permit issued by the TTB and a Type 02 winegrower  license issued by ABC for operation of the winery on the Premises (collectively, the “ Manager Permits ”).
 
 
C.
From the Commencement Date until the Termination Date (as hereinafter defined), Permittee and Manager desire that Permittee maintain Permittee Permits, and that Manager operate the Premises, on the terms and conditions contained herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.            Term .  This Agreement shall begin on the Commencement Date and terminate when all of the Manager Permits have been issued.
 
2.            Permits .   Manager shall apply for Manager Permits, and shall diligently prosecute the applications until such Manager Permits are issued.  Manager shall inform Permittee immediately upon issuance of any of the Manager Permits and provide true and complete copies thereof.  Permittee shall cooperate with Manager as necessary to enable Manager to obtain such permits, shall provide the information regarding the Premises necessary for Manager to apply for such permits, and shall cooperate and provide information regarding the Permittee Permits and modify the Permittee Permits as necessary to enable Manager to obtain the Manager Permits.  If Manager has not received its Manager Permits within three hundred (300) days of the Commencement Date, the parties shall make alternate arrangements concerning permits.
 
3.            Operations .  Permittee hereby engages Manager as its exclusive agent, and Manager hereby accepts such engagement, to operate the Premises.  Manager shall comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the Premises.  To support Manager’s efforts as exclusive agent, Permittee hereby undertakes and agrees:
 
 
 

 
 
(a)           to maintain its basic winery permit issued by TTB and winegrower permit issued by ABC in effect and in good standing, and to comply with all laws and regulations related thereto;
 
(b)           to prepare and file all monthly 702 reports and any other report required by TTB or ABC in connection with the operation of the winery business on the Premises;
 
(c)           to prepare and file all federal and state sales and excise tax returns and pay all sales and excise taxes owed by Permittee when due;
 
(d)           to cooperate with Manager in taking all other steps reasonably necessary to operate the Premises;
 
(e)           to comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the winery and the tasting room.
 
(f)           to notify TTB and ABC that Manager is operating the Premises under temporary permits and has applied for the Manager Permits.
 
4.            Compensation as Manager .  As compensation for its services, Manager shall retain all revenues generated from its operation of the Premises.
 
5.            Effect of Lease .  The parties’ rights and obligations hereunder are subject to the terms of the Lease.
 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Interim Management Agreement as of the date set forth above.
 
 
MANAGER:
 
     
  H.D.D. LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
   
  Mark De Meulenaere, Manager  
       
 
Address for Notice:
H.D.D. LLC
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
 
 
 
 
PERMITTEE:
 
     
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
 
     
 By:   HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC.,
a California corporation
Its:      General Partner
 
       
       
 
By:
   
  William R. Hambrecht, Chairman  
       
 
Address for Notice:
Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.
c/o Hambrecht Wine Management, Inc.
4035 Westside Road
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
 
 
3  

 
 
Exhibit 10.15
 
EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
 
EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [  ], 2013, by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and the holders of LLC Units (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto.
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto are party to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of the date hereof;
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange from time to time of LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
SECTION 1.1  Definitions
 
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if or upon:
 
(i)           the stockholders of the Corporation approve the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, other than to any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation;
 
(ii)          the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other person, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 50.1% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
 
(iii)         the stockholders of the Corporation approve the adoption of a plan the consummation of which would result in the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;
 
(iv)         the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than (a) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation; or (b) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation ((a) and (b) collectively are referred to herein as “ Exempt Persons ”)) of beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50.01% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Securities of the Corporation;
 
 
 
1

 
 
(v)         during any 12-month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period composed the Board of Directors of the Corporation (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Corporation was approved by a vote of 66 2/3% of the directors of the Corporation then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation then in office; or
 
(vi)        the Corporation (or a directly or indirectly wholly owned subsidiary thereof) ceases to be the sole Managing Member of HDD.
 
Change in Control Event ” means any of the following (i) the commencement of, or the first public announcement of the intent to commence, any transaction, including, without limitation, a tender or exchange offer by any person or entity (other than any Exempt Person), the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control; (ii) the commencement of, or the first public announcement of the intent to commence, any proxy solicitation by any person or entity subject to Rule 14a-12(c) under the Exchange Act, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control; (iii) the Corporation, HDD or any affiliate thereof entering into an agreement with any person or entity which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control; or (iv) the adoption by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of resolutions authorizing any transaction or event which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control.
 
Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.
 
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Corporation ” means Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
 
Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Exchange Rate ” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which an LLC Unit is entitled to be Exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.
 
HDD ” means H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company, and any successor thereto.
 
 
2

 
 
HDD Operating Agreement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of HDD, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.
 
IPO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement.
 
LLC Unit ” means (i) each LLC Unit (as such term is defined in the HDD Operating Agreement) issued as of the date hereof and (ii) each LLC Unit or other interest in HDD that may be issued by HDD in the future that is designated by the Corporation as an “LLC Unit.”
 
LLC Unitholder ” means each holder of one or more LLC Units that may from time to time be a party to this Agreement.
 
Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.
 
Takeover Law ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this agreement.
 
Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Corporation which are entitled to vote generally in matters submitted for a vote of the Corporation’s stockholders or generally in the election of the Corporation’s board of directors.
 
ARTICLE II
 
SECTION 2.1  Exchange of LLC Units for Class A Common Stock.
 
(a)           (i)           Subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii) and Section 2.1(f) hereof, from and after the date of the closing of the initial public offering and sale of Class A Common Stock (as contemplated by the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[  ])) (the “IPO”), each LLC Unitholder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender LLC Units in exchange for the delivery by the Corporation of (x) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of LLC Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “Exchange”), provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or all of the LLC Units held by such LLC Unitholder or (y) if the Corporation so elects, an amount of cash calculated in accordance with Section 2.1(f) hereof.
 
(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of any Change in Control Event, each LLC Unitholder shall be entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to elect to Exchange LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock, or cash at the election of the Corporation; provided, that any such Exchange pursuant to this sentence shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such Change of Control is not consummated); and provided further, that any such election pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(ii) may be withdrawn by the LLC Unitholder who submitted such election by providing written notice to the Corporation not less than four business days prior to the consummation of the Change in Control.
 
 
3

 
 
(b)           An LLC Unitholder shall exercise its right to Exchange LLC Units as set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering to the Corporation a written election of exchange in respect of the LLC Units to be Exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.  Should the Exchange be satisfied in shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii), as promptly as practicable following the delivery of such a written election of exchange, and in any event within three business days, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant Exchanging LLC Unitholder; to the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Company will, subject to Section 2.1(c) below, upon the written instruction of an Exchanging Unitholder, use its reasonable best efforts to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such Exchanging Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such Exchanging Holder.
 
(c)           The Corporation and each Exchanging LLC Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Corporation shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the LLC Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such LLC Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
 
(d)           The Corporation covenants and agrees that, prior to taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause interests in HDD to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), including, without limitation, issuing any LLC Units in a transaction required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, it will provide at least 15 business days’ advance written notice describing the proposed action in reasonable detail to the LLC Unitholders and provide each LLC Unitholder with the opportunity to effect an Exchange of all such LLC Unitholder’s LLC Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event will the Corporation take or cause to be taken any action that would cause interests in HDD to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h) prior to the first anniversary of the closing of the IPO. Provided that the notice and opportunity to Exchange contemplated by the previous sentence has been provided to the LLC Unitholders, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, shall determine in good faith that interests in HDD do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation may impose such restrictions on Exchange as the Corporation may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that HDD is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
 
4

 
 
(e)           For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an LLC Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange LLC Units to the extent the Corporation reasonably determines in good faith that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreement with the Corporation or its subsidiaries to which such LLC Unitholder is then subject (including, without limitation, the HDD Operating Agreement) or any written policies of the Corporation relating to insider trading then applicable to such LLC Unitholder. For avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by any law or regulation pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available.
 
(f)           If the Corporation elects to satisfy an Exchange in cash, then an Exchanging LLC Unitholder may receive cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for LLC Units surrendered in accordance with Section 2.1(a), in an amount equal to the Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock that such Exchanging LLC Unitholder would have received absent such an election by the Corporation.  For the purposes of this Section 2.1(f), the “Market Value” as of a particular date shall be determined as follows: (i) if, at the time of the Exchange, the LLC Units are convertible for shares of Class A Common Stock (or the securities of any successor company to the Corporation) that trade on a national securities exchange, the Market Value shall be the average of the closing sale prices over the ten (10) trading days ending one (1) day prior to the date of the Exchange; (ii) if, at the time of the Exchange, the LLC Units are convertible for Class A Common Stock (or the securities of any successor company to the Corporation) that trade over-the-counter, the Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Exchange; and (iii) if the LLC Units are not convertible for securities of the Corporation, or any other entity the securities of which are listed or traded on an established securities market, then the Market Value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  If the the Exchanging LLC Unitholder does not receive notice of the Corporation’s cash election substantially in the form of Exhibit B within five (5) business days of the Corporation’s receipt of such Exchanging LLC Unitholder’s election of exchange, the Corporation shall forfeit the right to satisfy such Exchange in cash.
 
SECTION 2.2  Adjustment.
 
(a)           The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the LLC Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the LLC Units.
 
 
5

 
 
If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging LLC Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging LLC Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction.  For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such security or other property. This Agreement shall apply to the LLC Units held by the LLC Unitholders and their Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, as well as any LLC Units hereafter acquired by an LLC Unitholder and his or her or its Permitted Transferees. This Agreement shall apply to, mutatis mutandis , and all references to “LLC Units” shall be deemed to include, any security, securities or other property of HDD which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of LLC Units by reason of any distribution or dividend, split, reverse split, combination, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, exchange (other than an Exchange) or other transaction.
 
SECTION 2.3  Class A Common Stock to be Issued.
 
(a)           If the Corporation does not elect to satisfy an Exchange in cash pursuant to Section 2.1(f), the Corporation covenants and agrees to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock that have been registered under the Securities Act with respect to any Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such shares.  In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the LLC Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation or HDD from satisfying their obligations in respect of the exchange of the LLC Units by delivery of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation or HDD or any of their subsidiaries.
 
(b)           The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof).
 
 
6

 
 
(c)           Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Corporation has taken all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities which may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Corporation who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Corporation pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such person pursuant to this Agreement).
 
(d)           If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.
 
(e)           The Corporation covenants that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Corporation or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any person or entity.
 
ARTICLE III
 
SECTION 3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Corporation . The Corporation represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly incorporated and is existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to issue the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation, the issuance of the Class A Common Stock) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Corporation, including but not limited to all actions necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares Class A Common Stock pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, to the fullest extent of the Corporation’s Board of Directors’ power and authority and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations” of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “Takeover Laws”), (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by
 
 
7

 
 
equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Corporation is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Corporation or by which any property or asset of the Corporation is bound or affected, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation or its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
 
SECTION 3.2  Representations and Warranties of the LLC Unitholders . Each LLC Unitholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that (i) if it is not a natural person, that it is duly incorporated or formed and, to the extent such concept exists in its jurisdiction of organization, is in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (ii) it has all requisite legal capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) if it is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of such LLC Unitholder, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such LLC Unitholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such LLC Unitholder and the consummation by such LLC Unitholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) if it is not a natural person, result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other organizational documents of such LLC Unitholder or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such LLC Unitholder is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable such LLC Unitholder, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against such LLC Unitholder of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
SECTION 4.1  Additional LLC Unitholders . To the extent an LLC Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s LLC Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the HDD Operating Agreement, then such transferee (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become an LLC Unitholder hereunder. To the extent HDD issues LLC Units in the future, then the holder of such LLC Units shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, whereupon such holder shall become an LLC Unitholder hereunder.
 
 
8

 
 
SECTION 4.2  Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2):
 
(a)           If to the Corporation, to:
 
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (707) 431-4402
Electronic Mail: james@truetthurst.com
 
With a copy to:
 
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Fax: (212) 468-7900
Electronic Mail: apinedo@mofo.com

(b)           If to any LLC Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of HDD from time to time.
 
SECTION 4.3  Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
SECTION 4.4  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.
 
SECTION 4.5  Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
 
 
9

 
 
SECTION 4.6  Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation and (ii) LLC Unitholders holding at least two thirds of the then outstanding LLC Units (excluding LLC Units held by the Corporation); provided that except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, in Section 2.1(d)), no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of an LLC Unitholder, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other LLC Unitholders without the consent of such LLC Unitholder (or, if there is more than one such LLC Unitholder that is so affected, without the consent of a majority of such affected LLC Unitholder in accordance with their holdings of LLC Units).
 
SECTION 4.7  Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
SECTION 4.8  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .
 
(a)           Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce.  If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 4.8 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.
 
(c)           (i)             EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 4.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.
 
 
10

 
 
(ii)           The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
 
SECTION 4.9  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 4.9.
 
SECTION 4.10  Tax Treatment . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of HDD as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
SECTION 4.11  Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
 
SECTION 4.12  Independent Nature of LLC Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each LLC Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder, and no LLC Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder under hereunder.  The decision of each LLC Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such LLC Unitholder independently of any other LLC Unitholder.  Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any LLC Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the LLC Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the LLC Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the LLC Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
SECTION 4.13  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
 

 
[ Signature page follows ]
 
 
11

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.
 
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
       
 
By:
   
    Name:   
    Title:  
       
 
 
LLC UNITHOLDERS
 
       
 
THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST dated August 1, 2004
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 
       
       
  By:    
    Sylvia M. Hurst, Co-Trustee  
 
 
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
    a California limited partnership
 
       
 
 
 
 
By:       HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC., a
California corporation
Its:       General Partner
 
     
       
 
By:
   
   
William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D dated August 24, 2005
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Heath E. Dolan, Trustee
 
 
[Exchange Agreement]
 
 
 

 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A dated June 5, 2003
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Trustee
 
       
       
  THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED APRIL 5, 1996  
       
       
  By:    
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Trustee
 
       
       
  By:      
    Stasia A. Obremskey, Trustee  
 
 
       
  Mark De Meulenaere  
 
 
       
  Forrester R. Hambrecht  
 
 
       
  Barrie Graham  
 
  
       
  Anna Schweizer  
 

       
  Virginia Marie Lambrix  
 
 
 
 
[Exchange Agreement]
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF
ELECTION OF EXCHANGE
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the holders of LLC Units (as defined herein) from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.
 
The undersigned LLC Unitholder hereby transfers to the Corporation the number of LLC Units set forth below in Exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, pursuant to Section 2.1(f) of the Exchange Agreement.  If the Exchange is for Class A Common Stock, such shares are to be issued in the name set forth below, as set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
 
Legal Name of LLC Unitholder:
 
   
Address:
 
   
Number of LLC Units to be
Exchanged:
 
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to the Corporation free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such LLC Units to the Corporation.
 
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in Exchange therefor.
 
A-1
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.
 
     
 
Name:
 
     
 
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
A-2
 

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
FORM OF
CASH ELECTION NOTICE
 
[Exchanging LLC Unitholder]
[Address]

 
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and the holders of LLC Units (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.
 
The Corporation received an Election of Exchange from the below LLC Unitholder on [  ], 20[  ].  Pursuant to Section 2.1(f) of the Exchange Agreement, the Corporation has elected to satisfy the Exchange in cash in lieu of Class A Common Stock.
 
Legal Name of LLC Unitholder:
 
   
Number of LLC Units to be Exchanged:
 
   
Market Value per LLC Unit:
$
   
Aggregate Market Value:
$

 
[ Remainder of page left blank ]
 
B-1
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Cash Election Notice to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.
 
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
     
     
  By:      
   
Name:
   
   
Title:
   
         
 
Dated:
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
B-2 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT C
 
FORM OF
JOINDER AGREEMENT
 
This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [  ], 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and each of the LLC Unitholders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.
 
The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Agreement having acquired LLC Units in HDD. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned (i) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of an LLC Unitholder contained in the Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of an LLC Unitholder thereunder and (ii) makes each of the representations and warranties of an LLC Unitholder set forth in Section 3.2 of the Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.
 
Name:
   
     
Dated: 
   
 
Address for Notices:
 
With copies to:
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
Attention: 
     
 
 
C-1

Exhibit 10.16
 
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
 
This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [__], 2013, is hereby entered into by and among Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), and each of the Members (as defined herein).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Members hold member interests (“ Units ”) in the LLC, which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation is the managing member of, and holds and will hold Units in, the LLC;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation will be entitled to depreciation, amortization and other recovery of cost or basis for Tax purposes in respect of the Original Assets (as defined below);
 
WHEREAS, as a result of the Members agreeing to hold Units rather than transferring all of their Units in exchange for Class A Shares (as defined below), the Corporation will incur significantly lower tax liabilities on an ongoing basis with respect to the operations of the LLC;
 
WHEREAS, the Units held by the Members are exchangeable for Class A common stock (the “ Class A Shares ”) of the Corporation;
 
WHEREAS, the LLC will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an exchange of Units for Class A Shares occurs, which election is intended to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by the LLC (solely with respect to the Corporation) at the time (such time, the “ Exchange Date ”) of a taxable exchange of Units for Class A Shares or any other taxable acquisition of Units for cash or otherwise (collectively, an “ Exchange ”), by reason of such Exchange and the payments under this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation will purchase a number of Units from certain Members in connection with the IPO, which shall be treated as an Exchange for all purposes of this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of (i) the Corporation, as a member of the LLC, with respect to the Original Assets, may be affected by the existing Tax basis of the Original Assets and by the Basis Adjustment (defined below) with respect to the Original Assets and (ii) the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below); and
 
WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the actual or deemed effect of the Tax basis of the Original Assets, the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest on the liability for Taxes of the Corporation.
 
 
1

 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
 
Advisory Firm ” means any law or accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters that is agreed to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
Advisory Firm Letter ” shall mean a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Exchanging Member and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such schedule, notice or other information is delivered to the Exchanging Member.
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.
 
Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
 
Agreement ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
 
Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement.
 
Amount Realized ” means, in respect of an Exchange by an Exchanging Member, the amount that is deemed for purposes of this Agreement to be the amount realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange, which shall be the sum of (i) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, the amount of cash and the amount or fair market value of other consideration received (or deemed received) by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange and (ii) the share of liabilities attributable to the Units Exchanged.  The amount realized by an Exchanging Member, as so determined, may differ from the amount realized by the Exchanging Member for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code.
 
Available Cash ” means all cash and cash equivalents of the Corporation on hand, less the amount of cash reserves reasonably established in good faith by the Corporation to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation, or (ii) comply with applicable law or any Senior Obligations; provided, however, that on any Payment Date the Corporation shall be deemed to have Available Cash in amount no less than the remainder of (x) the aggregate amount of tax distributions received by the Corporation from the LLC since the first Exchange Date minus (y) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of all payments made by the Corporation in respect of taxes or under this Agreement since the first Exchange Date plus (B) the aggregate amount due on such Payment Date under this Agreement.
 
 
2

 
 
Basis Adjustment ” means the deemed adjustment to the Tax basis of an Original Asset, in each case, arising in respect of an Exchange, as calculated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, under the principles of Section 732 of the Code (in a situation where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, the LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (including in situations where, following an Exchange, the LLC remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.
 
A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.
 
Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
 
Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of California shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
 
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(i)         any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
(ii)         the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of Class A Shares, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to an election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of Class A Shares or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or
 
 
3

 
 
(iii)         there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or
 
(iv)         the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
 
Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
Corporation ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.
 
Corporation Return ” means the United States federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.
 
 
4

 
 
Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.
 
Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
 
Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of an IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
 
Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).
 
Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.
 
Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.
 
Early Termination Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
 
Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement, and “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Date ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Payment ” is defined in Section 5.1.
 
Exchanging Member ” means a Member that Exchanges some or all of its Units.
 
Expert ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation) using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return, but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the Tax basis reflecting the Basis Adjustments of the Original Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.
 
 
5

 
 
Imputed Interest ” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.
 
IPO ” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporation.
 
IPO Date ” means the date on which the Corporation contributes to the LLC the net proceeds received by the Corporation in connection with the IPO.
 
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
LIBOR ” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).
 
LLC Agreement ” means, with respect to the LLC, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time
 
Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Bloomberg Professional service; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Bloomberg Professional service for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Bloomberg Professional service; provided further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange or Interdealer Quotation System, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
 
Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
 
Members ” means the parties hereto, other than the Corporation and the LLC, and each other Person who from time to time executes a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
 
Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.
 
Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
 
 
6

 
 
Original Asset ” means each asset, including an asset described in Section 197(d) of the Code, that is held by the LLC (and any asset whose tax basis is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset) at the time of an Exchange.
 
Original Members ” means the members of the LLC on the date of, but immediately preceding, the initial public offering of Class A Shares, excluding the Corporation.
 
Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
 
Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.
 
Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.
 
Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.
 
Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
 
Reconciliation Procedures ” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
Schedule ” means any Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.
 
Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.
 
 
7

 
 
Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.
 
Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.
 
Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.
 
Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.
 
Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is prepared), ending on or after the IPO Date.
 
Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether as an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.
 
Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.
 
Units ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the deductions arising from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment, Original Asset or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date, provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the earlier of (i) the time of sale of the relevant asset or (ii) as generally provided in this Valuation Assumption (4) and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
 
 
8

 
 
ARTICLE II  DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT
 
2.1           Basis Adjustment .
 
(a)            Original Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, the LLC shall be deemed to be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each Original Asset with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment shall be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, over (ii) the Corporation’s share of the LLC’s Tax basis for such Original Asset immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Units Exchanged, determined as if (x) the LLC remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes, and (y) the LLC had not made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation’s share of the LLC’s Tax basis for such Original Asset that is attributable to the Units Exchanged shall be considered to be an amount of the Tax basis of the Original Asset, without regard to any Basis Adjustment, proportionate to the ratio that the number of Units Exchanged bears to the number of outstanding Units immediately prior to such Exchange.
 
(b)            Change in Law . To the extent that the adjustment to the LLC’s basis with respect to the Corporation, in any of the LLC's assets, that is expected to result from an Exchange is limited because of a change in law, the Basis Adjustment shall be correspondingly limited.
 
(c)            Imputed Interest . For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.
 
2.2           Exchange Basis Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to each Exchanging Member a schedule (an “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted Tax basis of the Original Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Original Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Original Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable, and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).
 
 
9

 
 
2.3           Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to each Exchanging Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.4(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b)).
 
2.4           Procedures, Amendments .
 
(a)            Procedure . Every time the Corporation delivers to an Exchanging Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (x) deliver to the Exchanging Member schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule and (y) allow the Exchanging Member reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Exchanging Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, if with respect to an Exchange Basis Schedule or a Tax Benefit Schedule, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).
 
(b)            Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Exchanging Member, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”). The Corporation shall provide any Amended Schedule to the Exchanging Member within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence, and any such Amended Schedule shall be subject to approval procedures similar to those described in Section 2.4(a).
 
ARTICLE III  TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
 
3.1           Payments .
 
(a)            Payments . Within five (5) calendar days of a Tax Benefit Schedule that was delivered to an Exchanging Member becoming final in accordance with Section 2.4(a), the Corporation shall pay to such Exchanging Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Exchanging Member previously designated by such Member to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal income tax payments.
 
 
10

 
 
(b)           A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “ Net Tax Benefit ” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) 90% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (ii) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1, excluding payments attributable to Interest Amount; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Interest Amount ” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by using Valuation Assumptions (1), (3), and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the date on which a Change of Control becomes effective” for an “Early Termination Date.” The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange, on a Unit-by-Unit basis by reference to the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange of a Unit and the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporation.
 
(c)           The Corporation shall use good faith efforts to ensure that it has sufficient Available Cash to make all payments due under this Agreement.
 
3.2            No Duplicative Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 90% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Members pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.
 
3.3            Pro Rata Payments . For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular taxable year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Exchanging Member in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, as applicable.
 
 
11

 
 
ARTICLE IV  TERMINATION
 
4.1            Early Termination and Breach of Agreement .
 
(a)           The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and Exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation, neither the Members nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Members, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to all Members under Section 4.3(a).
 
(b)           In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and any Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.
 
(c)           The Corporation, the LLC and each of the Members hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income tax or other applicable Tax purposes.
 
 
12

 
 
4.2            Early Termination Notice . If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporation shall deliver to each present or former Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for that Member. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
4.3           Payment upon Early Termination . (a) Within three calendar days after agreement between the Member and the Corporation of the Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall pay to the Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Member.
 
(b)           The “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to any Member the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Member beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.
 
ARTICLE V  SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
 
5.1            Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement (an “ Exchange Payment ”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.
 
5.2            Late Payments by the Corporation . The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Member when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.
 
ARTICLE VI  NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
 
6.1            Original Member Participation in the Corporation’s and the LLC’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and the LLC, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the applicable Original Member of, and keep the applicable Original Member reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporation and the LLC by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the applicable Original Member’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the applicable Original Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, the LLC and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporation and the LLC shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.
 
 
13

 
 
6.2        Consistency . Except upon the written advice of an Advisory Firm, and except for items that are explicitly described as “deemed” or in similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement. Any dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.9; provided, however, that only an Original Member shall have the right to object to such advice pursuant to this Section 6.2. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another firm acceptable to the Corporation and the Exchanging Member, such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless otherwise required by law or the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.
 
6.3        Cooperation . The Exchanging Member shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement (including whether an exchange of units is taxable or tax-free, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse the Exchanging Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.
 
ARTICLE VII  MISCELLANEOUS
 
7.1        Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:
 
 
14

 
 
if to the Corporation, to:
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (707) 431-4402
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Attn: Remmelt A. Reigersman, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
if to The LLC, to:
 
H.D.D. LLC
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (707) 431-4402
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Attn: Remmelt A. Reigersman, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
If to the Exchanging Member, to:
 
The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of the LLC.
 
Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.
 
7.2           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
 
 
15

 
 
7.3         Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
7.4        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
 
7.5        Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
 
7.6        Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers . No Member may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided, however, that (i) to the extent Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Member shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Member pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanged Units may be assigned to any Person or Persons, including a liquidating trust, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the terms of the next paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Person transfers Units (regardless of whether the transferee is a “Permitted Transferee” under the terms of the LLC Agreement) but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such Person’s rights, if any, under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Person shall be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of, such Units.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6, no transferee described in clause (i) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.4, 4.2, 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.
 
 
16

 
 
No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and the LLC and by Original Members who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Original Members hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Original Member pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Members will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Members disproportionately affected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
 
All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Original Member transfers his Units to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the LLC Agreement), excluding any other Original Member, such Original Member shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.4, 4.2 or 6.1 with respect to such transferred Units.
 
7.7          Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
 
7.8            Resolution of Disputes .
 
(a)         Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9, including but not limited to any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including, but not limited to an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties as from the date rendered, and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.
 
 
17

 
 
(b)         Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporation may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporation as such Member’s agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Member in any such action or proceeding.
 
(c)           (i)         EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and
 
(ii)        The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in paragraph (c)(i) of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
 
7.9            Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporation and the Exchanging Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.4, 4.2 and 6.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the Exchanging Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on such date and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporation and each Exchanging Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless an Exchanging Member has a prevailing position that is more than 10% of the payment at issue, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse such Exchanging Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporation and the Exchanging Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
 
 
18

 
 
7.10          Withholding . The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Exchanging Member.
 
7.11         Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .
 
(a)           If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.
 
(b)           If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.
 
 
19

 
 
7.12       Confidentiality . Each Member and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning the LLC and its Affiliates and successors or the other Members, learned by the Member heretofore or hereafter. This clause 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Member in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Member to prepare and file his or her Tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Member and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporation, the LLC, the Members and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Members relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
 
If a Member or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Members and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
 
7.13       LLC Agreement . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of the LLC as described in Section 761(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
7.14       Partnerships . The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and such Person shall be treated as a “partnership” for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
7.15      Independent Nature of Members’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each Member hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Member, and no Member shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Member under hereunder. The decision of each Member to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such Member independently of any other Member. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Member pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Members as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Members are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the Members are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
20

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, the LLC and each Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
     
  By:    
    Name:  
   
Title:
 
       
       
  H.D.D. LLC  
     
  By its Managing Member, Truett-Hurst, Inc.  
     
  By:    
   
Name:
Title:
 
       
  MEMBERS  
     
  Each Member set forth on Annex A hereto  
     
  By:    
   
Name:
Title:  Attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
JOINDER
 
This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of ___________, by and among Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), H.D.D. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”) and (“Permitted Transferee”).
 
WHEREAS, on , Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) Units in the LLC and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock of the Corporation (collectively, “Interests” and, together with all other Interests hereinafter acquired by Permitted Transferee from Transferor and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement), the “Acquired Interests”) from (“Transferor”); and
 
WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements contained herein, Permitted Transferee hereby agrees as follows:
 
Section 1.1         Definitions . To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.
 
Section 1.2         Joinder . Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, including but not limited to, being bound by Sections 7.12, 2.4, 4.2, 6.1 and 6.2 of the Tax Receivable Agreement, with respect to the Acquired Interests, and any other Interests Permitted Transferee acquires hereafter.
 
Section 1.3         Notice . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 1.3) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to Permitted Transferee at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by Permitted Transferee:
 
Section 1.4         Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
 
A-1
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.
 
 
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A-2

Exhibit 10.23
 
AGREEMENT
 
This agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of March 26, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), by and between H.D.D. LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of California (“HDD”), Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Truett”), and the Carroll-Obremskey Revocable Family Trust (“Carroll”) (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Parties”).
 
WHEREAS , HDD and Carroll entered into that certain letter agreement dated May 3, 2012 (the “Letter Agreement”) in connection with that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated May 3, 2012, pursuant to which Carroll was granted certain rights as an investor in HDD;
 
WHEREAS , Truett will acquire a controlling interest in HDD in connection with Truett’s public offering of common stock (the “IPO”); and
 
WHEREAS , immediately prior to the IPO, HDD will engage in a recapitalization transaction (the “Recapitalization”) whereby the various classes of membership interests currently held by HDD’s existing owners will be exchanged for a single class of LLC units in HDD (the “LLC Units”);
 
NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged:
 
 
1.
Carroll hereby (i) waives any and all rights or benefits granted to Carroll under the Letter Agreement; and (ii) releases HDD from any and all obligations or liabilities created under the Letter Agreement.
 
 
2.
Carroll shall hereby be entitled to elect one (1) director to the board of directors of Truett (the “Election Right”), provided, however, that the Election Right, and any and all obligations or liabilities created thereunder, shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date on which Truett ceases to be a “controlled company” as defined by the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market, and (ii) the date on which Carroll ceases to own at least 50% of the LLC Units received by Carroll as a result of the Recapitalization.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall be one and the same document.
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
 
 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
       
  Name: Phillip L. Hurst  
       
  Title:
Chief Executive Officer and Managing
Member
 
 
 
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
       
  Name: Phillip L. Hurst  
       
  Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY
REVOCABLE FAMILY TRUST
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll  
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Trustee
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Stasia A. Obremskey
 
   
Stasia A. Obremskey, Trustee
 




Exhibit 21
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF TRUETT-HURST, INC.

Name
Jurisdiction of Organization
H.D.D. LLC
California

 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 23.1

 
C ONSENT OF  I NDEPENDENT  R EGISTERED  P UBLIC  A CCOUNTING  F IRM
 
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment #1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 26, 2013 relating to the financial statement of Truett-Hurst, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.
 
Santa Rosa, California
March 26, 2013

 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 23.2
 

 
C ONSENT OF  I NDEPENDENT  R EGISTERED  P UBLIC  A CCOUNTING  F IRM
 
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment #1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 8, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of H.D.D. LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.
 
Santa Rosa, California
March 26, 2013